{"id":"sl-2000-12","name":"Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2000","slug":"road-transport-vehicle-registration-regulation-2000","collection":"regulation","jurisdiction":"act","status":"in_force","isInForce":true,"actNumber":"12 of 2000","makingDate":null,"administeringDepartment":null,"currentVersion":{"id":173798,"registerId":"act-sl-2000-12-current","compilationNumber":null,"startDate":"2026-04-05","status":"InForce","reasons":null,"registeredAt":null},"sections":[{"sectionNumber":"Part 1","sectionType":"part","heading":"2 Application of sch 1 138","content":"Part 1.2 Application of sch 1 138\n1.5 Application of sch 1 to plant 138\n1.6 Vehicles to which sch 1 does not apply etc 138\n1.7 Non-application of sch 1 to ADR-compliant matters 139\n1.8 Non-application of sch 1—exemption under other laws 140\n1.9 Non-application of sch 1—vehicles subject to particular approvals 140\nPart 1.3 Australian Design Rules 142\n1.10 What is an ADR (or Australian Design Rule)? 142\n1.11 What is a 2nd edition ADR? 143\n1.12 What is a 3rd edition ADR? 143\n1.15 Compliance with 2nd edition ADRs 144\n1.16 Compliance with 3rd edition ADRs 145\n1.16A Exception to compliance with ADRs—vehicles on RAV 145\n1.17 Exception to compliance with ADRs—vehicles that are not road\nvehicles 146\n1.18 Exception to compliance with ADRs—vehicles with particular\napprovals 146\n1.19 Partial exception to compliance with ADRs—personally imported\nvehicles 147\n1.20 Alteration of specifications 149\nPart 1.4 Adopted standards 151\n1.21 What is an adopted standard? 151\n1.22 Exception to compliance with adopted standards 151\n1.23 Reference to adopted standards 151\nPart 1.5 General safety requirements 152\n","sortOrder":0},{"sectionNumber":"Div 1","sectionType":"division","heading":"5.1 All light vehicles 152","content":"Division 1.5.1 All light vehicles 152\n1.24 Steering 152\n1.25 Turning ability 153\n1.26 Ability to travel backwards and forwards 153\n1.27 Protrusions 153\n1.28 Oil and grease not to be dropped 153\n1.29 Driver’s view and vehicle controls 154\n\nPage\ncontents 10 Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2000\n1.30 Seating 154\n1.31 Child restraint anchorages 154\n1.32 Door latches and hinges 155\n1.33 Mudguards 155\n1.34 Horns, alarms etc 156\n1.35 Rear-vision mirrors 157\n1.36 Rear-vision mirrors—surfaces 159\n1.37 Additional rear-vision mirrors 159\n1.38 Automatic transmission 159\n1.39 Diesel engines 161\n1.40 Bonnet securing devices 161\n1.41 Electrical wiring, components, connections and installations 161\n1.42 Speedometers 162\n1.43 Television receivers and visual display units 163\n1.44 Windows generally 163\n1.45 Requirement for windscreen to be fitted 164\n1.46 Windscreens and windows 164\n1.47 Window tinting 165\n1.48 Windscreen-wipers 166\n1.49 Wheels and tyres—size and capacity 167\n1.50 Pneumatic tyres generally 167\n1.51 Pneumatic tyres—carcass construction 167\n1.52 Pneumatic tyres—size and capacity 168\n1.53 Tyres—defects 168\n1.54 Tyres—manufacturer’s rating 168\n1.55 Retreads 169\n1.56 Tyre tread 170\nDivision 1.5.2 Additional requirements for motorbikes\n1.57 Steering gear and handlebars 171\n1.58 Footrests 172\n1.59 Chain guards 172\nPart 1.6 Vehicle marking 173\n1.62 Vehicle and engine identification numbers 173\n1.63 Identification plates on certain older light motor vehicles 173\n\nPage\ncontents 11\n1.64 White or silver band on certain light vehicles 175\n1.65 Warning signs not to be displayed on light vehicles 175\nPart 1.7 Light vehicle configuration and dimensions 176\nDivision 1.7.1 Axles 176\n1.66 Axle configuration 176\n1.67 References to length etc—div 1.7.2 178\n1.68 Width 178\n1.69 Length of single light motor vehicles 178\n1.70 Length of single light trailers 178\n1.71 Length of light combinations 179\n1.72 Rear overhang 180\n1.73 Trailer drawbar length 180\n1.74 Height 181\n1.75 Ground clearance 181\nPart 1.8 Lights and reflectors 183\nDivision 1.8.1 General requirements for lights\n1.76 Certain requirements apply only at night 183\n1.77 Prevention of glare 183\n1.78 Pairs of lights 183\n1.79 Headlights to be fitted to light vehicles 184\n1.80 How headlights are to be fitted 185\n1.81 How single headlights are to be fitted 185\n1.82 How additional headlights are to be fitted 186\n1.83 Performance of headlights 186\n1.84 Effective range of headlights 186\n1.85 Changing headlights from high-beam to low-beam position 187\n1.86 Parking lights 187\n1.87 Daytime running lights 189\n\nPage\ncontents 12 Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2000\nDivision 1.8.5 Tail-lights\n1.88 Tail-lights generally 191\n1.89 Pattern of fitting tail-lights 191\n1.90 Performance of tail-lights 192\n1.91 Wiring of tail-lights 192\n1.92 Numberplate lights 192\nDivision 1.8.7 Clearance lights\n1.93 Front clearance lights 193\n1.94 External cabin lights 193\n1.95 Rear clearance lights 194\n1.96 Light vehicles needing side marker lights 194\n1.97 Location of side marker lights 195\n1.98 Performance of side marker lights 196\n1.99 Side marker lights and rear clearance lights 197\n1.100 Fitting brakelights 197\n1.101 Performance and operation of brakelights 198\nDivision 1.8.10 Reversing lights\n1.102 Reversing lights 199\n1.103 Direction indicator lights on light motor vehicles 200\n1.104 Direction indicator lights on light trailers 201\n1.105 Location of direction indicator lights 201\n1.106 Operation and visibility of direction indicator lights 202\n1.107 Front fog lights 204\n1.108 Rear fog lights 204\nDivision 1.8.13 Interior lights\n1.109 Interior lights 205\nDivision 1.8.14 Reflectors generally\n1.110 General requirements for reflectors 205\n\nPage\ncontents 13\n1.111 Rear reflectors 206\nDivision 1.8.16 Side reflectors\n1.112 Compulsory side reflectors on pole-type trailers that are light trailers 206\n1.113 Optional side reflectors 207\n1.114 Compulsory front reflectors on light trailers 207\n1.115 Optional front reflectors 208\nDivision 1.8.19 Warning lights and signs on buses carrying children\nthat are light vehicles\n1.116 Application—div 1.8.19 209\n1.117 Fitting of warning lights and signs 209\n1.118 Operation and performance of warning lights 210\n1.119 Specifications for warning signs 211\n1.120 Other lights and reflectors 212\n1.121 Use of direction indicator lights as hazard warning lights 214\n1.122 Rear marking plates 214\n1.123 Signalling devices 216\n1.124 Mechanical signalling devices 216\n1.125 Turn signals 217\n1.126 Lights to be maintained on certain vehicles 218\nDivision 1.8.22 Light vehicles not required to have lights or reflectors\n1.127 Certain vehicles used in daylight 218\n1.128 Certain vehicles used for collection or exhibition purposes 218\nPart 1.9 Braking systems 219\n1.129 Parts of a braking system 219\n1.130 Provision for wear 219\n1.131 Supply of air or vacuum to brakes 219\n1.132 Performance of braking systems 220\n\nPage\ncontents 14 Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2000\n1.133 What braking system a light motor vehicle must have 222\n1.134 Operation of brakes on light motor vehicles 224\n1.135 Air or vacuum brakes on light motor vehicles 224\n1.136 What brakes a light trailer must have 225\n1.137 Operation of brakes on light trailers 225\n1.138 Air or vacuum brakes on light trailers 225\nPart 1.10 Control of emissions 227\nDivision 1.10.1 Crankcase gases and exhaust emissions\n1.139 Crankcase gases––certain petrol-powered light vehicles 227\n1.140 Visible exhaust emissions––light vehicles with internal combustion\nengines 227\n1.141 Exhaust emissions––diesel-powered vehicles 228\n1.142 Exhaust systems 230\n","sortOrder":1},{"sectionNumber":"Subdiv 1","sectionType":"subdivision","heading":"10.3.1 General","content":"Subdivision 1.10.3.1 General\n1.143 Measurement of stationary noise levels 232\n1.144 Meaning of certified to ADR 83/00—div 1.10.3 232\n1.145 Silencing device for exhaust systems 233\nSubdivision 1.10.3.2 Noise levels applying to vehicles not certified to ADR\n83/00 or later ADR\n1.146 Application—subdivision 1.10.3.2 233\n1.147 Stationary noise levels—car-type vehicles and motorbikes and\nmotortrikes 233\n1.148 Stationary noise levels—other light vehicles with\nspark-ignition engines 234\n1.149 Stationary noise levels—other light vehicles with diesel engines 235\nSubdivision 1.10.3.3 Noise levels applying to light vehicles certified to ADR\n83/00\n1.150 Stationary noise levels 236\nPart 1.11 Alternative fuel systems and unleaded petrol light\nmotor vehicles 237\n\nPage\ncontents 15\n1.151 LPG-powered light vehicles 237\n1.152 Light vehicles powered by natural gas 238\n1.152A Hydrogen-powered vehicles 238\n1.152B Electric-powered vehicles 240\n1.153 Unleaded petrol motor light vehicles 241\nPart 1.12 Mechanical connections between vehicles 242\n1.154 General coupling requirements 242\n1.155 Drawbar couplings 242\nPart 1.13 Other matters 245\n1.156 Light vehicle equipment 245\n1.157 Restored light vehicles 245\n1.158 Retractable axles 245\n1.159 Measurement of distance between parallel lines 245\n1.160 Interpretation of certain 2nd edition ADRs 246\nPart 1.14 DT80 transient test procedure for testing of diesel-\nfuelled vehicle exhaust emissions 248\nSchedule 2 Prescribed requirements 251\nPart 2.1.1 Roller brake testing equipment 251\nDivision 2.1.1.1 Prescribed requirements 251\nDivision 2.1.1.2 Optional features 253\nPart 2.1.2 Skid plate brake testing 254\nDivision 2.1.2.1 Prescribed requirements 254\nDivision 2.1.2.2 Optional features 255\nPart 2.1.3 Vehicle deceleration brake testing 256\nDivision 2.1.3.1 Prescribed requirements 256\nDivision 2.1.3.2 Optional features 256\n\nPage\ncontents 16 Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2000\nChapter 2.2 Prescribed requirements for all registrable\nPart 2.2.1 Headlamp aim testing equipment 257\nPart 2.2.2 Light transmittance testing equipment 259\nPart 2.2.3 Noise testing equipment 261\nDictionary 263\n1 About the endnotes 283\n2 Abbreviation key 283\n3 Legislation history 284\n4 Amendment history 293\n5 Earlier republications 325\n\n1 Name of regulation\nThis regulation is the Road Transport (Vehicle Registration)\nRegulation 2000.\n","sortOrder":2},{"sectionNumber":"3","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions—the dictionary","content":"3 Definitions—the dictionary\nThe dictionary at the end of this regulation is part of this regulation.\nNote 1 The dictionary at the end of this regulation defines certain terms used in\nthis regulation, and includes references (signpost definitions) to other\nterms defined elsewhere.\nFor example, the signpost definition ‘road transport legislation—see the\nRoad Transport (General) Act 1999, section 6.’ means that the term ‘road\ntransport legislation’ is defined in that section and the definition applies\nto this regulation.\nNote 2 A definition in the dictionary (including a signpost definition) applies to\nthe entire regulation unless the definition, or another provision of the\nregulation, provides otherwise or the contrary intention otherwise appears\n(see Legislation Act, s 155 and s 156 (1)).\n","sortOrder":3},{"sectionNumber":"4","sectionType":"section","heading":"Diagrams—the dictionary","content":"4 Diagrams—the dictionary\n(1) A diagram in the dictionary is part of this regulation.\n(2) A diagram of something in the dictionary is an illustrative example of\nthe thing in black and white, but does not represent its dimensions, or\nthe dimensions of any part of it.\n\nPreliminary Chapter 1\n","sortOrder":4},{"sectionNumber":"4A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offences against regulation—application of Criminal","content":"4A Offences against regulation—application of Criminal\nCode etc\nOther legislation applies in relation to offences against this\nregulation.\nNote 1 Criminal Code\nThe Criminal Code, ch 2 applies to the following offences against this\nregulation (see Code, pt 2.1):\n• s 85 (6) and (7) (Procedures for suspension and cancellation of\nregistration).\nThe chapter sets out the general principles of criminal responsibility\n(including burdens of proof and general defences), and defines terms used\nfor offences to which the Code applies (eg conduct, intention,\nrecklessness and strict liability).\nNote 2 Penalty units\nThe Legislation Act, s 133 deals with the meaning of offence penalties\nthat are expressed in penalty units\n","sortOrder":5},{"sectionNumber":"5","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notes","content":"5 Notes\nA note in this regulation is explanatory and is not part of this\nregulation.\nNote See the Legislation Act, s 127 (1), (4) and (5) for the legal status of notes.\n\n","sortOrder":6},{"sectionNumber":"5A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Disapplication of Legislation Act, s 47 (5) and s 47 (6)","content":"5A Disapplication of Legislation Act, s 47 (5) and s 47 (6)\n(1) The Legislation Act, section 47 (5) does not apply in relation to an\ninstrument applied, adopted or incorporated as in force at a particular\ntime under this regulation unless the instrument is expressed to be a\nnotifiable instrument.\nExamples—instruments to which s 47 (5) does not apply\n1 an adopted standard\n2 the UN ECE Agreement\n3 the National Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures for In-Service Motor\nVehicles—September 2006\n(2) The Legislation Act, section 47 (6) does not apply in relation to an\ninstrument applied, adopted or incorporated as in force from time to\ntime under this regulation unless the instrument is expressed to be a\nnotifiable instrument.\nExamples—instruments to which s 47 (6) does not apply\n1 an ADR\n","sortOrder":7},{"sectionNumber":"2","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicle Standards Bulletin No 14 – National Code of Practice for Light","content":"2 Vehicle Standards Bulletin No 14 – National Code of Practice for Light\nVehicle Construction and Modification\nNote The text of an applied, adopted or incorporated instrument, whether\napplied as in force from time to time or at a particular time, is taken to be\na notifiable instrument if the operation of the Legislation Act, s 47 (5) or\n(6) is not disapplied (see s 47 (7)).\n\nGeneral Part 2.1\n","sortOrder":8},{"sectionNumber":"Part 2","sectionType":"part","heading":"1 General","content":"Part 2.1 General\n","sortOrder":9},{"sectionNumber":"6","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of registration provisions","content":"6 Meaning of registration provisions\nIn this chapter:\nregistration provisions means the provisions of this regulation about\nthe registration of registrable vehicles, including the issue and use of\nnumberplates and the use of unregistered vehicles.\n","sortOrder":10},{"sectionNumber":"7","sectionType":"section","heading":"Suspension of exemptions","content":"7 Suspension of exemptions\n(1) The road transport authority may suspend the operation of any of the\nfollowing sections in relation to a registrable vehicle if the authority,\nhaving regard to any matter mentioned in section 84 (Suspension or\ncancellation of registration), decides that the suspension is in the\npublic interest:\n(a) section 14 (Vehicles temporarily in the ACT);\n(b) section 15 (Vehicles registered in another jurisdiction by\ntransferred defence force member or eligible family member);\n(c) section 16 (Trailers exempt from registration in another\njurisdiction).\n(2) The suspension may be indefinite or for the period the road transport\nauthority decides.\n","sortOrder":11},{"sectionNumber":"8","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of Act, s 18 to pt 2.2 vehicles","content":"8 Application of Act, s 18 to pt 2.2 vehicles\nFor the Act, section 18 (2) (b), the use of an unregistered vehicle\nmentioned in part 2.2 (Vehicles not subject to registration provisions)\non a road or road related area is permitted under this regulation.\n\nPart 2.2 Vehicles not subject to\nregistration provisions\n","sortOrder":12},{"sectionNumber":"9","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles on tow trucks","content":"9 Vehicles on tow trucks\nThe registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle being\ntowed by a tow truck.\n","sortOrder":13},{"sectionNumber":"10","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles used for agricultural work","content":"10 Vehicles used for agricultural work\n(1) The registration provisions do not apply to—\n(a) an agricultural implement towed by another vehicle; or\n(b) a trailer towed by an agricultural machine that is being used to\nperform agricultural tasks.\nagricultural implement means a vehicle without its own automotive\npower, built to perform agricultural tasks.\nagricultural machine means a machine with its own automotive\npower, built to perform agricultural tasks.\nExamples of agricultural implements\nirrigating equipment, augers, conveyors, harvester fronts, harvest bins and\nmachinery fully carried on the three-point linkage of a tractor\nExamples of agricultural machines\ntractors and harvesters\n\n","sortOrder":14},{"sectionNumber":"11","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles using roads or road related areas to a limited","content":"11 Vehicles using roads or road related areas to a limited\nextent during primary production\nis only used on a road or road related area when it is being driven\nacross the road or road related area in travelling directly to or from\nland that is used only or mainly for primary production.\n","sortOrder":15},{"sectionNumber":"12","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trailers used for road construction and other public","content":"12 Trailers used for road construction and other public\nworks\n(1) The registration provisions do not apply to a trailer towed by a\nregistered motor vehicle that—\n(a) is—\n(i) only used for road construction, maintenance (including\ncleaning, sweeping, watering or a similar process) or\nrepair; or\n(ii) not let out on hire and only used for rolling tennis courts,\ncricket wickets, lawns or pathways, or improving the\nsurface of the ground or for similar work, on unleased\nterritory land or on land dedicated or reserved by the\nTerritory for public health, recreation, enjoyment or other\nsimilar public purposes; and\n(b) is only used on a road or road related area when at, going to or\nreturning from the place where the work mentioned in paragraph\n(a) is done.\ntrailer does not include a vehicle built or used mainly to carry goods\nor materials, or a caravan used for recreational purposes.\n\n","sortOrder":16},{"sectionNumber":"13","sectionType":"section","heading":"Golf and green keeping vehicles used on roads or road","content":"13 Golf and green keeping vehicles used on roads or road\nrelated areas\n(1) The registration provisions do not apply to a golf vehicle or green\nkeeping vehicle being driven directly across a road or road related\narea that intersects with or crosses a golf course if the vehicle—\n(a) is being used in the course of, or as an incident to, a game of golf\nor to watch a game of golf; or\n(b) is travelling to or from the golf course to be used for or in\nrelation to the rolling or maintenance or surface improvement of\npart of the golf course; or\n(c) is travelling to or from a car park or storage building that is\nseparated from the golf course by the road or road related area.\ngolf course means an area of land designed and used for playing golf,\nand includes any tee, fairway, green, rough, pathway, bunker and\nbridge forming part of the golf course.\ngolf vehicle means—\n(a) a motorised buggy or cart designed and used to carry a golfer,\nspectator or golfing equipment on a golf course; or\n(b) a motorbike with an engine capacity not over 50mL used to carry\na golfer, spectator or golf equipment on a golf course; or\n(c) a trailer being towed by such a vehicle.\ngreen keeping vehicle means a vehicle used only or mainly for or in\nrelation to the rolling, maintenance or surface improvement of part of\na golf course.\n\n","sortOrder":17},{"sectionNumber":"14","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles temporarily in the ACT","content":"14 Vehicles temporarily in the ACT\n(1) The registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle if—\n(a) the vehicle is—\n(i) kept at a garage address in the ACT for 3 months or less;\nor\n(ii) otherwise temporarily in the ACT; and\n(b) the vehicle is—\n(i) registered under the law of another jurisdiction, external\nterritory or foreign country; or\n(ii) permitted under a relevant law of another jurisdiction to be\nused on a road or road related area in that jurisdiction, even\nthough it is unregistered; and\n(c) the vehicle has the numberplates and labels required under that\nlaw; and\n(d) the numberplates and labels comply with that law; and\n(e) the vehicle complies with, and is being used in accordance with,\nany conditions of registration applying to the vehicle under that\nlaw, so far as they can be applied to the vehicle, or use of the\nvehicle, in the ACT; and\n(f) if the vehicle is unregistered—the vehicle is being used in\naccordance with any conditions of the permit or other authority\napplying to the vehicle under that law, so far as they can be\napplied to the use of the vehicle in the ACT; and\n(g) an MAI policy or compulsory third-party insurance policy under\na law of another jurisdiction is in force for the vehicle.\n\nrelevant law, of another jurisdiction, external territory or foreign\ncountry, means a law of the other jurisdiction, territory or country that\nsubstantially corresponds to the provisions of this regulation about\ntrader’s plates or unregistered vehicle permits.\n","sortOrder":18},{"sectionNumber":"15","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles registered in another jurisdiction by transferred","content":"15 Vehicles registered in another jurisdiction by transferred\ndefence force member or eligible family member\n(1) The registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle if—\n(a) a registered operator of the vehicle is a transferred defence force\nmember or eligible family member; and\n(b) the vehicle is registered under the law of another jurisdiction;\nand\n(c) the vehicle has the numberplates and labels required under that\nlaw; and\n(d) the numberplates and labels comply with that law; and\n(e) the vehicle complies with, and is being used in accordance with,\nany conditions of registration applying to the vehicle under that\nlaw, so far as they can be applied to the vehicle, or use of the\nvehicle, in the ACT; and\n(f) an MAI policy or compulsory third-party insurance policy under\na law of another jurisdiction is in force for the vehicle.\neligible family member, of a transferred defence force member,\nmeans a person who—\n(a) usually lives with the defence force member; and\n(b) is entitled to be transferred with the defence force member at the\nexpense of the Australian Defence Force.\n\ntransferred defence force member means a person who is living in\nthe ACT because of a transfer arranged by the Australian Defence\nForce and is—\n(a) on full-time permanent service with the Australian Defence\nForce; or\n(b) on full-time duty with the Australian Defence Force Reserve.\n","sortOrder":19},{"sectionNumber":"16","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trailers exempt from registration in another jurisdiction","content":"16 Trailers exempt from registration in another jurisdiction\n(1) The registration provisions do not apply to a trailer that is exempt\nfrom registration under the law of another jurisdiction if the trailer—\n(a) is being towed by a motor vehicle that is registered under a law\nof that jurisdiction; and\n(b) is not being used to carry a boat; and\n(c) is not being used in the course of a trade, business or industry;\nand\n(d) weighs less than 200kg unladen; and\n(e) has a manufactured width that is not wider than the towing\n(f) is not longer than 3m (including the drawbar and any load); and\n(g) displays (whether by painting or otherwise) the registration\nnumber of the towing vehicle to the rear of the trailer so the\nnumber can be read during daylight 20m from the rear of the\n(2) Subsection (1) (g) does not apply to the trailer if the registration\nnumber on the rear numberplate of the towing vehicle is not obscured\nby the trailer.\n\n","sortOrder":20},{"sectionNumber":"17","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles used to fight rural fires","content":"17 Vehicles used to fight rural fires\n(1) The registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle that\nis used on a road or road related area if the vehicle—\n(a) is attached to a rural fire service brigade and has painted on it,\nor securely attached to it, a sign clearly identifying the brigade\nto which it is attached; and\n(b) is used to carry people or equipment to or from the work of\npreventing, extinguishing, or preventing the spread of, fires in\nrural areas (including fire hazard reduction work); and\n(c) is travelling for the purpose mentioned in paragraph (b) or any\nof the following purposes:\n(i) to respond to an incident or emergency in accordance with\nthe Emergencies Act 2004 or a corresponding law;\n(ii) to assist at an incident or emergency under the control of\nthe fire and rescue service, the SES or any other entity;\n(iii) to train members of the rural fire service, including\nvolunteers;\n(iv) for a purpose necessary for, or incidental to, the service or\nrepair of the vehicle;\n(v) to exercise any other function of the rural fire service.\nrural area—see the Emergencies Act 2004, section 6B.\nrural fire service brigade means—\n(a) a brigade of the rural fire service; or\n(b) a brigade of a similar entity established under the law of another\njurisdiction.\n\n","sortOrder":21},{"sectionNumber":"18","sectionType":"section","heading":"Police vehicles","content":"18 Police vehicles\nis being used for police work and to which is attached a numberplate\nissued by the road transport authority in substitution for the\nnumberplate that would otherwise be required to be attached to the\nvehicle under this regulation.\n","sortOrder":22},{"sectionNumber":"18A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles being driven in the course of motor industry","content":"18A Vehicles being driven in the course of motor industry\nbusiness\n(1) The registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle that\nis used on a road or road related area if—\n(a) the person using the vehicle—\n(i) is not a responsible person for the vehicle; and\n(ii) is an owner or employee of a motor industry business; and\n(b) the vehicle is being used in the course of the motor industry\nbusiness.\n(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the person using the vehicle—\n(a) knew that the vehicle was not registered; or\n(b) ought reasonably to have known that the vehicle was not\nregistered.\nmotor industry business means a business that buys, sells, repairs,\ninspects, maintains or enhances vehicles.\n","sortOrder":23},{"sectionNumber":"19","sectionType":"section","heading":"Lawn mowers","content":"19 Lawn mowers\nThe registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle,\nweighing not more than 250kg when unladen, that is built or used\nonly for cutting grass or for purposes incidental to cutting grass.\n\n","sortOrder":24},{"sectionNumber":"20","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bicycles with electric motors","content":"20 Bicycles with electric motors\nis a bicycle.\nNote A bicycle does not include any vehicle—\n(a) with an electric motor capable of generating a power output over\n200W, other than a vehicle that is a power-assisted pedal cycle\nwithin the meaning of the national road vehicle standards\ndetermined under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth),\ns 12; or\n(b) that has an internal combustion engine.\n(See Road Transport (General) Act 1999, dict, def bicycle.)\n","sortOrder":25},{"sectionNumber":"21","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles used by certain people with disabilities","content":"21 Vehicles used by certain people with disabilities\nThe registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle that—\n(a) is designed, and while on a road or road related area is used only,\nto carry a person with a disability that substantially impairs the\nperson’s mobility; and\n(b) cannot travel faster than 10km/h on level ground.\n","sortOrder":26},{"sectionNumber":"22","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles being driven to obtain registration etc","content":"22 Vehicles being driven to obtain registration etc\n(1) The registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle while\nit is being driven, for the purpose of obtaining registration of the\nvehicle, by the most direct or convenient route—\n(a) to the nearest convenient designated place; or\n(b) to the nearest convenient vehicle inspection station or authorised\nexaminer to find out whether the vehicle complies with the\napplicable vehicle standards; or\n(c) to the nearest convenient weighbridge to find out the weight of\n\n(2) The registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle while\nit is being driven, for the purpose of obtaining registration of the\nvehicle, in the course of inspection or testing of the vehicle to find out\nwhether the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle standards.\n(3) The registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle while\nit is being driven, for the purpose of obtaining an unregistered vehicle\npermit for the vehicle, by the most direct or convenient route to the\nnearest convenient place where the permit can be obtained for the\n(4) This section applies to a registrable vehicle only if an MAI policy or\ncompulsory third-party insurance policy under a law of a jurisdiction\nother than the ACT is in force for the vehicle.\n","sortOrder":27},{"sectionNumber":"23","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles being inspected","content":"23 Vehicles being inspected\n(1) The registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle the\nregistration of which has expired but to which the numberplates are\nstill attached while the vehicle is being driven by an authorised person\nto decide whether the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle\nstandards.\n(2) This section applies to the registrable vehicle only if an MAI policy\nor compulsory third-party insurance policy under a law of a\njurisdiction other than the ACT is in force for the vehicle.\n","sortOrder":28},{"sectionNumber":"24","sectionType":"section","heading":"Self-propelled elevating work platforms","content":"24 Self-propelled elevating work platforms\n(1) The Act does not apply to a self-propelled elevating work platform.\nself-propelled elevating work platform means a vehicle that—\n(a) is self-propelled; and\n(b) is used for construction, maintenance or warehouse operations;\nand\n\n(c) is designed mainly for use outside a road or road related area;\nand\n(d) cannot travel faster than 10km/h; and\n(e) is being used for the purpose for which it was built; and\n(f) is not used for transport on a road or road related area other than\nfor the purposes of loading or unloading the vehicle onto another\nvehicle or repositioning the vehicle at a work site.\n\nEligibility for registration Part 3.1\n","sortOrder":29},{"sectionNumber":"25","sectionType":"section","heading":"Registered operator of registrable vehicle","content":"25 Registered operator of registrable vehicle\n(1) A person is eligible to be the registered operator of a registrable\nvehicle if the person is—\n(a) an individual who is at least the required age; or\n(b) a corporation.\n(2) However, the road transport authority may record a person in the\nregistrable vehicles register as the registered operator of a registrable\nvehicle even if the person is under the required age.\n(3) A person recorded in the registrable vehicles register under\nsubsection (2) as the registered operator of a registrable vehicle is, for\nthis regulation (including renewal of registration), taken to have been\neligible to be the registered operator of the vehicle.\nrequired age means—\n(a) for a heavy vehicle—18 years; or\n(b) for a motorbike—16 years 9 months; or\n(c) for any other light vehicle—16 years.\n\n","sortOrder":30},{"sectionNumber":"26","sectionType":"section","heading":"Eligible vehicles","content":"26 Eligible vehicles\n(1) A registrable vehicle is eligible to be registered without conditions\nif—\n(a) the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle standards; and\n(b) the Motor Accident Injuries Act 2019, chapter 6 (Motor accident\ninjuries insurance) and the Duties Act 1999 are complied with in\nrelation to the vehicle; and\n(c) the vehicle is owned by, or is under the management of, a person\nwho is eligible to be the registered operator of the vehicle.\n(2) However, the road transport authority may refuse to register a\nregistrable vehicle if satisfied that—\n(a) the vehicle has been registered in another jurisdiction; and\n(b) the registration in the other jurisdiction has been cancelled or\nsuspended; and\n(c) the reason for the cancellation or suspension still exists.\n\n","sortOrder":31},{"sectionNumber":"27","sectionType":"section","heading":"Who may apply for registration?","content":"27 Who may apply for registration?\n(1) Application for registration of a registrable vehicle may be made\nby—\n(a) an individual who is eligible to be the registered operator of a\nregistrable vehicle; or\n(b) an agent of—\n(i) an individual who is eligible to be the registered operator\nof a registrable vehicle; or\n(ii) a corporation.\n(2) If an application for registration of a registrable vehicle is made by an\nagent, the road transport authority may register the vehicle only if the\nagent produces—\n(a) evidence of the agent’s identity in a form acceptable to the\nauthority; and\n(b) a document evidencing the authority of the agent to act as agent\nof the individual or corporation seeking registration as the\nregistered operator.\n(3) If 2 individuals are seeking registration as registered operators of the\nsame light vehicle, either of them may make an application under this\nsection on behalf of both of them if the road transport authority is\nsatisfied that the person making the application is acting as the agent\nof the other person.\n\n(4) If 2 individuals are seeking to be recorded as registered operators of\na light vehicle through an application made by an agent—\n(a) only 1 agent can act on behalf of both of them; and\n(b) the agent must produce a document mentioned in subsection (2)\n(b) from each of them.\nNote Section 162 makes provision for the respective rights, liabilities and\nobligations of multiple registered operators of a registrable vehicle.\n(5) Only 1 person may apply to be recorded, or be recorded, as registered\noperator of a heavy vehicle.\nNote Under s 162, 2 individuals may be recorded as registered operators of a\nlight vehicle.\n","sortOrder":32},{"sectionNumber":"28","sectionType":"section","heading":"Information that may be required for registration","content":"28 Information that may be required for registration\napplication\nThe road transport authority may require an applicant for registration\nof a registrable vehicle to give to the authority, in the application form\nor otherwise, information about—\n(a) for an individual seeking to be recorded (or on whose behalf an\nagent is seeking to be recorded) as the registered operator of the\nregistrable vehicle—the individual’s identity and home address;\nand\n(b) for a corporation seeking to be recorded (or on whose behalf an\nagent is seeking to be recorded) as the registered operator of the\nregistrable vehicle—the corporation’s identity and business\naddress; and\n(c) an address for the service of notices; and\n(d) for 2 individuals seeking to be recorded as registered operators\nof the same light vehicle—the name and address of the\nindividual who is to be the contact person for the service of\nnotices under the road transport legislation in relation to the\n\n(e) the proposed garage address of the vehicle; and\n(f) fees, charges, premiums and other amounts relating to the\nvehicle or its registration that are payable under the Road\nTransport (General) Act 1999 and the Duties Act 1999; and\n(g) anything else relevant to the decision whether to register the\nvehicle or to record an individual or corporation in the register\nas the registered operator of the vehicle.\n","sortOrder":33},{"sectionNumber":"29","sectionType":"section","heading":"Supporting evidence for registration application","content":"29 Supporting evidence for registration application\nThe road transport authority may require an applicant for registration\nof a registrable vehicle to provide evidence, in the form required by\nthe authority, confirming—\n(a) the identity of anyone seeking to be recorded as the registered\noperator of the vehicle; and\n(b) how the vehicle came into the ownership, or under the\nmanagement, of the person; and\n(c) the proposed garage address of the vehicle; and\n(d) the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle standards; and\n(e) if the vehicle does not comply with the applicable vehicle\nstandards—the acceptability of the vehicle for registration; and\n(f) if the vehicle is a heavy vehicle—the vehicle’s nominated\nconfiguration; and\n(g) any other information reasonably required by the authority to\ndecide the application.\n\n","sortOrder":34},{"sectionNumber":"30","sectionType":"section","heading":"Giving authority registration application and supporting","content":"30 Giving authority registration application and supporting\nevidence\nAn applicant for registration of a registrable vehicle must give the\nroad transport authority—\n(a) an application for registration and any information required by\nthe authority under section 28 for the application; and\n(b) any supporting evidence required by the authority under\nsection 29.\n","sortOrder":35},{"sectionNumber":"31","sectionType":"section","heading":"Duration of registration","content":"31 Duration of registration\n(1) A registrable vehicle may be registered—\n(a) for a vehicle other than a seasonal vehicle—for 1 year; or\n(b) for a seasonal vehicle—for 9 months; or\n(c) for any vehicle—for 3 or 6 months.\nNote Seasonal vehicle is defined in the dict.\n(2) An applicant for registration of a registrable vehicle must nominate a\nperiod mentioned in subsection (1) that relates to the vehicle.\n(3) However, an applicant may nominate, and the road transport authority\nmay approve, a different period of registration for a vehicle.\nThe authority may approve a different period of registration to achieve a common\nregistration expiry day for vehicles in a fleet.\n(4) The road transport authority may declare a kind of vehicle to be a\nseasonal vehicle.\nExamples of kinds of vehicles that may be declared to be seasonal vehicles\n1 vehicles used in primary production\n2 heavy vehicles\n(5) A declaration under subsection (4) is a disallowable instrument.\n\n","sortOrder":36},{"sectionNumber":"32","sectionType":"section","heading":"Deciding applications for registration—general","content":"32 Deciding applications for registration—general\nNote For applications for the renewal of a registration, see s 68.\n(1) The road transport authority may refuse to approve an application for\nregistration of a registrable vehicle if—\n(a) the vehicle is not an eligible vehicle; or\n(b) the applicant has not complied with a requirement of the road\ntransport legislation in relation to the registration of the vehicle\n(including a requirement to pay a fee, charge or other amount);\nor\n(c) the authority believes on reasonable grounds that—\n(i) the vehicle, or a part of the vehicle, is or may be stolen; or\n(ii) information given in, or in relation to, the application for\nregistration is false, misleading or incomplete in a material\nparticular; or\n(iii) there are unpaid fines or financial penalties resulting from\nthe use of the vehicle in Australia; or\n(iv) the vehicle is being used for an unlawful purpose; or\n(v) words or images that a reasonable adult would consider\nindecent, insulting or offensive are displayed on an area of\nthe vehicle greater than 297mm x 105mm; or\n(vi) the vehicle is subject to a compulsory recall notice or\nvoluntary recall notice; or\n(d) the authority is not satisfied that the vehicle’s garage address is\nin the ACT; or\n(e) the applicant has failed to comply with a territory law about\ncertificates of inspection of registrable vehicles; or\n(f) the application may otherwise be refused under this regulation.\n\n(2) The road transport authority must refuse to approve an application for\nthe registration of a registrable vehicle if—\n(a) the authority is required to refuse to approve the application for\na vehicle’s registration under—\n(i) section 32A (Deciding applications for registration—\nwritten-off vehicles); or\n(ii) section 32B (Deciding applications for registration—\ntaxis); or\n(b) an order of a court in Australia prevents the vehicle’s\nregistration, and the authority has been told about the order.\n(3) If the road transport authority approves an application by or on behalf\nof a person for registration of a registrable vehicle, the authority must\nregister the vehicle in the name of the person as the registered\noperator.\n(4) For subsection (1)—\n(a) a vehicle is subject to a compulsory recall notice if a recall\nnotice has been issued under the Australian Consumer Law\n(ACT), section 122 (Compulsory recall of consumer goods) in\nrelation to the vehicle or a part of the vehicle; and\n(b) a vehicle is subject to a voluntary recall notice if—\n(i) a person has voluntarily recalled the vehicle or a part of the\n(ii) the recall has been published on a website under the\nAustralian Consumer Law (ACT), section 128\n(Notification requirements for a voluntary recall of\nconsumer goods); and\n(iii) the road transport authority is satisfied the recall relates to\na significant road safety risk; and\n\n(iv) reasonable steps have not been taken in relation to the\nvehicle or part to address the road safety risk.\n","sortOrder":37},{"sectionNumber":"32A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Deciding applications for registration—written-off","content":"32A Deciding applications for registration—written-off\n(1) This section applies in relation to an application for the registration\nof a registrable vehicle if the vehicle identifier for the vehicle is the\nsame as the vehicle identifier for a vehicle that is recorded as having\nbeen written-off (the relevant record) in—\n(a) the written-off vehicles register; or\n(b) an approved corresponding WOVR and the road transport\nauthority has notice of the relevant record in the corresponding\nregister.\n(2) If the relevant record indicates that the vehicle is a statutory write-off,\nthe road transport authority must refuse to approve the application for\n(3) If the relevant record indicates that the vehicle is a repairable\nwrite-off, the road transport authority must refuse to approve the\napplication for the vehicle’s registration unless the authority is\nsatisfied that—\n(a) the vehicle is the original vehicle to which the vehicle identifier\nwas assigned; and\n(b) the vehicle was a registered vehicle when it became a written-off\nNote 1 A vehicle is a registered vehicle if it is registered in the ACT under\nthe Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Act 1999.\nNote 2 A reference to an Act includes a reference to the statutory\ninstruments made or in force under the Act, including any\nregulation (see Legislation Act, s 104).\n(c) the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle standards.\n\n(4) However, subsection (3) does not apply if the vehicle has been\nre-registered, or the vehicle’s registration has been renewed, since the\nrelevant record was made.\nrepairable write-off—see the Road Transport (General)\nRegulation 2000, section 20.\nstatutory write-off—see the Road Transport (General)\nRegulation 2000, section 22.\n32AA Deciding applications for registration—public passenger\n(1) This section applies if the road transport authority is deciding an\napplication for registration of a registrable vehicle as 1 of the\nfollowing kinds of public passenger vehicle:\n(a) a public bus;\n(b) a taxi;\n(c) a hire car;\n(d) a demand responsive service vehicle.\nNote 1 A rideshare vehicle is also a public passenger vehicle but it is not required\nto be registered as a rideshare vehicle.\nNote 2 A light rail vehicle is also a public passenger vehicle but is not a\nregistrable vehicle (see Act, dict, def registrable vehicle).\n(2) The road transport authority may refuse to approve the application if\nthe applicant—\n(a) is not the accredited operator of the vehicle; or\n(b) has failed to comply with a requirement under a territory law\nabout the condition of the vehicle.\n\naccredited operator, of a public passenger vehicle—see the Road\nTransport (Public Passenger Services) Act 2001, section 110.\n","sortOrder":38},{"sectionNumber":"32B","sectionType":"section","heading":"Deciding applications for registration––taxis","content":"32B Deciding applications for registration––taxis\nNote For applications for the renewal of a registration, see s 68.\n(1) The road transport authority must refuse to approve an application for\nthe 1st registration of the vehicle as a taxi if the vehicle is 6 years old\nor older.\n(2) The road transport authority must refuse to approve an application for\n(a) the vehicle is for use as a standard taxi; and\n(b) any of the following applies:\n(i) the vehicle has been used as a taxi for 6 years or more;\n(ii) the vehicle is 8 years old or older;\n(iii) the vehicle does not have seating for at least 4 adults\n(including the driver);\n(iv) the vehicle does not have at least 4 doors.\n(3) The road transport authority must refuse to approve an application for\n(a) the vehicle is for use as a single capacity wheelchair-accessible\ntaxi; and\n(b) either––\n(i) the vehicle has been used as a taxi for 8 years or more; or\n(ii) the vehicle is 10 years old or older.\n\n(4) The road transport authority must refuse to approve an application for\n(a) the vehicle is for use as a dual capacity wheelchair-accessible\ntaxi; and\n(b) either––\n(i) the vehicle has been used as a taxi for 10 years or more; or\n(ii) the vehicle is 12 years old or older.\n(5) For this section, the age of a vehicle is measured starting 6 months\nafter the end of the month stated—\n(a) if the vehicle is on the RAV—in the vehicle’s date of entry on\nthe RAV; or\n(b) if the vehicle is not on the RAV but has an identification plate\nattached—on the vehicle’s identification plate.\ndual capacity wheelchair-accessible taxi means a\nwheelchair-accessible taxi that can accommodate 2 or more\nwheelchairs.\nsingle capacity wheelchair-accessible taxi means a\nwheelchair-accessible taxi that can accommodate 1 (but not more\nthan 1) wheelchair.\nstandard taxi means a taxi that is not a wheelchair-accessible taxi.\nwheelchair-accessible taxi––see the Road Transport (Public\nPassenger Services) Regulation 2002, dictionary.\n\n","sortOrder":39},{"sectionNumber":"33","sectionType":"section","heading":"Conditional registration","content":"33 Conditional registration\n(1) The road transport authority may register a registrable vehicle\nconditionally if—\n(a) the vehicle does not comply with an applicable vehicle standard;\nor\nNote Evidence of compliance with applicable vehicle standards is dealt\nwith in s 112.\n(b) the authority considers it appropriate for another reason to\nregister the vehicle conditionally.\n(2) The road transport authority may refuse to register a registrable\nvehicle conditionally under subsection (1) (a) if—\n(a) the vehicle is not on the RAV because it does not satisfy the\nrequirements of the type approval pathway under the Road\nVehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth); or\n(b) the vehicle does not have its own operations or identification\nplate; or\n(c) no certificate of approved operations under section 114\n(Installation of operations plates, modification of vehicles etc)\nhas been issued or accepted by the authority for the vehicle.\n(3) In deciding the conditions to be imposed on the registration of a\nregistrable vehicle that does not comply with an applicable vehicle\nstandard, the road transport authority must take into account the\nnature and extent of the noncompliance.\n(4) The road transport authority may at any time vary or cancel the\nconditions imposed on the registration of a registrable vehicle.\n\n(5) The road transport authority must tell the registered operator in\nwriting of the conditions, or a change in the conditions, applying to\nthe registration of a registrable vehicle.\n(6) A condition, or a change in the conditions, applying to the registration\nof a registrable vehicle takes effect when the road transport authority\ntells the registered operator in writing about the condition or change.\n(7) A person who is not the registered operator of a vehicle must not use,\nor, if in charge of the vehicle, permit the use of, a vehicle that is\nconditionally registered in contravention of a condition of\nMaximum penalty (for subsection (7)): 20 penalty units.\nNote It is an offence under the Act, s 21 (3) (Obligations of registered\noperator), for a registered operator of a registrable vehicle to fail to\ncomply with a condition of registration for the vehicle.\n\nThe registrable vehicles register Part 3.3\n","sortOrder":40},{"sectionNumber":"34","sectionType":"section","heading":"General information to be recorded in register","content":"34 General information to be recorded in register\nIf the road transport authority registers a registrable vehicle, the\nauthority must record in the registrable vehicles register, in relation\nto the vehicle—\n(a) the identification details of the vehicle; and\n(b) the vehicle’s garage address; and\n(c) if the registered operator is an individual—the individual’s\nname, home address, and address for the service of notices (if\nany); and\n(d) if the registered operator is a corporation—the corporation’s\nname, business address, and address for the service of notices (if\nany); and\n(e) the expiry date of the registration; and\n(f) if the vehicle is conditionally registered—the conditions of\nregistration; and\n(g) the vehicle’s GVM (if applicable); and\n(h) the vehicle’s GCM (if applicable); and\n(i) the vehicle’s tare mass; and\n(j) for a heavy vehicle—the vehicle’s nominated configuration; and\n(k) the vehicle’s registration charge category; and\n(l) if an MAI policy or compulsory third-party insurance policy\nunder a law of a jurisdiction other than the ACT has been issued\nfor the vehicle—the name of the insurer that issued the policy\nand the expiry date of the policy.\n\n","sortOrder":41},{"sectionNumber":"35","sectionType":"section","heading":"Other information that may be recorded in register","content":"35 Other information that may be recorded in register\nThe road transport authority may record in the registrable vehicles\nregister other information for—\n(a) the purposes of the road transport legislation; or\n(b) the purposes of any other territory law; or\n(c) any other purpose the authority considers appropriate.\n","sortOrder":42},{"sectionNumber":"36","sectionType":"section","heading":"Recording of dealing restrictions","content":"36 Recording of dealing restrictions\n(1) Without limiting section 35, the road transport authority may record\ninformation in the registrable vehicles register to identify a dealing\nrestriction for a registrable vehicle.\n(2) Despite any other provision of this regulation, if a dealing in relation\nto a registrable vehicle contravenes a dealing restriction recorded in\nthe registrable vehicles register for the vehicle, the road transport\nauthority may—\n(a) if the dealing requires the authority’s approval—refuse to\napprove the dealing; and\n(b) refuse to record details of the dealing in the register; and\n(c) refuse to exercise any other function in relation to the dealing.\ndealing, in relation to a registrable vehicle, means—\n(a) registering the vehicle; or\n(b) renewing the registration of the vehicle; or\n(c) transferring the vehicle’s registration.\ndealing restriction, for a registrable vehicle, means a condition on the\nregistration of the vehicle restricting dealing in relation to the vehicle.\n\nThe registrable vehicles register Part 3.3\n","sortOrder":43},{"sectionNumber":"37","sectionType":"section","heading":"Changes in description or configuration to be recorded","content":"37 Changes in description or configuration to be recorded\n(1) If the registered operator of a registrable vehicle tells the road\ntransport authority in writing about a change in a registrable vehicle’s\ndescription or nominated configuration recorded in the registrable\nvehicles register, the authority must record the change in the register\nunless satisfied that the information is false.\n(2) The road transport authority may require evidence, in a form\nacceptable to the authority, confirming that the change has happened.\n","sortOrder":44},{"sectionNumber":"38","sectionType":"section","heading":"Register to record information over previous 2 years","content":"38 Register to record information over previous 2 years\nThe road transport authority must ensure that the registrable vehicles\nregister contains details of all registrable vehicles that are currently\nregistered, or that have been registered within the previous 2 years.\n","sortOrder":45},{"sectionNumber":"39","sectionType":"section","heading":"Searches of registrable vehicles register etc","content":"39 Searches of registrable vehicles register etc\nThe registered operator of a registrable vehicle may—\n(a) inspect information in the registrable vehicles register in relation\nto the vehicle; and\n(b) obtain a certificate of the information.\n\n","sortOrder":46},{"sectionNumber":"40","sectionType":"section","heading":"Registration certificates","content":"40 Registration certificates\n(1) If the road transport authority registers a registrable vehicle, the\nauthority must issue a registration certificate for the vehicle and give\nit to the registered operator.\n(2) A registration certificate for a vehicle must include—\n(a) the registered operator’s name; and\n(b) the address (if any) for the service of notices on the registered\noperator of the vehicle; and\n(c) the vehicle’s garage address; and\n(d) the vehicle’s registration number; and\n(e) the vehicle’s make; and\n(f) the vehicle’s model or body type (whichever is more\ndescriptive); and\n(g) the vehicle’s VIN or, if there is no VIN, any chassis number and\nengine number of the vehicle; and\n(h) the vehicle’s GVM (if applicable); and\n(i) the vehicle’s GCM (if applicable); and\n(j) the vehicle’s tare mass; and\n(k) for a heavy vehicle—the vehicle’s nominated configuration, and\nregistration charge category (shown by a code approved by the\nauthority); and\n(l) for a light vehicle—the registration charge category (shown by\na code approved by the authority); and\n(m) the expiry date of the registration; and\n\nRegistration documents Part 3.4\n(n) if the vehicle is conditionally registered—the registration\nconditions.\nNote A list of the codes used in registration certificates (and their meanings)\ncan be obtained from the authority.\n(3) The road transport authority may also include in the registration\ncertificate any other information the authority considers appropriate.\n","sortOrder":47},{"sectionNumber":"41","sectionType":"section","heading":"Damaged registration certificates","content":"41 Damaged registration certificates\n(1) If the registration certificate for a vehicle becomes damaged in a\nmaterial respect, the registered operator must, as soon as is\npracticable (but within 14 days) after discovering the damage—\n(a) tell the road transport authority about the damage; and\n(b) return the certificate to the authority.\n(2) If the registered operator returns the registration certificate under this\nsection, the road transport authority may issue a replacement\nregistration certificate to the operator.\n(3) For this section, a registration certificate becomes damaged in a\nmaterial respect if anything required to be included on the certificate\nunder section 40 (2) (Registration certificates) is missing or cannot be\nreadily read.\n","sortOrder":48},{"sectionNumber":"42","sectionType":"section","heading":"Lost, stolen or destroyed registration certificates","content":"42 Lost, stolen or destroyed registration certificates\n(1) If a registration certificate for a vehicle is lost, stolen or destroyed,\nthe registered operator must, as soon as practicable (but within 14\ndays) after discovering the loss, theft or destruction, tell the road\ntransport authority about the loss, theft or destruction.\n\n(2) If the registered operator tells the road transport authority about the\nloss, theft or destruction of the registration certificate, the authority\nmay, by written notice given to the operator, require the operator to\nprovide to the authority, within a stated period and in a stated form, a\nstatement confirming, and explaining the circumstances of, the loss,\ntheft or destruction.\nnotice given to the person under subsection (2).\n(4) If the road transport authority is satisfied that the registration\ncertificate for a vehicle has been lost, stolen or destroyed, the\nauthority may issue a replacement registration certificate to the\nregistered operator.\n","sortOrder":49},{"sectionNumber":"43","sectionType":"section","heading":"Recovery of lost or stolen registration certificates","content":"43 Recovery of lost or stolen registration certificates\nIf the registered operator of a vehicle recovers the vehicle’s lost or\nstolen registration certificate, the operator must, as soon as\npracticable (but within 14 days) after recovering the certificate—\n(a) tell the road transport authority about the recovery of the\ncertificate; and\n(b) give the certificate to the authority unless the authority tells the\noperator that the certificate need not be given to the authority.\n\nRegistration documents Part 3.4\n","sortOrder":50},{"sectionNumber":"45A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Streamlined registration procedures","content":"45A Streamlined registration procedures\n(1) This section applies if the road transport authority—\n(a) sends the registered operator of a registrable vehicle a\nregistration certificate (the prospective registration certificate)\nfor a future period for the vehicle; and\n(b) invites the registered operator to renew the registration of the\n(2) The prospective registration certificate is not issued by the road\ntransport authority as a registration certificate until the appropriate\nfee determined for the registration mentioned in the certificate has\nbeen paid.\n(3) If the prospective registration certificate has not been issued by the\nroad transport authority as a registration certificate, a person must not\nuse the prospective registration certificate to pretend to have\n(4) If the road transport authority issues a registration certificate for a\nregistrable vehicle, for a period completely or partly covered by the\nprospective registration certificate for the vehicle, the prospective\nregistration certificate cannot be issued and may be destroyed without\nnotice to the authority under section 42 (Lost, stolen or destroyed\nregistration certificates).\n\n","sortOrder":51},{"sectionNumber":"46","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions for pt 3.5","content":"46 Definitions for pt 3.5\nowner, of a prescribed right to a non-standard registration number,\nmeans—\n(a) the person entitled to the right; or\n(b) if 2 people are entitled to the right—each of those people.\nplate-holder, of a numberplate, means—\n(a) for a trader’s plate—the person issued with the plate; or\n(b) for any other numberplate—the registered operator of the\nregistrable vehicle for which the numberplate is issued.\nprescribed right, to a non-standard registration number, means a right\nto the number sold under section 54 (Selling rights to non-standard\nregistration numbers).\nright, to a non-standard registration number, means the exclusive\nright to be given the number as a registration number.\n","sortOrder":52},{"sectionNumber":"47","sectionType":"section","heading":"Determination of non-standard registration numbers","content":"47 Determination of non-standard registration numbers\n(1) The road transport authority may determine that a number is a non-\nstandard registration number.\n","sortOrder":53},{"sectionNumber":"48","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of pt 3.5 to trader’s plates","content":"48 Application of pt 3.5 to trader’s plates\nThis part (except division 3.5.6 (Damaged, lost, stolen and destroyed\nnumberplates)) does not apply to trader’s plates.\nNote Pt 5.2 provides for the issue and use of trader’s plates.\n\nIssue of numberplates generally Division 3.5.2\n","sortOrder":54},{"sectionNumber":"49","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicle numberplates","content":"49 Vehicle numberplates\n(1) If the road transport authority registers a registrable vehicle, the\nauthority must give a distinguishing registration number to the\n(2) The road transport authority must issue—\n(a) for a motor vehicle registered by the authority (other than a\nmotorbike or motortrike)—2 vehicle numberplates with the\nvehicle’s registration number; and\n(b) for a motorbike, motortrike or trailer registered by the\nauthority—at least 1 vehicle numberplate with the registration\nnumber of the motorbike, motortrike or trailer; and\n(c) for any other registrable vehicle registered by the authority—the\nnumber of vehicle numberplates the authority considers\nappropriate with the vehicle’s registration number.\n(3) This section does not require the road transport authority to—\n(a) give a distinguishing registration number if the vehicle already\nhas a distinguishing registration number; or\n(b) issue vehicle numberplates with the vehicle’s registration\nnumber if the vehicle already has the required number of\nnumberplates with the vehicle’s registration number.\n","sortOrder":55},{"sectionNumber":"50","sectionType":"section","heading":"Bicycle rack numberplates","content":"50 Bicycle rack numberplates\n(1) The registered operator of a registered motor vehicle (other than a\nmotorbike or motortrike) may apply to the road transport authority\nfor the issue of a bicycle rack numberplate for the vehicle in addition\nto the vehicle numberplates issued for the vehicle.\n\n(2) If the registered operator applies under subsection (1), the road\ntransport authority may issue a bicycle rack numberplate with the\nsame number as the vehicle’s registration number to the registered\noperator.\n(3) For this regulation—\n(a) a bicycle rack numberplate issued to the registered operator of a\nmotor vehicle is taken to be issued for use for that vehicle; and\n(b) a bicycle rack numberplate displayed, under this regulation, on\na bicycle rack on a motor vehicle is taken to be attached to the\n(c) in deciding whether a bicycle rack numberplate has the same\nnumber as the registration number of a motor vehicle only the\nregistration number given to the vehicle is to be considered, and\nany additional material on any vehicle numberplate of the\nvehicle, or on the bicycle rack numberplate, is to be disregarded.\n","sortOrder":56},{"sectionNumber":"51","sectionType":"section","heading":"Dimensions, layout etc of numberplates","content":"51 Dimensions, layout etc of numberplates\n(1) The road transport authority may determine the dimensions, layout\nand other characteristics with which numberplates must comply.\n","sortOrder":57},{"sectionNumber":"52","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authority may change registration number","content":"52 Authority may change registration number\n(1) The road transport authority may change the registration number\ngiven to a registered vehicle.\n(2) Without limiting subsection (1), the road transport authority may\nchange the registration number given to a registered vehicle if the\nauthority considers that⎯\n(a) there is an error of any kind in a numberplate issued for the\nvehicle; or\n\nNon-standard registration numbers Division 3.5.3\n(b) there has been an error of any kind in the issuing of a\nnumberplate for the vehicle; or\n(c) the numberplate should not have been issued for any other\nreason.\n(3) If the road transport authority changes the registration number of a\nregistered vehicle under this section, the authority may, by written\nnotice given to the registered operator, require the operator to return\nto the authority, within the period stated in the notice, the\nnumberplates issued for the vehicle.\nnotice given to the person under subsection (3).\n(5) If the registered operator of a vehicle returns a numberplate under this\nsection, the road transport authority must issue a replacement\nnumberplate to the operator.\n","sortOrder":58},{"sectionNumber":"53","sectionType":"section","heading":"Nature of prescribed rights","content":"53 Nature of prescribed rights\nA prescribed right to a non-standard registration number is personal\nproperty.\n","sortOrder":59},{"sectionNumber":"54","sectionType":"section","heading":"Selling rights to non-standard registration numbers","content":"54 Selling rights to non-standard registration numbers\n(1) The road transport authority may, on behalf of the Territory, sell\nrights to non-standard registration numbers in the way, and at the\ntimes, the authority considers appropriate.\n(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a non-standard registration number\nfor which a person has a prescribed right.\n(3) The road transport authority must decide in writing the conditions on\nwhich rights may be sold and the conditions subject to which rights\nmay be exercised.\n\n(4) Without limiting subsection (3), a right may be sold on conditions\nthat allow the road transport authority, on behalf of the Territory, to\nextend the term of the right on application by the owner of the right.\n","sortOrder":60},{"sectionNumber":"55","sectionType":"section","heading":"Assignment of rights","content":"55 Assignment of rights\n(1) A prescribed right may only be assigned if the road transport authority\napproves the assignment of the right to the proposed assignee.\n(2) If the owner of a prescribed right applies to the road transport\nauthority to approve a proposed assignment of the right to someone,\nthe road transport authority must, by written notice to the owner,\napprove the assignment of the right to the proposed assignee.\n","sortOrder":61},{"sectionNumber":"56","sectionType":"section","heading":"Storage of non-standard registration numbers","content":"56 Storage of non-standard registration numbers\n(1) The road transport authority may store a numberplate with a non-\nstandard registration number on behalf of the owner of the prescribed\nright to the number.\n(2) The road transport authority must decide in writing the conditions on\nwhich numberplates may be stored.\n","sortOrder":62},{"sectionNumber":"57","sectionType":"section","heading":"Power to cancel right to non-standard registration","content":"57 Power to cancel right to non-standard registration\nnumber\n(1) The road transport authority may cancel a prescribed right to a non-\nstandard registration number by written notice given to the owner of\nthe right.\n(2) If the road transport authority cancels a right to a non-standard\nregistration number and the owner of the right had 1 or more\nnumberplates with the non-standard number, the owner of the right\nmust return the numberplates to the authority within the time\nmentioned for return in the notice.\n\n(3) If the road transport authority cancels a right, the owner of the right\nis entitled to reasonable compensation as agreed between the owner\nand the authority or, if they cannot agree within a reasonable time, as\ndecided by a court of competent jurisdiction.\n","sortOrder":63},{"sectionNumber":"58","sectionType":"section","heading":"Hire of non-standard numberplates","content":"58 Hire of non-standard numberplates\n(1) The road transport authority may hire out numberplates that display\nnon-standard registration numbers.\n(2) The road transport authority must decide in writing the terms on\nwhich the numberplates may be hired out.\n","sortOrder":64},{"sectionNumber":"59","sectionType":"section","heading":"Display of numberplates","content":"59 Display of numberplates\n(1) The registered operator of a registered vehicle must ensure that a\nvehicle numberplate issued for the vehicle is securely attached to the\nvehicle so that (if the vehicle is on level ground)—\n(a) the numberplate is—\n(i) upright and substantially parallel to the vehicle’s axles; and\n(ii) not over 1.3m above ground level; and\n(b) the numbers on the numberplate are clearly visible from a\ndistance of 20m at any point within an arc of 45° from the\nsurface of the numberplate above and to either side of the\nvehicle, as shown in diagram 59.1, figures 1 and 2 (for heavy\nvehicles) and diagram 59.2, figures 1 and 2 (for light vehicles);\nand\n(c) any cover on the numberplate—\n(i) is clear, clean, untinted and flat over the surface of the\nnumberplate; and\n\n(ii) has no reflective or other characteristics that would prevent\nthe successful operation of a traffic offence detection\ndevice.\nDiagram 59.1 Heavy vehicles\n\nDiagram 59.2 Light vehicles\n(2) Subsection (1) applies to a vehicle operating as a stand-by taxi as if\nthe reference to a numberplate issued for the vehicle were a reference\nto the numberplate issued for the usual taxi.\n(3) The registered operator of a registered vehicle must ensure that—\n(a) for a motor vehicle (other than a motorbike or motortrike)—1\nnumberplate is attached to the front of the vehicle and another\nto its rear; and\n(b) for a motorbike, motortrike or trailer—at least 1 numberplate is\nattached to its rear.\n\n(4) Subsections (1) (a) and (b) and (3) (a) and (b) do not apply to a vehicle\nnumberplate of a registrable vehicle if—\n(a) because of the construction of the vehicle, it is not practicable to\ncomply with the paragraphs; and\n(b) the numberplate is attached in a way that complies as far as\npracticable with the paragraphs.\n(5) Subsection (1) (b) does not apply to the rear vehicle numberplate of a\nregistrable vehicle if—\n(a) the rear numberplate of the registrable vehicle is obscured by a\nvehicle that is being towed by the registrable vehicle; and\n(b) the towed vehicle displays a rear numberplate in accordance\nwith subsections (1) and (3) or, if the towed vehicle is not\nrequired to display a rear numberplate, the registration number\nof the registrable vehicle is displayed at the rear of the towed\nvehicle in a way that complies as far as practicable with\nsubsections (1) and (3).\n(6) The road transport authority may exempt a vehicle or person from a\nprovision of this section.\n(7) If an exemption under this section is given subject to conditions, the\nexemption applies only if all the conditions of the exemption are\ncomplied with.\nstand-by taxi—see the Road Transport (Public Passenger Services)\nRegulation 2002, section 109 (1).\ntraffic offence detection device—see the Road Transport (Safety and\nTraffic Management) Act 1999, dictionary.\nusual taxi—see the Road Transport (Public Passenger Services)\nRegulation 2002, section 109 (1).\n\n","sortOrder":65},{"sectionNumber":"60","sectionType":"section","heading":"Using vehicle without numberplate etc","content":"60 Using vehicle without numberplate etc\n(1) A person must not use a registrable vehicle on a road or road related\narea if—\n(a) the vehicle does not have the numberplates or numberplate\nrequired under this division attached to it; or\n(b) a numberplate attached to the vehicle is not attached in\naccordance with this division; or\n(c) a numberplate attached to the vehicle is illegible.\n(2) The responsible person for a vehicle used by someone else in\ncontravention of subsection (1) also commits an offence if the person\nfailed to take reasonable precautions to prevent the contravention.\n(3) This section does not apply to a vehicle if—\n(a) an unregistered vehicle permit is in force for the vehicle; or\n(b) a trader’s plate is attached to the vehicle.\n(4) For this section, a numberplate is illegible if anything required to be\nincluded on the numberplate cannot, for any reason, be readily read.\n(5) For subsection (4), a number on the numberplate is taken not to be\nreadily readable if the number is not clearly visible as required by\nsection 59 (1) (b) (Display of numberplates).\n\nDivision 3.5.5 Swapping, transfer and exchange of numberplates\nDivision 3.5.5 Swapping, transfer and exchange of\nnumberplates\n61 Swapping of numberplates\nThe road transport authority may approve the swap of numberplates\nbetween registrable vehicles.\n","sortOrder":66},{"sectionNumber":"62","sectionType":"section","heading":"Transfer of numberplate to another vehicle","content":"62 Transfer of numberplate to another vehicle\nThe road transport authority may transfer the numberplates of a\nregistrable vehicle (the giving vehicle) to another registrable vehicle\n(the receiving vehicle) if—\n(a) the registration of the giving vehicle was cancelled following\napproval of an application to surrender its registration; and\n(b) if the giving vehicle has 1 registered operator—the same person\nis (or is to be) the registered operator of the receiving vehicle;\nand\n(c) if the giving vehicle has 2 registered operators—the authority is\nsatisfied that each registered operator who can agree to the\ntransfer does agree; and\n(d) if the receiving vehicle has 2 registered operators—the authority\nis satisfied that each registered operator who can agree to the\ntransfer does agree.\n","sortOrder":67},{"sectionNumber":"63","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exchange of numberplates","content":"63 Exchange of numberplates\n(1) If the registered operator of a registered vehicle surrenders the\nnumberplates issued for the vehicle to the road transport authority,\nthe authority may issue numberplates with a different registration\nnumber for the vehicle.\n\nDamaged, lost, stolen and destroyed numberplates Division 3.5.6\n(2) If the road transport authority is satisfied that 1 or more of the\nnumberplates issued for the vehicle have been lost, stolen or\ndestroyed, the authority may act under subsection (1) even though the\nnumberplate or numberplates have not been surrendered.\n","sortOrder":68},{"sectionNumber":"Div 3","sectionType":"division","heading":"5.6 Damaged, lost, stolen and destroyed","content":"Division 3.5.6 Damaged, lost, stolen and destroyed\nnumberplates\n","sortOrder":69},{"sectionNumber":"64","sectionType":"section","heading":"Damaged numberplates","content":"64 Damaged numberplates\n(1) If a numberplate becomes damaged in a material respect, the plate-\nholder must, as soon as is practicable (but within 14 days) after\ndiscovering the damage—\n(a) tell the road transport authority about the damage; and\n(b) return the numberplate to the authority and, unless otherwise\napproved by the authority, any other numberplate with the same\nregistration number.\n(2) If the plate-holder returns a numberplate under this section, the road\ntransport authority may issue a replacement numberplate with the\nsame distinguishing number to the plate-holder.\n(3) For this section, a numberplate becomes damaged in a material\nrespect if anything required to be included on the numberplate is\nmissing or cannot be readily read.\n(4) For subsection (3), a number on the numberplate is taken not to be\nreadily readable if the number is not clearly visible as required by\nsection 59 (1) (b) (Display of numberplates).\n\nDivision 3.5.6 Damaged, lost, stolen and destroyed numberplates\n","sortOrder":70},{"sectionNumber":"65","sectionType":"section","heading":"Lost, stolen or destroyed numberplates","content":"65 Lost, stolen or destroyed numberplates\n(1) If a vehicle numberplate is lost, stolen or destroyed, the plate-holder\nmust, as soon as practicable (but within 14 days) after discovering the\nloss, theft or destruction—\n(a) tell the road transport authority about the loss, theft or\ndestruction; and\n(b) return to the authority any other numberplate issued to the plate-\nholder with the same distinguishing number unless it has also\nbeen lost, stolen or destroyed.\n(2) If a bicycle rack numberplate is lost, stolen or destroyed, the plate-\nholder must, as soon as practicable (but within 14 days) after\ndiscovering the loss, theft or destruction, tell the road transport\nauthority in writing about the loss, theft or destruction.\n(3) If the plate-holder for a numberplate tells the road transport authority\nabout the loss, theft or destruction of the numberplate, the authority\nmay, by written notice given to the plate-holder, require the plate-\nholder to provide to the authority, within a stated period and in a\nstated form, a statement confirming, and explaining the\ncircumstances of, the loss, theft or destruction.\nnotice given to the person under subsection (3).\n(5) If the road transport authority is satisfied that a vehicle numberplate\nhas been lost, stolen or destroyed, the authority may issue\nreplacement numberplates with the same or a different distinguishing\nnumber to the plate-holder.\n\nDamaged, lost, stolen and destroyed numberplates Division 3.5.6\n(6) If the road transport authority is satisfied that a bicycle rack\nnumberplate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, the authority may\nissue a replacement numberplate with the same distinguishing\nnumber to the plate-holder.\n","sortOrder":71},{"sectionNumber":"66","sectionType":"section","heading":"Recovery of lost or stolen numberplates","content":"66 Recovery of lost or stolen numberplates\nIf the plate-holder of a lost or stolen numberplate recovers the\nnumberplate, the plate-holder must, as soon as practicable (but within\n14 days) after recovering the numberplate—\n(a) tell the road transport authority about the recovery of the\nnumberplate; and\n(b) give the numberplate to the authority unless the authority tells\nthe plate-holder that the numberplate need not be given to the\n\n","sortOrder":72},{"sectionNumber":"67","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notice of renewal for registration","content":"67 Notice of renewal for registration\n(1) A notice of renewal for the registration of a registered vehicle is a\nnotice—\n(a) addressed to the registered operator of the vehicle; and\n(b) stating that the vehicle’s registration will expire if it is not\nrenewed on or before a date stated in the notice.\n(2) If the road transport authority fails to send a notice of renewal for the\nregistration of a registered vehicle, or the notice is not received by the\nregistered operator of the vehicle, the failure or nonreceipt does not\naffect—\n(a) the expiry of the vehicle’s registration; or\n(b) the obligation of the operator to renew the vehicle’s registration\nif the operator intends the vehicle to be used on a road or road\nrelated area after the expiry of its existing registration.\n(3) The road transport authority is not required to send a notice of renewal\nfor the registration of a seasonal vehicle.\n(4) The road transport authority may include information or material not\nrelated to vehicle registration with notices of renewal sent to\nregistered operators if satisfied on reasonable grounds that providing\nthe information or material is in the public interest.\nExample—information or material that may be provided in the public interest\npromotional information or material that is part of a public awareness campaign on\na health or safety issue\n","sortOrder":73},{"sectionNumber":"68","sectionType":"section","heading":"Renewal of registration","content":"68 Renewal of registration\n(1) The registered operator of a registered vehicle may apply to the road\ntransport authority to renew the registration of the vehicle.\n\nRenewal of registration Part 3.6\n(2) The registration of a registered vehicle may be renewed not more than\n1 year after its expiry.\n(3) Subsection (2) does not have the effect of enabling a registrable\nvehicle to be retrospectively registered.\n(4) The registration of a registrable vehicle may be renewed—\n(a) for a vehicle other than a seasonal vehicle—for 1 year; or\n(b) for a seasonal vehicle—for 9 months; or\n(c) for any vehicle—for 3 or 6 months.\nNote The renewal of registration of a seasonal vehicle may be restricted under\ns 68A (2).\n(5) However, the road transport authority may approve a different period\nof renewal nominated by the registered operator.\n(6) If the registered operator wishes to renew the registration for a period\ndifferent from the current registration period, the operator must\nnominate the proposed renewal period in accordance with subsections\n(4) and (5).\n(7) The road transport authority may require the registered operator to\ngive to the authority information or supporting evidence that the\nauthority could require from an applicant for registration.\nNote See s 28 (Information that may be required for registration application)\nand s 29 (Supporting evidence for registration application) for the kind of\ninformation or evidence the authority may require.\n(8) The road transport authority must renew the registration of the vehicle\nif the registered operator complies with this section.\n(9) However, the road transport authority—\n(a) may refuse to renew the registration if the authority could have\nrefused, under section 32 (1) (Deciding applications for\nregistration—general), to approve an application by the\nregistered operator for the registration of the vehicle; and\n\n(b) must refuse to renew the registration if the authority is required\nto refuse to approve the application for a vehicle’s registration\nunder—\n(i) section 32A (Deciding applications for registration—\nwritten-off vehicles); or\n(ii) section 32B (Deciding applications for registration—\ntaxis).\n(10) Despite subsection (9) (b), the road transport authority may renew the\nregistration of a vehicle recorded as a statutory write-off in the\nwritten-off vehicles register or an approved corresponding WOVR\nif—\n(a) the vehicle has been registered, or the vehicle’s registration has\nbeen renewed, in the ACT after the record was made and before\n28 January 2003; and\n(b) the authority is satisfied that—\n(i) the vehicle is the original vehicle to which the vehicle’s\nvehicle identifier was assigned; and\n(ii) the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle standards.\n","sortOrder":74},{"sectionNumber":"68A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Seasonal vehicles—maximum registration renewal period","content":"68A Seasonal vehicles—maximum registration renewal period\n(1) The road transport authority may declare the maximum period for\nwhich a seasonal vehicle may be registered in any 12 month period.\n(2) The registration of a seasonal vehicle must not be renewed for the\nperiod mentioned in section 68 (4) (b) or (c) if renewal for the period\nwould mean the vehicle was registered for more than the maximum\nperiod.\n(3) A declaration under subsection (1) is a disallowable instrument.\n\nGeneral obligations of registered operators Part 4.1\n","sortOrder":75},{"sectionNumber":"Part 4","sectionType":"part","heading":"1 General obligations of registered","content":"Part 4.1 General obligations of registered\noperators\n","sortOrder":76},{"sectionNumber":"69","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligation to notify change of name or address etc","content":"69 Obligation to notify change of name or address etc\nif—\n(a) the vehicle’s garage address changes; or\n(b) the operator is an individual and the individual has changed his\nor her name or home address or address for service of notices;\nor\n(c) the operator is a corporation and the corporation has changed its\nname or business address or address for service of notices.\n(2) The registered operator must tell the road transport authority about\nthe change—\n(a) orally not later than 14 days after the change; and\n(b) if the authority asks the operator to tell the authority about the\nchange in writing—in writing within the period (not less than 14\ndays) required by the authority.\n","sortOrder":77},{"sectionNumber":"71","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligations in relation to changed vehicles","content":"71 Obligations in relation to changed vehicles\nif the vehicle has been changed in a way that changes the description\nof the vehicle from the description on the vehicle’s registration\ncertificate.\n\nPart 4.1 General obligations of registered operators\n(2) The registered operator must tell the road transport authority in\nwriting about the change as soon as possible (but within 14 days) after\nthe change.\n(3) If the vehicle has been changed in a way that would incur liability for\nan additional fee, charge or other amount under the Road Transport\n(General) Act 1999, the registered operator must ensure that the\nvehicle is not used on a road or road related area until—\n(a) the road transport authority has been told about the change in\nwriting; and\n(b) the amount has been paid.\n","sortOrder":78},{"sectionNumber":"72","sectionType":"section","heading":"Verification of register and monitoring of compliance","content":"72 Verification of register and monitoring of compliance\n(1) If the road transport authority suspects on reasonable grounds that\ninformation in the register in relation to a registered vehicle may be\ninaccurate or misleading, the authority may, by written notice given\nto the registered operator, require the operator to provide evidence to\nthe authority, in a stated form, about anything relevant to the\nregistration or continued registration of the vehicle, including—\n(a) the vehicle’s identification details; and\n(b) the vehicle’s garage address; and\n(c) if the operator is an individual—the individual’s name, home\naddress, and address for the service of notices (if any); and\n(d) if the operator is a corporation—the corporation’s name,\nbusiness address, and address for the service of notices (if any);\nand\n(e) the vehicle’s registration charge category.\n\nGeneral obligations of registered operators Part 4.1\n(2) The notice may require the person to—\n(a) provide a stated document that is in the person’s possession or\ncontrol for inspection; or\n(b) produce the vehicle for inspection at a stated time and place.\n(3) If a person who is required to produce a vehicle for inspection under\nthis section asks the road transport authority for a change to the time\nor place stated in the notice, the authority must consider the request\nand may, by written notice given to the person, change the time or\nplace in accordance with the request.\nMaximum penalty (for subsection (4)): 20 penalty units.\n\n","sortOrder":79},{"sectionNumber":"73","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligations of disposers","content":"73 Obligations of disposers\n(1) A person, or the agent of a person, who disposes of a registered\nvehicle must, immediately after disposing of the vehicle—\n(a) fill in an application for transfer of registration form as disposer\nand sign it; and\n(b) give the completed form to the person who has acquired the\nvehicle (the acquirer).\n(2) The person commits an offence if the person, or the agent of the\nperson, does not give the completed form to the acquirer as required\nby subsection (1).\n(3) This section and section 74 (1) (Obligations of acquirers) do not apply\nto—\n(a) a passing of possession of a vehicle—\n(i) under a hiring, other than a hiring under a hire-purchase\nagreement, for not longer than 3 months; or\n(ii) under a lending, other than a lending under a lease\nagreement, for not longer than 3 months; or\n(iii) to an agent for sale or disposal; or\n(iv) to a bailee for alteration, repair, renovation, garaging,\nstoring or a similar purpose not involving the use of the\nvehicle for the benefit of the bailee; or\n(b) the transfer of a vehicle under an order of a court in Australia or\nany other legal process.\n\n","sortOrder":80},{"sectionNumber":"74","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligations of acquirers","content":"74 Obligations of acquirers\n(1) A person, or the agent of a person, who acquires a registered vehicle\nmust, not later than 14 days after acquiring the vehicle—\n(a) fill in as the acquirer the form received from the disposer as\nmentioned in section 73 (1) (Obligations of disposers) and sign\nit; and\n(b) give the completed form to the road transport authority with any\nduty payable under the Duties Act 1999 for the transfer of\n(2) The person commits an offence if the person, or the agent of the\nperson, does not give the completed form with the amount of the duty\n(if any) to the road transport authority as required by subsection (1).\n(3) If a registered vehicle is acquired under an order of a court in\nAustralia or any other legal process, the person, or the agent of the\nperson, who acquires the vehicle must, not later than 14 days after\nacquiring the vehicle—\n(a) fill in a form telling the road transport authority about the court\norder or other legal process and sign it; and\n(b) give the completed form to the authority with any duty payable\nunder the Duties Act 1999 for the transfer of registration of the\n(4) The person commits an offence if the person, or an agent of the\nperson, does not give the completed form with the amount of the duty\n(if any) to the road transport authority as required by subsection (3).\n\n","sortOrder":81},{"sectionNumber":"75","sectionType":"section","heading":"Interim entry about disposal of vehicle","content":"75 Interim entry about disposal of vehicle\nIf the road transport authority is told by the registered operator of a\nregistered vehicle that the vehicle has been disposed of, the authority\nmay make an entry in the register to that effect until the application\nfor transfer of the vehicle is received.\n","sortOrder":82},{"sectionNumber":"76","sectionType":"section","heading":"Repossession and restoration","content":"76 Repossession and restoration\n(1) If the holder of a security interest in a registered vehicle takes\npossession of the vehicle, or returns possession of the vehicle to the\nregistered operator, the holder must, not later than 14 days after taking\nthe action—\n(a) fill in a form telling the road transport authority about the action\nand sign it; and\n(b) give the completed and signed form to the authority with any\nduty payable under the Duties Act 1999 for the transfer of\n(2) The holder of the security interest commits an offence if the holder,\nor the agent of the holder, does not give the completed form with the\namount of the duty (if any) to the road transport authority as required\nby subsection (1).\nsecurity interest means an interest in, or a power over, goods that\nsecures payment of a debt or other financial obligation or the\nperformance of any other obligation, and includes any interest in, or\npower over, goods of a lessor, owner or other supplier of goods, but\ndoes not include a possessory lien or pledge.\n\n","sortOrder":83},{"sectionNumber":"77","sectionType":"section","heading":"Transfer on death of registered operator","content":"77 Transfer on death of registered operator\n(1) This section applies if the road transport authority is satisfied that the\nregistered operator of a registered vehicle (the previous registered\noperator) has died.\n(2) The road transport authority may transfer the registration of the\nvehicle to a person (the first transferee) who applies to the authority\nfor the transfer if—\n(a) the person satisfies the authority that the person is entitled to the\ntransfer; and\n(b) for a vehicle that has 2 registered operators—the authority is\nsatisfied that the surviving registered operator agrees to the\ntransfer; and\n(c) the registration certificate for the vehicle is surrendered to the\n(3) The road transport authority may subsequently transfer the\nregistration of the vehicle to someone (the second transferee) other\nthan the first transferee if, while the first transferee is the registered\noperator of the vehicle, a person produces probate of the will or letters\nof administration granted to the person for the estate of the previous\nregistered operator and applies to have the registration transferred to\nthe second transferee.\n(4) If the road transport authority intends to transfer the registration of\nthe vehicle to the second transferee, the authority may, by written\nnotice given to the first transferee, require the first transferee to return\nto the authority, within a stated reasonable period, the vehicle’s\nregistration certificate.\n(5) A person must not, without reasonable excuse, fail to comply with a\nnotice given to the person under subsection (4).\n\n","sortOrder":84},{"sectionNumber":"77A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Transfer of suspended registration","content":"77A Transfer of suspended registration\n(1) This section applies if—\n(a) a vehicle’s registration is suspended under section 85; and\n(b) the registration is suspended because a registration payment\nmade by the registered operator is dishonoured; and\nNote 1 The Road Transport (General) Regulation 2000, s 16 and s 17\nrelate to dishonour notices and suspension notices for dishonoured\npayments of amounts payable under the road transport legislation.\nNote 2 The suspension period for a dishonoured payment is 14 days (see\nRoad Transport (General) Regulation 2000, s 17).\n(c) a person acquires the vehicle; and\n(d) the road transport authority is satisfied on reasonable grounds\nthat the person did not know, and could not reasonably be\nexpected to have known, about the suspension when the person\nacquired the vehicle.\n(2) The person may apply to the road transport authority to re-establish\n(3) The application must—\n(a) nominate the registration period in accordance with section 31\n(Duration of registration); and\n(b) be accompanied by the vehicle registration fee for the period.\n(4) On application, the road transport authority must—\n(a) cancel the vehicle’s registration and re-establish the registration\nfor the period applied for; or\n(b) refuse the application.\n\n(5) However—\n(a) section 78 applies to an application under this section as if it\nwere an application to register the transfer of registration of a\nregistrable vehicle; and\n(b) the road transport authority may refuse an application under this\nsection only if allowed or required to refuse it under section 78.\n(6) If the road transport authority re-establishes the vehicle’s registration\nunder subsection (4) (a), the person is not liable to pay a surcharge\notherwise payable on re-establishing registration because the\nregistration is cancelled.\n","sortOrder":85},{"sectionNumber":"78","sectionType":"section","heading":"When transfer of registration may or must be refused","content":"78 When transfer of registration may or must be refused\n(1) The road transport authority may refuse an application to register the\ntransfer of registration of a registrable vehicle if—\n(a) the vehicle is subject to a defect notice; or\n(b) the vehicle is registered on condition that it not be transferred;\nor\n(c) the applicant has not complied with the road transport legislation\nin relation to the transfer of the registration; or\n(d) the vehicle identifier for the vehicle is the same as the vehicle\n(e) the authority believes on reasonable grounds that the ownership,\npossession, control or description of the vehicle is uncertain; or\n\n(f) the person acquiring the vehicle fails to—\n(i) provide a certificate of roadworthiness required by the\nauthority; or\n(ii) comply with any requirement of the authority in relation to\nthe inspection of the vehicle; or\n(g) the authority could have refused, under section 32 (1) (Deciding\napplications for registration—general), to have approved an\napplication by the applicant for the registration of the vehicle; or\n(h) for a vehicle with 2 registered operators—the authority is not\nsatisfied that both registered operators agree to the transfer; or\n(i) the authority is satisfied that the effective management of the\nvehicle has not changed.\n(2) However, the road transport authority may approve the application\neven if one of the parties to the transfer has not complied with a\nprovision of this regulation in relation to the transfer.\n(3) The road transport authority must refuse to approve an application for\nthe transfer of registration of a registered vehicle if an order of a court\nin Australia prevents the transfer of the vehicle’s registration, and the\nauthority has been told about the order.\n(4) For subsection (1)—\n(a) a light vehicle is subject to a defect notice if—\n(i) a defect notice has been issued under section 159 (Issue of\ndefect notices and formal warnings) for the vehicle that\nprohibits use of the vehicle or imposes conditions on the\nuse of the vehicle; and\n(i) the notice has not been cleared under section 160\n(Recording, clearance and withdrawal of defect notices);\nand\n\n(b) a heavy vehicle is subject to a defect notice if—\n(i) a vehicle defect notice has been issued under the Heavy\nVehicle National Law (ACT), section 526 (Issue of vehicle\ndefect notice) for the vehicle that prohibits use of the\nvehicle or includes conditions (imposed under section 527\n(2) (Requirements about vehicle defect notice)) on the use\nof the vehicle; and\n(i) the notice has not been cleared under the Heavy Vehicle\nNational Law (ACT), section 530 (Clearance of vehicle\ndefect notices).\n","sortOrder":86},{"sectionNumber":"79","sectionType":"section","heading":"Action on approval of application for transfer","content":"79 Action on approval of application for transfer\nIf the road transport authority approves an application to register the\ntransfer of registration of a registered vehicle, the authority must\nrecord the details of the transfer in the register and issue a new\nregistration certificate to the new registered operator.\n","sortOrder":87},{"sectionNumber":"80","sectionType":"section","heading":"Exemptions from pt 4.2","content":"80 Exemptions from pt 4.2\n(1) The road transport authority may exempt a vehicle or person from a\nprovision of this part.\n(2) If an exemption is given subject to conditions, the exemption applies\nonly if all the conditions of the exemption are complied with.\n\n","sortOrder":88},{"sectionNumber":"81","sectionType":"section","heading":"Expiry of registration","content":"81 Expiry of registration\nThe registration of a registrable vehicle expires at the end of the day\nrecorded in the register as the vehicle’s registration expiry day.\n","sortOrder":89},{"sectionNumber":"82","sectionType":"section","heading":"Return of numberplates if registration expires","content":"82 Return of numberplates if registration expires\nif the vehicle’s registration is not renewed before the expiry of the\nregistered operator, require the operator to return the numberplates\nissued for the vehicle.\n\nPart 4.4 Surrender, suspension and\ncancellation of registration\n","sortOrder":90},{"sectionNumber":"83","sectionType":"section","heading":"Surrender of registration by registered operator","content":"83 Surrender of registration by registered operator\n(1) The registered operator of a registered vehicle may apply to the road\ntransport authority to surrender its registration.\n(2) The application may be made personally by the registered operator or\nby an agent who produces written evidence of his or her appointment\nas an agent.\n(3) The road transport authority may, by written notice given to the\napplicant, require the applicant to return the vehicle’s registration\ncertificate, numberplates or both.\n(4) If the applicant complies with this section, the road transport authority\nmust approve the application, and cancel the vehicle’s registration,\nunless the vehicle has 2 registered operators and the authority is not\nsatisfied that both registered operators agree to the surrender.\nNote The Road Transport (General) Regulation 2000, s 14 provides for the\nrefund of fees on surrender of registration.\n","sortOrder":91},{"sectionNumber":"84","sectionType":"section","heading":"Suspension or cancellation of registration","content":"84 Suspension or cancellation of registration\n(1) The road transport authority may suspend or cancel the registration\nof a registered vehicle under section 85 (Procedures for suspension\nand cancellation of registration) if the authority is satisfied on\nreasonable grounds that—\n(a) a defect notice issued for the vehicle has not been complied with\nand the date for compliance mentioned in the notice has expired;\nor\n\n(b) the vehicle does not comply with the applicable vehicle\nstandards; or\n(c) an amount payable under the Road Transport (General)\nAct 1999 or the Duties Act 1999 in relation to the vehicle has not\nbeen paid; or\n(d) the vehicle identifier for the vehicle is the same as the vehicle\n(e) words or images that a reasonable adult would consider\nindecent, insulting or offensive are displayed on an area of the\nvehicle greater than 297mm x 105mm; or\n(f) the vehicle is subject to a compulsory recall notice or voluntary\nrecall notice; or\n(g) the ownership, possession, control or description of the vehicle\nas recorded in the register is uncertain; or\n(h) the vehicle has been registered in error; or\n(i) if the vehicle is a public passenger vehicle other than a rideshare\n(i) for a vehicle licensed as a taxi or hire car under the Road\nTransport (Public Passenger Services) Regulation 2002—\nthe vehicle is no longer licensed as a taxi or hire car; or\n(ii) the registered operator of the vehicle is not accredited\nunder the Road Transport (Public Passenger Services)\nRegulation 2002 to operate that public passenger vehicle;\nor\n\n(iii) the vehicle is no longer operated as a public passenger\nExamples for par (i) (i)\n","sortOrder":92},{"sectionNumber":"1","sectionType":"section","heading":"The taxi licence has been transferred to someone else but the vehicle to","content":"1 The taxi licence has been transferred to someone else but the vehicle to\nwhich the licence relates has not been transferred to that person.\n2 The taxi licence or hire car licence has been suspended or cancelled.\nNote A light rail vehicle is also a public passenger vehicle but is not a\nregistrable vehicle (see Act, dict, def registrable vehicle).\ndefect notice includes a vehicle defect notice under the Heavy Vehicle\nNational Law (ACT), section 526 (Issue of vehicle defect notice).\nsubject to a compulsory recall notice—see section 32 (4) (a).\nsubject to a voluntary recall notice—see section 32 (4) (b).\n","sortOrder":93},{"sectionNumber":"85","sectionType":"section","heading":"Procedures for suspension and cancellation of","content":"85 Procedures for suspension and cancellation of\nregistration\n(1) If the road transport authority proposes to suspend or cancel the\nregistration of a registered vehicle (the proposed action), the\nauthority must give the registered operator of the vehicle a written\nnotice stating—\n(a) the proposed action; and\n(b) if the proposed action is to suspend the registration—the\nsuspension period; and\n(c) the grounds for the proposed action; and\n(d) any action that must be taken by the operator to avoid or reverse\nthe proposed action; and\n(e) the date when the suspension or cancellation takes effect\n(the date of effect); and\n\n(f) if the proposed action is to cancel the registration—whether and,\nif so, by when the operator is required to return to the authority\nthe vehicle’s registration certificate or the numberplates issued\nfor the vehicle if the cancellation takes effect.\n(2) The notice must also state that, unless the notice is cancelled by the\nroad transport authority before the date of effect—\n(a) if the proposed action is to suspend the vehicle’s registration—\nthe vehicle must not be used on a road or road related area during\nthe suspension period; or\n(b) if the proposed action is to cancel the vehicle’s registration—the\nvehicle must not be used on a road or road related area on or\nafter the date of effect.\n(3) The notice may, but need not, provide an opportunity for the\nregistered operator to make representations why the proposed action\nshould not be taken.\n(4) The date of effect must not be earlier than 14 days after the notice is\ngiven to the registered operator.\n(5) However, the road transport authority may decide that the suspension\nor cancellation is to take effect on a date not earlier than the date when\nthe notice is given to the registered operator if the authority is satisfied\non reasonable grounds that—\n(a) a defect notice issued for the vehicle has not been complied with\nand the date for compliance mentioned in the notice has expired;\nor\n(b) the vehicle does not comply with the applicable vehicle\nstandards; or\n(c) the vehicle identifier for the vehicle is the same as the vehicle\n\n(d) the vehicle is a public passenger vehicle mentioned in\nsection 84 (1) (i).\n(6) A person commits an offence if—\n(a) the person is the registered operator of a heavy vehicle; and\n(b) the registration of the heavy vehicle is cancelled; and\n(c) the person does not return the heavy vehicle’s registration\ncertificate, or a numberplate issued for the vehicle, to the\nauthority in accordance with a requirement under\nsubsection (1) (f).\n(7) A person commits an offence if—\n(a) the person is the registered operator of a vehicle other than a\nheavy vehicle; and\n(b) the registration of the vehicle is cancelled; and\n(c) the person does not return the vehicle’s registration certificate,\nor a numberplate issued for the vehicle, to the authority in\naccordance with a requirement under subsection (1) (f).\n(8) Subsections (6) and (7) do not apply to a person if the person has a\nreasonable excuse for not returning the vehicle’s registration\ncertificate, or a numberplate issued for the vehicle, to the authority in\naccordance with a requirement under subsection (1) (f).\nNote The defendant has an evidential burden in relation to the matters\nmentioned in s (8) (see Criminal Code, s 58).\n\n","sortOrder":94},{"sectionNumber":"85A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Re-establishment of cancelled registration","content":"85A Re-establishment of cancelled registration\n(1) This section applies if—\n(a) a vehicle’s registration is cancelled under section 85; and\n(b) the registration is cancelled because a registration payment\nmade by the previous registered operator is dishonoured; and\nNote The Road Transport (General) Regulation 2000, s 16 and s 19\nrelate to dishonour notices and cancellation notices for\ndishonoured payments of amounts payable under the road transport\nlegislation.\n(c) a person acquires the vehicle; and\n(d) the road transport authority is satisfied on reasonable grounds\nthat the person did not know, and could not reasonably be\nexpected to have known, about the cancellation when the person\nacquired the vehicle.\n(2) The person may apply to the road transport authority to re-establish\n(3) On application, the road transport authority must—\n(a) re-establish the vehicle’s registration; or\n(b) refuse the application.\n(4) However—\n(a) section 32 (Deciding applications for registration—general)\napplies to an application under this section as if it were an\napplication for registration of a registrable vehicle; and\n(b) the road transport authority may refuse an application under this\nsection only if allowed or required to refuse it under section 32.\n\n(5) If the road transport authority re-establishes the vehicle’s registration\nunder subsection (3) (a), the person is not liable to pay a surcharge\notherwise payable on re-establishing registration because the\nregistration is cancelled.\nNote The Minister may determine a fee payable as a surcharge for the\nregistration of a vehicle if the registration has lapsed or been cancelled\n(see Road Transport (General) Act 1999, s 96).\n\n","sortOrder":95},{"sectionNumber":"Part 5","sectionType":"part","heading":"Authorised uses of","content":"Chapter 5 Authorised uses of\nunregistered vehicles\n","sortOrder":96},{"sectionNumber":"86","sectionType":"section","heading":"Issue of unregistered vehicle permits etc","content":"86 Issue of unregistered vehicle permits etc\n(1) The road transport authority may issue an unregistered vehicle permit\nfor a registrable vehicle if—\n(a) it would be unreasonable or impracticable to require the vehicle\nto be registered during the period of the permit; or\n(b) the vehicle has been driven to a place under section 22 (1)\n(Vehicles being driven to obtain registration etc) to obtain\nregistration and registration has been refused.\n(2) An unregistered vehicle permit issued for a registrable vehicle\nauthorises use of the vehicle, subject to the conditions (if any) stated\nin the permit, on—\n(a) any road or road related area; or\n(b) stated roads or road related areas.\n(3) An unregistered vehicle permit issued for a registrable vehicle\nexpires—\n(a) if the vehicle is registered during the period of the permit—\non registration of the vehicle; or\n(b) if the vehicle is not registered during the period of the permit—\n(i) if the permit states an expiry date and expiry time—at the\nstated time on the stated date; or\n(ii) if the permit only states an expiry date—at the end of the\nday on the stated date.\n\nUnregistered vehicle permits Part 5.1\n(4) If the road transport authority issues an unregistered vehicle permit\nfor a registrable vehicle, the authority must—\n(a) record details of the permit, including any condition to which\nthe permit is subject, in the register; and\n(b) give a temporary identification number to the vehicle and tell\nthe person to whom the permit is issued what the number is.\n(5) The road transport authority may vary or cancel an unregistered\nvehicle permit at any time by written notice given to the holder of the\npermit.\n(6) An unregistered vehicle permit must include a label showing the\ntemporary identification number given to the vehicle or, if the vehicle\nhas a registration number, that number.\n","sortOrder":97},{"sectionNumber":"87","sectionType":"section","heading":"Obligations of holder of unregistered vehicle permit","content":"87 Obligations of holder of unregistered vehicle permit\nThe holder of an unregistered vehicle permit issued for a registrable\nvehicle must ensure that the label included in the permit is attached\nsecurely to the vehicle in a prominent place.\n\n","sortOrder":98},{"sectionNumber":"88","sectionType":"section","heading":"Issue of trader’s plates","content":"88 Issue of trader’s plates\n(1) The road transport authority may issue 1 or more trader’s plates to a\nperson if the authority is satisfied the person—\n(a) is a manufacturer, repairer or transporter of, or dealer in,\nregistrable vehicles; and\n(b) has suitable premises for the purpose.\nNote If a person applies to the road transport authority for a trader’s plate, the\nperson must also select an MAI insurer for an MAI policy for motor\nvehicles to which the trader’s plate may be attached and pay the MAI\npremium for the MAI policy (see Motor Accident Injuries Act 2019,\ns 300).\n(2) The road transport authority may determine the dimensions, layout\nand other characteristics with which trader’s plates must comply.\n(3) A determination is a notifiable instrument.\ndealer—see the Sale of Motor Vehicles Act 1977, dictionary.\n","sortOrder":99},{"sectionNumber":"89","sectionType":"section","heading":"Recall of trader’s plates","content":"89 Recall of trader’s plates\n(1) If the road transport authority considers that⎯\n(a) there is an error of any kind in a trader’s plate; or\n(b) there has been an error of any kind in the issuing of a trader’s\nplate; or\n(c) a trader’s plate should not have been issued for any other reason;\nthe authority may, by written notice given to the person to whom the\nplate was issued, require the person to return the plate to the authority\nwithin the period stated in the notice.\n\n(2) A person must not, without reasonable excuse, fail to comply with a\nnotice given to the person under subsection (1).\n(3) If a person returns a trader’s plate under this section, the road\ntransport authority may issue a replacement trader’s plate to the\nperson.\n","sortOrder":100},{"sectionNumber":"90","sectionType":"section","heading":"Identification labels for trader’s plates","content":"90 Identification labels for trader’s plates\n(1) If the road transport authority issues a trader’s plate to a person, the\nauthority must also issue to the person an identification label for the\nplate.\n(2) The identification label must state the period for which the trader’s\nplate is issued.\n","sortOrder":101},{"sectionNumber":"91","sectionType":"section","heading":"Lost, stolen or destroyed identification labels","content":"91 Lost, stolen or destroyed identification labels\n(1) If an identification label for a trader’s plate is lost, stolen or destroyed,\nthe person to whom it was issued must, as soon as practicable (but\nwithin 14 days) after discovering the loss, theft or destruction, tell the\nroad transport authority about the loss, theft or destruction.\n(2) If the person tells the road transport authority about the loss, theft or\ndestruction of the identification label, the authority may, by written\nnotice given to the person, require the person to provide to the\nauthority, within a stated period and in a stated form, a statement\nconfirming, and explaining the circumstances of, the loss, theft or\ndestruction.\nnotice given to the person under subsection (2).\n\n","sortOrder":102},{"sectionNumber":"92","sectionType":"section","heading":"Replacement identification labels","content":"92 Replacement identification labels\n(1) The road transport authority may give a replacement identification\nlabel for a trader’s plate to the person to whom the original\nidentification label was issued if satisfied that the original label is lost,\nstolen or damaged or has been destroyed.\n(2) Before the road transport authority issues a replacement identification\nlabel to the person, the authority may require the person to return the\ndamaged original identification label to the authority.\n(3) On the issue of the replacement identification label, the original\nidentification label is void.\n","sortOrder":103},{"sectionNumber":"93","sectionType":"section","heading":"Recovery of lost or stolen identification labels","content":"93 Recovery of lost or stolen identification labels\nIf the person to whom a replacement identification label was issued\nrecovers the original identification label, the person must, as soon as\npracticable (but within 14 days) after recovering the original label—\n(a) tell the road transport authority about the recovery of the original\nlabel; and\n(b) give the original label to the authority unless the authority tells\nthe person that the original label need not be given to the\n","sortOrder":104},{"sectionNumber":"94","sectionType":"section","heading":"Use of vehicles with trader’s plates on road or road","content":"94 Use of vehicles with trader’s plates on road or road\nrelated area\nFor the Act, section 18 (2) (a), an unregistered vehicle with a trader’s\nplate attached may be used on a road or road related area if—\n(a) the identification label for the trader’s plate is displayed on the\nvehicle in accordance with section 95; and\n(b) the use of the vehicle is an authorised use under section 96.\n\n","sortOrder":105},{"sectionNumber":"95","sectionType":"section","heading":"Attaching of identification labels","content":"95 Attaching of identification labels\nThe identification label for the trader’s plate must be displayed in a\nholder attached to the trader’s plate in accordance with the following\nrequirements:\n(a) the holder must be attached to the trader’s plate so the label faces\noutward from the vehicle;\n(b) the holder must be made from transparent glass or other\ntransparent material so the label is clearly visible to a person\nfacing the label from 6m away from the label.\n","sortOrder":106},{"sectionNumber":"96","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorised use of trader’s plates","content":"96 Authorised use of trader’s plates\n(1) The use of an unregistered vehicle to which a trader’s plate is attached\nis an authorised use if—\n(a) the vehicle (or, for a trailer, the vehicle towing it) is carrying the\nperson to whom the plate was issued (the trader), the trader’s\nauthorised employee or the trader’s agent authorised in writing;\nand\n(b) the vehicle is being driven—\n(i) for a purpose related to its manufacture or repair (including\npainting or a similar process) or related to, or incidental to,\ndealing in the vehicle; or\n(ii) for the purpose of obtaining registration of the vehicle, by\nthe most direct or convenient route to the nearest\nconvenient designated place or authorised examiner; or\n(iii) for delivery at the address of a person who has acquired it\nfrom the trader.\n(2) Subsection (1) (a) does not apply if the vehicle is a motorcycle.\n\n(3) However, subsection (1) authorises the use of the unregistered\nregistrable vehicle to carry a load only if—\n(a) the load is carried only to demonstrate to a genuine prospective\npurchaser the capacity of the vehicle for carrying a type or\nweight of load; or\n(b) the vehicle is being driven by the most direct or convenient route\nto the premises of the trader from the place where the trader has\nbuilt or purchased the vehicle and the load consists only of a\nregistrable vehicle built or purchased by the trader for sale by\nthe trader; or\n(c) the vehicle is a trailer specially built to carry a boat and the load\nconsists only of a boat; or\n(d) the vehicle is not heavier than 2t unladen and is being driven—\n(i) by the shortest practicable route to the premises of the\ntrader from the place where the trader has built or\npurchased the vehicle and the load consists only of goods\nintended for the trader’s personal use or for use in his or\nher business; or\n(ii) only for carrying spare parts, for use in relation to the repair\nof registrable vehicles by the trader, to the trader’s\npremises from a railway station or airport to which they\nhave been consigned to the trader.\n","sortOrder":107},{"sectionNumber":"97","sectionType":"section","heading":"Unauthorised uses of identification labels","content":"97 Unauthorised uses of identification labels\n(1) A person must not use a registrable vehicle to which a trader’s plate\nis attached on a road or road related area if the identification label\ndisplayed on the trader’s plate—\n(a) is illegible; or\n(b) has been changed in a material particular; or\n(c) was issued for attachment to another trader’s plate; or\n\n(d) is void; or\n(e) was issued for use in a period that has expired.\n(2) A person must not lend or part with an identification label issued to\nthe person unless authorised by this regulation.\n(3) For this section:\n(a) an identification label is illegible if anything required to be\nincluded on the label cannot, for any reason, be readily read; and\n(b) an identification label has been changed in a material particular\nif anything that is required to be included on the label has been\nomitted or otherwise changed.\n","sortOrder":108},{"sectionNumber":"98","sectionType":"section","heading":"Trader to make, keep and produce records","content":"98 Trader to make, keep and produce records\nA person issued with a trader’s plate for a registrable vehicle must—\n(a) each time a registrable vehicle is driven on a road or road related\narea (the journey) with the plate attached, make a record of the\nfollowing particulars:\n(i) the date the vehicle was driven;\n(ii) the number of the trader’s plate;\n(iii) the make of the vehicle;\n(iv) the purpose for which the vehicle was used;\n(v) the driver’s name and driver licence number;\n(vi) the time the vehicle started the journey;\n(vii) the time the vehicle returned from the journey, or the time\nthe trader’s plate was returned; and\n\n(b) keep the record at the premises mentioned in section 88 (1) (b)\n(Issue of trader’s plates) for at least 6 months after the record is\nmade; and\n(c) produce any record for the previous 6 months for inspection\nwhen asked by a police officer or authorised person.\n","sortOrder":109},{"sectionNumber":"99","sectionType":"section","heading":"Questions about use of plate to be answered","content":"99 Questions about use of plate to be answered\n(1) A police officer or authorised person may require the driver, or person\nin charge, of a vehicle to which a trader’s plate is attached, or a person\nto whom a trader’s plate has been issued, to answer any questions\nabout the purpose for which the plate is being, or has been, used.\n(2) A person must not, without reasonable excuse, fail to answer a\nquestion when required to do so under subsection (1).\n","sortOrder":110},{"sectionNumber":"100","sectionType":"section","heading":"Disposal or cessation of business","content":"100 Disposal or cessation of business\n(1) If a person sells, disposes of or ceases to carry on the business in\nrelation to which a trader’s plate has been issued to the person, the\nperson must give written notice of the sale, disposition or cessation\nof business to the road transport authority as soon as practicable (but\nwithin 14 days).\n(2) On application by the person to whom the business has been sold or\ndisposed of, the road transport authority may transfer the trader’s\nplate to the person.\n\n","sortOrder":111},{"sectionNumber":"101","sectionType":"section","heading":"Return of trader’s plate","content":"101 Return of trader’s plate\n(1) If the road transport authority is satisfied on reasonable grounds that\na person is no longer entitled to hold a trader’s plate issued or\ntransferred to the person, the authority may, by written notice to the\nperson, require the person to return the trader’s plate to the authority\nwithin the period stated in the notice.\n(2) A person must not, without reasonable excuse, fail to comply with a\nnotice under subsection (1).\n(3) A person to whom a trader’s plate has been issued or transferred must,\nnot later than 14 days after the end of the period for which the trader’s\nplate was issued, return the trader’s plate to the road transport\n","sortOrder":112},{"sectionNumber":"102","sectionType":"section","heading":"Surrender of trader’s plates","content":"102 Surrender of trader’s plates\nA trader’s plate may be surrendered by the person to whom it was\nissued or transferred by returning it to the road transport authority.\n\n","sortOrder":113},{"sectionNumber":"103","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of applicable vehicle standards","content":"103 Meaning of applicable vehicle standards\nIn this regulation:\napplicable vehicle standards means—\n(a) for a registrable vehicle that is a heavy vehicle—a heavy vehicle\nstandard within the meaning of the Heavy Vehicle National Law\n(ACT); or\n(b) for a light vehicle—the requirements mentioned in schedule 1\n(Light vehicle standards) that apply to the vehicle.\n","sortOrder":114},{"sectionNumber":"104","sectionType":"section","heading":"Road transport authority may exempt light vehicle etc","content":"104 Road transport authority may exempt light vehicle etc\nfrom certain provisions\n(1) The road transport authority may exempt a light vehicle, light\ncombination or person from a provision of section 108 (Emission\ncontrol systems to be fitted and properly maintained) or schedule 1.\n(2) If an exemption under this section is given subject to conditions, the\nexemption applies only if all the conditions of the exemption are\ncomplied with.\n","sortOrder":115},{"sectionNumber":"105","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of operator of light vehicle—pt 6.1","content":"105 Meaning of operator of light vehicle—pt 6.1\n(1) For this part, the operator of a light vehicle is the registered operator\n(2) However, if another person is responsible, or also responsible, for the\nmaintenance of the vehicle, the other person is also the operator of\nthe vehicle for this part.\n\n(3) Despite subsections (1) and (2), it is a defence to the prosecution of\nthe registered operator for an offence against this part in relation to\nthe vehicle if, at the relevant time—\n(a) the registered operator was not solely or partly responsible for\nthe maintenance of the vehicle; and\n(b) another person was, or other persons between them were, solely\nresponsible for the maintenance of the vehicle.\n","sortOrder":116},{"sectionNumber":"106","sectionType":"section","heading":"Meaning of operator of light combination—pt 6.1","content":"106 Meaning of operator of light combination—pt 6.1\n(1) For this part, the operator of a light combination is the registered\noperator of the first or only motor vehicle forming part of the\n(2) However, if another person is responsible, or also responsible, for the\noperation of the combination, the other person is also the operator of\nthe combination for this part.\n(3) Despite subsections (1) and (2), it is a defence to the prosecution of\nthe registered operator of the motor vehicle for an offence against this\npart in relation to the combination if, at the relevant time—\n(a) the registered operator was not solely or partly responsible for\nthe operation of the combination; and\n(b) another person was, or other persons between them were, solely\nresponsible for the operation of the combination.\n","sortOrder":117},{"sectionNumber":"107","sectionType":"section","heading":"Light vehicles to be properly maintained","content":"107 Light vehicles to be properly maintained\n(1) This section applies to a light vehicle to which schedule 1 (Light\nvehicle standards) applies, whether or not it forms part of a\nNote Sch 1, s 1.6 provides that the schedule does not apply to certain vehicles.\n\n(2) A person must not drive a light motor vehicle on a road or road related\narea unless the vehicle is maintained in a condition that enables it to\nbe driven safely.\n(3) A person must not drive the first or only light motor vehicle forming\npart of a combination on a road or road related area unless each other\nvehicle forming part of the combination is maintained in a condition\nthat enables it to be towed safely.\n(4) The operator of a light motor vehicle that is on a road or road related\narea must maintain the vehicle in a condition that enables it to be\ndriven safely.\n(5) The operator of a light trailer that is on a road or road related area\nmust maintain the trailer in a condition that enables it to be towed\nsafely.\n(6) For this section, a light vehicle is not maintained in a condition that\nenables it to be driven or towed safely if driving or towing the vehicle\nwould endanger the person driving or towing the vehicle, anyone else\nin or on the vehicle (or the combination of which it forms part) or\nother road users.\nNote The ACT Inspection Manual for Light Vehicles and the ACT Inspection\nprovide information to help people meet the requirements of this section.\nThe manuals are available from the road transport authority.\n\n","sortOrder":118},{"sectionNumber":"108","sectionType":"section","heading":"Emission control systems to be fitted and properly","content":"108 Emission control systems to be fitted and properly\nmaintained\n(1) This section applies to a light vehicle to which schedule 1 (Light\nvehicle standards) applies, whether or not it forms part of a\nNote Sch 1, s 1.6 provides that the schedule does not apply to certain vehicles.\n(2) A person must not drive a light motor vehicle on a road or road related\narea unless each emission control system of the vehicle remains fitted\nto the vehicle.\n(3) A person must not drive a light motor vehicle on a road or road related\narea unless each emission control system fitted to the vehicle is\nmaintained in a condition that ensures that the system continues\noperating essentially in accordance with the system’s original design.\n(4) A person must not drive the first or only light motor vehicle forming\npart of a combination on a road or road related area unless each\nemission control system of any other light vehicle forming part of the\ncombination remains fitted to the vehicle.\n(5) A person must not drive the first or only light motor vehicle forming\npart of a combination on a road or road related area unless each\nemission control system fitted to any other light vehicle forming part\nof the combination is maintained in a condition that ensures that the\nsystem continues operating essentially in accordance with the\nsystem’s original design.\n\n(6) The operator of a light vehicle that is on a road or road related area\nmust ensure that each emission control system of the vehicle remains\nfitted to the vehicle.\n(7) The operator of a light vehicle that is on a road or road related area\nmust maintain each emission control system fitted to the vehicle in a\ncondition that ensures that the system continues operating essentially\nin accordance with the system’s original design.\n(8) It is a defence to a prosecution for an offence against a subsection of\nthis section if the person charged establishes that it was not reasonable\nor practicable to comply with the subsection.\n(9) A subsection of this section does not apply to a light vehicle if the\nvehicle is exempt—\n(a) from the subsection; or\n(b) from the provision of the law of another jurisdiction\ncorresponding to the subsection.\n(10) However, the vehicle is exempt from the subsection only if all\nconditions of the exemption (if any) are being complied with.\n(11) In this section:\nemission control system, for a light vehicle, means an emission\ncontrol system fitted to the vehicle when it was built.\nNote The ACT Inspection Manual for Light Vehicles and the ACT Inspection\nprovide information to help people meet the requirements of this section.\nThe manuals are available from the road transport authority.\n\n","sortOrder":119},{"sectionNumber":"109","sectionType":"section","heading":"Light motor vehicles not complying with sch 1","content":"109 Light motor vehicles not complying with sch 1\n(1) This section applies to a light motor vehicle whether or not it forms\npart of a combination.\n(2) If the motor vehicle contravenes a provision of schedule 1 applying\nto the vehicle (other than as a vehicle forming part of a\ncombination)—\n(a) the driver of the motor vehicle commits an offence; and\n(b) the operator, or each operator, of the motor vehicle also commits\nExample of a provision applying to a motor vehicle (other than as a vehicle\nforming part of a combination)\nsch 1, s 1.79 (1), which is about how headlights are to be fitted to light motor\n","sortOrder":120},{"sectionNumber":"110","sectionType":"section","heading":"Light trailers not complying with sch 1","content":"110 Light trailers not complying with sch 1\n(1) This section applies to a light trailer whether or not it forms part of a\n(2) If the trailer contravenes a provision of schedule 1 applying to the\ntrailer (other than as a vehicle forming part of a combination)—\n(a) the driver of the first or only motor vehicle towing the trailer\ncommits an offence; and\n(b) the operator, or each operator, of the trailer also commits the\noffence.\nExample of a provision applying to a trailer (other than as a vehicle forming\npart of a combination)\nsch 1, s 1.66 (2), which is about axle configurations on light trailers\n\n","sortOrder":121},{"sectionNumber":"111","sectionType":"section","heading":"Light combinations not complying with sch 1","content":"111 Light combinations not complying with sch 1\n(1) If a light combination contravenes a provision of schedule 1 applying\nto the combination—\n(a) the driver of the first or only light motor vehicle forming part of\nthe combination commits an offence; and\n(b) the operator, or each operator, of the combination also commits\nExample of a provision applying to a combination\nsch 1, s 1.71, which is about the maximum length of light combinations\n(2) If a vehicle contravenes a provision of schedule 1 that applies to the\nvehicle as a vehicle forming part of a combination—\n(a) the driver of the first or only motor vehicle forming part of the\ncombination commits an offence; and\n(b) the operator, or each operator, of the combination also commits\n\nStandards and certifications Part 6.2\n","sortOrder":122},{"sectionNumber":"112","sectionType":"section","heading":"Evidence of compliance with applicable vehicle","content":"112 Evidence of compliance with applicable vehicle\nstandards\n(1) The road transport authority may accept any of the following as\nevidence that a registrable vehicle complies with the applicable\nvehicle standards:\n(a) an entry for the vehicle on the RAV indicating that the vehicle\nsatisfies the requirements of the type approval pathway under\nthe Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth), section 15;\n(b) an identification plate attached to the vehicle;\n(c) a certificate issued by the vehicle’s manufacturer, certifying that\nthe vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle standards.\n(2) If the road transport authority does not have the evidence mentioned\nin subsection (1) for a vehicle, the authority may inspect the vehicle\nand, if satisfied that the vehicle does comply, issue a certificate\ncertifying that the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle\nstandards.\n","sortOrder":123},{"sectionNumber":"113","sectionType":"section","heading":"Noncomplying and non-standard vehicles","content":"113 Noncomplying and non-standard vehicles\nA registrable vehicle that does not comply with the applicable vehicle\nstandards may be conditionally registered if the vehicle—\n(a) is on the RAV, and its entry on the RAV indicates it satisfied the\nrequirements of the concessional approval pathway under the\nRoad Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth), section 15; or\n(b) has an operations plate installed on it under section 114; or\n\n(c) has a certificate of approved operations issued or accepted for it\nunder section 114; or\n(d) has an identification plate attached.\n","sortOrder":124},{"sectionNumber":"114","sectionType":"section","heading":"Installation of operations plates, modification of vehicles","content":"114 Installation of operations plates, modification of vehicles\netc\n(1) The road transport authority may authorise a person to install an\noperations plate on, or issue or accept a certificate of approved\noperations for, a registrable vehicle that has been built or modified in\na way that causes the vehicle not to comply with the applicable\nvehicle standards.\n(2) An operations plate installed on, or a certificate of approved\noperations issued or accepted for, a registrable vehicle must\nindicate—\n(a) any deficiency in the vehicle’s operating characteristics; and\n(b) any condition that should be imposed on the vehicle’s\n(3) A person who modifies, or adds components to, a registrable vehicle\nmust ensure that⎯\n(a) if the vehicle complied with the applicable vehicle standards\nimmediately before the modification or addition—the vehicle\ncontinues to comply with the standards; and\n\nStandards and certifications Part 6.2\n(b) the modification or addition is certified by an authorised person\nas complying with––\n(i) if the vehicle is a heavy vehicle––Vehicle Standards\nBulletin No 6 – National Code of Practice for Heavy\nVehicle Modifications published by the then\nCommonwealth Department of Transport and Regional\nServices in 1993, and as in force from time to time; or\n(ii) if the vehicle is a light vehicle––Vehicle Standards Bulletin\nNo 14 – National Code of Practice for Light Vehicle\nConstruction and Modification published by the then\nCommonwealth Department of Infrastructure and\nTransport in 2006, and as in force from time to time; or\n(iii) a specification approved by the road transport authority.\nNote The bulletins do not need to be notified under the Legislation Act because\n(4) An approval under subsection (3) (b) (iii) is a notifiable instrument.\n\n","sortOrder":125},{"sectionNumber":"115","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions for pt 6.3","content":"115 Definitions for pt 6.3\napproval, of premises, means the approval of the premises under\nsection 131.\napproved premises means premises that are approved under\nsection 131.\nauthorisation means the authorisation of a person as an examiner.\nauthorised examiner means a person who is authorised under section\n119 as an examiner.\ncertificate of approval means a certificate issued under section 131.\ncertificate of authorisation means a certificate of authorisation given\nunder section 119.\nexaminers register means the register of authorised examiners kept\nby the road transport authority under section 121.\nowner, of premises, means the person who holds a lease of the\npremises from the Commonwealth.\nprescribed requirements, for premises and equipment on premises,\nmeans the requirements set out in schedule 2 for the class of vehicles\nfor which the premises and equipment are proposed to be used for\ninspection or testing.\nproprietor, of premises, means—\n(a) the owner of the premises; or\n(b) if the premises are occupied by someone other than the owner—\nthe occupier of the premises.\n\n","sortOrder":126},{"sectionNumber":"116","sectionType":"section","heading":"Eligibility to apply for authorisation as examiners","content":"116 Eligibility to apply for authorisation as examiners\n(1) A person is eligible to apply for authorisation for a class of vehicles\nif the person—\n(a) holds a qualification in relation to the mechanics of vehicles that\nis determined by the road transport authority to be an acceptable\nqualification for that class of vehicles; and\n(b) has not been convicted or found guilty of an offence that the road\ntransport authority considers is relevant to the application; and\nNote 1 The road transport authority must comply with any guidelines\napproved by the Minister under s 153A (Authorisation and\napproval of premises guidelines—relevant offences).\nNote 2 Found guilty, of an offence—see the Legislation Act, dictionary,\npt 1.\n(c) is not disqualified under section 125 (Procedures for authority\ntaking action in relation to authorisation) from applying for the\nauthorisation; and\n(d) is a suitable person to be an authorised examiner.\n(2) A determination under subsection (1) (a) is a notifiable instrument.\n","sortOrder":127},{"sectionNumber":"117","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application procedure for authorisation","content":"117 Application procedure for authorisation\n(1) A person who applies to the road transport authority for authorisation\n(including for the renewal of an authorisation) for a class of vehicles\nmust give the authority—\n(a) a completed application form that contains the particulars\nnecessary to show that the person is eligible to be authorised as\nan examiner for the class of vehicles; and\n\n(b) a statement supplied by a police officer about the applicant’s\ncriminal history (if any) and the infringement notices (if any)\nserved on the person.\nNote An infringement notice includes a notice (however described) served on\na person under the law of another jurisdiction that gives the person the\noption of paying an amount for an offence instead of being charged with\nthe offence (see dict, def infringement notice).\n(2) The road transport authority may require the person to give the\nauthority any additional documents or other information that the\nauthority reasonably needs to decide the application.\n","sortOrder":128},{"sectionNumber":"118","sectionType":"section","heading":"When applications for authorisation can be refused","content":"118 When applications for authorisation can be refused\nThe road transport authority may refuse to approve an application by\na person for authorisation (including for the renewal of an\nauthorisation) for a class of vehicles if the authority believes on\nreasonable grounds that—\n(a) the person is not eligible to apply for authorisation as an\nexaminer for that class of vehicles; or\n(b) the person has not complied with a requirement made by the\nauthority in relation to the application or a requirement of the\nAct relating to the application.\n","sortOrder":129},{"sectionNumber":"119","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorisation of examiners and certificates of","content":"119 Authorisation of examiners and certificates of\n(1) If the road transport authority approves an application by a person for\nauthorisation for a class of vehicles, the authority must authorise the\nperson as an examiner for that class and give the person a certificate\nof authorisation.\n(2) The certificate of authorisation must show—\n(a) the person’s name; and\n(b) the class of vehicles for which the person is authorised; and\n\n(c) the expiry date of the authorisation.\n(3) An authorisation is for 1 year.\n","sortOrder":130},{"sectionNumber":"120","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approval of application for additional class of vehicles","content":"120 Approval of application for additional class of vehicles\nIf the road transport authority approves an application by an\nauthorised examiner for authorisation (other than for renewal of an\nauthorisation) for an additional class of vehicles, the road transport\nauthority must, if the examiner returns his or her certificate of\nauthorisation to the authority, amend the certificate to include the\nadditional class of vehicles and return it to the examiner.\n","sortOrder":131},{"sectionNumber":"121","sectionType":"section","heading":"Examiners register","content":"121 Examiners register\n(1) The road transport authority must keep a register of authorised\nexaminers.\n(2) The register must contain—\n(a) the name and home address of each authorised examiner; and\n(b) the class of vehicle that the examiner is authorised to inspect or\ntest; and\n(c) if the examiner is the proprietor of approved premises—the\naddress of the premises; and\n(d) if the examiner is not the proprietor of approved premises—the\naddress of the premises where the person is employed; and\n(e) the date the entry is made.\n(3) The register may also include any other information given to the road\ntransport authority and any other information the authority considers\nappropriate.\n(4) The register may be kept in the form of, or as part of, 1 or more\ncomputer databases or in any other form the road transport authority\nconsiders appropriate.\n\n(5) The road transport authority may correct any mistake, error or\nomission in the register.\n(6) The road transport authority must remove from the register the name\nof anyone who is no longer an authorised examiner.\n(7) If the road transport authority is told about a change in something\nrecorded in the register and the authority is satisfied that the change\nhas happened, the authority must enter the particulars of the change\nin the register as soon as practicable.\n","sortOrder":132},{"sectionNumber":"122","sectionType":"section","heading":"Change of name or address of authorised examiner","content":"122 Change of name or address of authorised examiner\n(1) If an authorised examiner changes his or her name, the examiner\nmust, as soon as practicable (but within 14 days) after the change—\n(a) tell the road transport authority about the change; and\n(b) return his or her certificate of authorisation to the authority for\namendment.\n(2) If an authorised examiner changes his or her home address or another\naddress recorded in the examiners register in relation to the examiner,\nthe examiner must tell the road transport authority about the change—\n(a) orally not later than 14 days after the change; and\n(b) if the authority asks the person to tell the authority about the\nchange in writing—in writing within the period (not less than 14\ndays) required by the authority.\n\n","sortOrder":133},{"sectionNumber":"123","sectionType":"section","heading":"Surrender of authorisation","content":"123 Surrender of authorisation\n(1) A person who is authorised as an examiner may apply to the road\ntransport authority to surrender the person’s authorisation.\n(2) The application may be made personally by the person or by an agent\nwho produces written evidence of his or her appointment as agent.\n(3) The person must return the certificate of authorisation to the road\ntransport authority with the application.\n(4) If the person complies with this section, the road transport authority\nmust approve the application unless the authority is taking action to\ncancel or suspend the person’s authorisation.\n","sortOrder":134},{"sectionNumber":"124","sectionType":"section","heading":"When authority may take action in relation to","content":"124 When authority may take action in relation to\nThe road transport authority may take action under section 125 in\nrelation to a person’s authorisation if—\n(a) the person is not eligible to apply for authorisation or for\nauthorisation for a class of vehicles for which the person is\nauthorised; or\n(b) the person is convicted or found guilty of—\n(i) an offence against this part; or\n(ii) another offence that the road transport authority considers\nis relevant to the authorisation; or\nNote The road transport authority must comply with any\nguidelines approved by the Minister under s 153A\n(Authorisation and approval of premises guidelines—\nrelevant offences).\n(c) the person was authorised because of a false or misleading\nstatement made, or false or misleading information supplied, by\nthe person in or in relation to the application for (or for renewal\nof) authorisation; or\n\n(d) the person contravenes either of the following sections:\n(i) section 145 (Duties of authorised examiners inspecting and\ntesting vehicles);\n(ii) section 146 (Issue of certificates of inspection etc).\nNote 1 If an authorised examiner does not pay a fee for the examiner’s\nauthorisation, or pays in a way that is not effective, the authorisation may\nalso be cancelled (see Road Transport (General) Regulation 2000, pt 5).\nNote 2 Found guilty, of an offence—see the Legislation Act, dictionary, pt 1.\n","sortOrder":135},{"sectionNumber":"125","sectionType":"section","heading":"Procedures for authority taking action in relation to","content":"125 Procedures for authority taking action in relation to\n(1) The road transport authority may take the following action under this\nsection in relation to a person’s authorisation:\n(a) cancel the authorisation and disqualify the person from applying\nfor authorisation for not longer than 2 years;\n(b) cancel the authorisation for a class of vehicles and disqualify the\nperson from applying for authorisation for that class for not\n(c) suspend the authorisation for not longer than 1 year and, if the\nauthority considers appropriate, disqualify the person from\napplying for authorisation for not longer than 1 year;\n(d) suspend the authorisation for a class of vehicles for not longer\nthan 1 year and, if the authority considers appropriate, disqualify\nthe person from applying for authorisation for that class for not\nlonger than 1 year;\n\n(e) if the authorisation is already suspended—do either of the\nfollowing:\n(i) cancel the authorisation (completely or for a class of\nvehicles) and disqualify the person from applying for\nauthorisation (completely or for a class of vehicles) for not\n(ii) suspend the authorisation (completely or for a class of\nvehicles) for an additional period of not longer than 1 year\nand, if the authority considers appropriate, disqualify the\nperson from applying for authorisation (completely or for\na class of vehicles) for a period, or an additional period, of\nnot longer than 1 year.\n(2) If the road transport authority proposes to take action under this\nsection in relation to a person’s authorisation, the authority must give\nthe person a notice that—\n(a) states the proposed action, including any proposed suspension\n(or additional suspension) period and any proposed period of\ndisqualification (or additional disqualification) from applying\nfor authorisation; and\n(b) states the grounds for the proposed action; and\n(c) invites the person to make written representations, within a\nstated period of at least 14 days after the person is given the\nnotice, why the proposed action should not be taken.\n\n(3) If, after considering any written representations made by the person\nwithin the stated period, the road transport authority is satisfied on\nreasonable grounds that a ground mentioned in section 124 exists to\ntake action under this section, the authority may take the following\naction:\n(a) if the proposed action included cancelling the person’s\nauthorisation—either cancel the authorisation or suspend the\nauthorisation (completely or for a class of vehicles) for not\nlonger than 1 year;\n(b) if the proposed action included cancelling the person’s\nauthorisation for a class of vehicles—either cancel the\nauthorisation, or suspend the authorisation for not longer than\n1 year, for that class;\n(c) if the proposed action included suspending the authorisation for\na stated period or stated additional period—suspend the\nauthorisation for not longer than that period;\n(d) if the proposed action included suspending the authorisation for\na class of vehicles for a stated period or stated additional\nperiod—suspend the authorisation for that class for not longer\nthan that period;\n(e) if the proposed action included disqualifying the person from\napplying for authorisation for a stated period or stated additional\nperiod—disqualify the person from applying for authorisation\nfor not longer than that period (completely or for a class of\nvehicles);\n(f) if the proposed action included disqualifying the person from\napplying for authorisation for a class of vehicles for a stated\nperiod or stated additional period—disqualify the person from\napplying for authorisation for that class for not longer than that\nperiod.\n\n(4) If the road transport authority decides to cancel or suspend the\nauthorisation (completely or for a class of vehicles), or disqualify the\nperson from applying for authorisation (completely or for a class of\nvehicles), the internal review notice about the decision must include\na statement about when the cancellation, suspension or\ndisqualification takes effect.\nNote A decision to take action under this section is an internally reviewable\ndecision (see Road Transport (General) Act 1999, s 90, def internally\nreviewable decision and Road Transport (General) Regulation 2000, sch\n1), and the road transport authority must give an internal review notice to\nthe person (see Road Transport (General) Act 1999, s 91).\n(5) A cancellation or suspension takes effect on—\n(a) the 7th day after the day the internal review notice about the\ncancellation or suspension is given to the person; or\n(b) if the notice states a later date of effect—the stated date.\n(6) A cancellation or suspension must not take effect earlier than 7 days\nafter the person is told about the decision.\n(7) If the road transport authority suspends a person’s authorisation, the\nperson is, during the suspension—\n(a) taken not to be an authorised examiner; and\n(b) disqualified from applying for authorisation as an examiner.\n(8) If the road transport authority suspends a person’s authorisation for a\nclass of vehicles, the person is, during the suspension—\n(a) taken not to be an authorised examiner for that class; and\n(b) disqualified from applying for authorisation as an examiner for\nthat class.\n\n","sortOrder":136},{"sectionNumber":"126","sectionType":"section","heading":"Return of certificate of authorisation on cancellation or","content":"126 Return of certificate of authorisation on cancellation or\nsuspension\nIf the authorisation of a person as an authorised examiner is cancelled\nor suspended (completely or for a class of vehicles), the person must\nnot, without reasonable excuse, fail to return his or her certificate of\nauthorisation to the road transport authority as soon as practicable\n(but within 7 days) after the cancellation or suspension takes effect,\nunless the authority tells the person that the certificate need not be\nreturned.\n","sortOrder":137},{"sectionNumber":"127","sectionType":"section","heading":"Eligibility for approval of premises","content":"127 Eligibility for approval of premises\n(1) Premises are eligible for approval for a class of vehicles if—\n(a) the premises, and the equipment proposed to be used on the\npremises in or in relation to the inspection and testing of\nvehicles, complies with the prescribed requirements for the class\nof vehicles; and\n(b) the proprietor of the premises or, if the proprietor is a\ncorporation, each director of the corporation has not been\nconvicted or found guilty of an offence that the road transport\nauthority considers is relevant to the approval; and\nNote 1 The road transport authority must comply with any guidelines\napproved by the Minister under s 153A (Authorisation and\napproval of premises guidelines—relevant offences).\nNote 2 Found guilty, of an offence—see the Legislation Act, dictionary,\npt 1.\n(c) the proprietor is not disqualified under section 136 (Procedures\nfor authority taking action in relation to approval of premises)\nfrom applying for the approval; and\n\n(d) the proprietor of the premises is a suitable person to be the\nproprietor of approved premises.\n(2) A person is eligible to apply for approval of premises if the person is\nthe proprietor of the premises.\n","sortOrder":138},{"sectionNumber":"128","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application procedure for approval of premises","content":"128 Application procedure for approval of premises\n(1) A person who applies to the road transport authority for approval\n(including renewal of an approval) of premises for a class of vehicles\nmust give the authority—\n(a) a completed application form that contains the particulars\nnecessary to show that the premises are eligible for approval for\nthe class of vehicles and that the person is eligible to apply for\napproval of the premises; and\n(b) a statement supplied by a police officer about the applicant’s\ncriminal history (if any) and the infringement notices (if any)\nserved on the person.\nNote An infringement notice includes a notice (however described) served on\na person under the law of another jurisdiction that gives the person the\noption of paying an amount for an offence instead of being charged with\nthe offence (see dict, def infringement notice).\n(2) The road transport authority may require the person to give the\nauthority any additional documents or other information that the\nauthority reasonably needs to decide the application.\n\n","sortOrder":139},{"sectionNumber":"129","sectionType":"section","heading":"Inspection of premises before approval","content":"129 Inspection of premises before approval\n(1) An authorised person may enter premises for which an application\nhas been made for approval with the consent of the occupier of the\n(2) The authorised person may inspect the premises, and any equipment\non the premises proposed to be used in or in relation to the inspection\nand testing of vehicles, to find out whether the premises and\nequipment comply with the prescribed requirements for the class of\nvehicles to which the application relates.\n","sortOrder":140},{"sectionNumber":"130","sectionType":"section","heading":"When applications for approval of premises can be","content":"130 When applications for approval of premises can be\nrefused\nThe road transport authority may refuse to approve an application by\na person for approval of premises (including renewal of an approval)\nfor a class of vehicles if the authority believes on reasonable grounds\n(a) the premises are not eligible to be approved for that class; or\n(b) the applicant is not eligible to apply for the approval.\n","sortOrder":141},{"sectionNumber":"131","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approval of premises and certificates of approval","content":"131 Approval of premises and certificates of approval\n(1) If the road transport authority approves an application by a person for\nthe approval of premises for a class of vehicles, the authority must\napprove the premises for that class and give the person a certificate\nof approval.\n(2) A certificate of approval for premises must show—\n(a) the name of the proprietor of the premises; and\n(b) the address of the premises; and\n(c) the class of vehicles that may be inspected and tested on the\npremises; and\n(d) the expiry date of the approval.\n\n(3) An approval is for 1 year.\n","sortOrder":142},{"sectionNumber":"132","sectionType":"section","heading":"Approval of application for additional class of vehicles","content":"132 Approval of application for additional class of vehicles\nIf the road transport authority approves an application by the\nproprietor of approved premises for approval (other than for renewal\nof an approval) for an additional class of vehicles, the road transport\nauthority must, if the proprietor of the premises returns his or her\ncertificate of approval to the authority, amend the certificate to\ninclude the additional class of vehicles and return it to the proprietor.\n","sortOrder":143},{"sectionNumber":"133","sectionType":"section","heading":"Surrender of approval of premises","content":"133 Surrender of approval of premises\n(1) The proprietor of approved premises may apply to the road transport\nauthority to surrender the approval for the premises.\n(2) The application may be made personally or by an agent who produces\nwritten evidence of his or her appointment as agent.\n(3) The proprietor must return the certificate of approval for the premises\nto the road transport authority with the application.\n(4) If the proprietor complies with this section, the road transport\nauthority must approve the application unless the authority is taking\naction to cancel or suspend approval of the premises.\n","sortOrder":144},{"sectionNumber":"134","sectionType":"section","heading":"Automatic cancellation of approval of premises","content":"134 Automatic cancellation of approval of premises\nThe approval of premises is automatically cancelled if a person who\nis the proprietor of the premises ceases to be the proprietor of the\n\n","sortOrder":145},{"sectionNumber":"135","sectionType":"section","heading":"When authority may take action in relation to approval of","content":"135 When authority may take action in relation to approval of\nThe road transport authority may take action under section 136 in\nrelation to the approval of premises if—\n(a) the premises are not eligible to be approved premises or to be\napproved premises for a class of vehicles for which the premises\nare approved; or\n(b) the premises were approved because of a false or misleading\nstatement made, or false or misleading information given, by the\nproprietor of the premises in or in relation to the application for\n(or for renewal of) the approval; or\n(c) the proprietor of the premises or, if the proprietor is a\ncorporation, a director of the corporation is convicted or found\nguilty of—\n(i) an offence against this part; or\n(ii) another offence that the road transport authority considers\nis relevant to the approval; or\nNote The road transport authority must comply with any\nguidelines approved by the Minister under s 153A\n(Authorisation and approval of premises guidelines—\nrelevant offences).\n(d) the proprietor of the premises contravenes any of the following\nsections:\n(i) section 144 (Vehicles to be inspected on request);\n(ii) section 146 (Issue of certificates of inspection etc);\n(iii) section 148 (Fees payable on inspection).\nNote 1 If the proprietor fails to pay a fee for renewal of the approval of premises,\nor pays in a way that is not effective, the approval may also be cancelled\n(see Road Transport (General) Regulation 2000, pt 5).\nNote 2 Found guilty, of an offence—see the Legislation Act, dictionary, pt 1.\n\n","sortOrder":146},{"sectionNumber":"136","sectionType":"section","heading":"Procedures for authority taking action in relation to","content":"136 Procedures for authority taking action in relation to\napproval of premises\n(1) The road transport authority may take the following action under this\nsection in relation to the approval of premises:\n(a) cancel the approval and disqualify the proprietor from applying\nfor approval of premises for not longer than 2 years;\n(b) cancel the approval for a class of vehicles and disqualify the\nproprietor from applying for approval of premises for that class\nfor not longer than 2 years;\n(c) suspend the approval for not longer than 1 year and, if the\nauthority considers appropriate, disqualify the proprietor from\napplying for approval of premises for not longer than 1 year;\n(d) suspend the approval for a class of vehicles for not longer than\n1 year and, if the authority considers appropriate, disqualify the\nproprietor from applying for approval of premises for that class\nfor not longer than 1 year;\n(e) if the approval is already suspended—do either of the following:\n(i) cancel the approval (completely or for a class of vehicles)\nand disqualify the proprietor from applying for approval of\npremises (completely or for a class of vehicles) for not\n(ii) suspend the approval (completely or for a class of vehicles)\nfor an additional period of not longer than 1 year and, if the\nauthority considers appropriate, disqualify the proprietor\nfrom applying for approval of premises (completely or for\na class of vehicles) for a period, or an additional period, of\nnot longer than 1 year.\n\n(2) If the road transport authority proposes to take action under this\nsection in relation to the approval of premises, the authority must give\nthe proprietor of the premises a notice that—\n(a) states the proposed action, including any proposed suspension\n(or additional suspension) period and any proposed period of\ndisqualification (or additional disqualification) from applying\nfor approval of premises; and\n(b) states the grounds for the proposed action; and\n(c) invites the proprietor to make written representations, within a\nstated period of at least 14 days after the proprietor is given the\nnotice, why the proposed action should not be taken.\n(3) If, after considering any written representations made by the\nproprietor within the stated period, the road transport authority is\nsatisfied on reasonable grounds that a ground mentioned in\nsection 135 exists to take action under this section, the authority may\ntake the following action:\n(a) if the proposed action included cancelling the approval of the\npremises—either cancel the approval or suspend the approval\n(completely or for a class of vehicles) for not longer than 1 year;\n(b) if the proposed action included cancelling the approval for a\nclass of vehicles—either cancel the approval, or suspend the\napproval for not longer than 1 year, for that class;\n(c) if the proposed action included suspending the approval for a\nstated period or stated additional period—suspend the approval\nfor not longer than that period;\n(d) if the proposed action included suspending the approval for a\nclass of vehicles for a stated period or stated additional period—\nsuspend the approval for that class for not longer than that\nperiod;\n\n(e) if the proposed action included disqualifying the proprietor from\napplying for approval for a stated period or stated additional\nperiod—disqualify the person from applying for approval\n(completely or for a class of vehicles) for not longer than that\nperiod;\n(f) if the proposed action included disqualifying the proprietor from\napplying for approval for a class of vehicles for a stated period\nor stated additional period—disqualify the person from applying\nfor approval for that class for not longer than that period.\n(4) If the road transport authority decides to cancel or suspend the\napproval (completely or for a class of vehicles), or disqualify the\nproprietor from applying for approval of premises (completely or for\na class of vehicles), the internal review notice must include a\nstatement about when the cancellation, suspension or disqualification\ntakes effect.\nNote A decision to take action under this section is an internally reviewable\ndecision (see Road Transport (General) Act 1999, s 90, def internally\nreviewable decision and Road Transport (General) Regulation 2000, sch\n1), and the road transport authority must give an internal review notice to\nthe proprietor (see Road Transport (General) Act 1999, s 91).\n(5) A cancellation or suspension takes effect on—\n(a) the 7th day after the day the internal review notice about the\ncancellation or suspension is given to the proprietor; or\n(b) if the notice states a later date of effect—the stated date.\n(6) If the road transport authority suspends the approval of premises,\nthen, during the suspension—\n(a) the premises are taken not to be approved premises; and\n(b) the proprietor is disqualified from applying for approval of\n\n","sortOrder":147},{"sectionNumber":"Div 6","sectionType":"division","heading":"3.4 General duties of proprietors of approved premises","content":"Division 6.3.4 General duties of proprietors of approved premises\n(7) If the road transport authority suspends the approval of premises for\na class of vehicles, then, during the suspension—\n(a) the premises are taken not to be approved premises for that class;\nand\n(b) the proprietor is disqualified from applying for approval for that\nclass.\n","sortOrder":148},{"sectionNumber":"137","sectionType":"section","heading":"Return of certificate of approval on cancellation or","content":"137 Return of certificate of approval on cancellation or\nsuspension\nIf the approval of premises is cancelled or suspended (completely or\nfor a class of vehicles), the proprietor must not, without reasonable\nexcuse, fail to return the certificate of approval for the premises to the\nroad transport authority as soon as practicable (but within 7 days)\nafter the cancellation or suspension takes effect unless the authority\ntells the person that the certificate need not be returned.\nDivision 6.3.4 General duties of proprietors of\napproved premises\n","sortOrder":149},{"sectionNumber":"138","sectionType":"section","heading":"Certificate of approval to be displayed at approved","content":"138 Certificate of approval to be displayed at approved\nThe proprietor of approved premises must display the certificate of\napproval for the premises at the premises so it can be readily seen by\nanyone entering the premises.\n\nGeneral duties of proprietors of approved premises Division 6.3.4\n","sortOrder":150},{"sectionNumber":"139","sectionType":"section","heading":"Manuals and design rules to be kept at approved","content":"139 Manuals and design rules to be kept at approved\n(1) The proprietor of approved premises must keep at the premises an up-\nto-date copy of—\n(a) the ACT Inspection Manual for Light Vehicles and the ACT\nInspection Manual for Heavy Vehicles published by the road\ntransport authority and each Australian Design Rule forming a\npart of either manual; and\n(b) any document a part of which is applied, adopted or\nincorporated in either manual.\n(2) The proprietor of approved premises must, if asked by someone,\nmake a copy of the documents mentioned in subsection (1) available\nfor inspection by the person at any reasonable time.\n","sortOrder":151},{"sectionNumber":"140","sectionType":"section","heading":"Notice to be displayed at approved premises","content":"140 Notice to be displayed at approved premises\nThe proprietor of approved premises must display a notice with the\nwords ‘approved inspection station’ in capital letters at least 5cm high\nat the premises so it can be readily seen by anyone entering the\n","sortOrder":152},{"sectionNumber":"141","sectionType":"section","heading":"Proprietor of approved premises to give notice on","content":"141 Proprietor of approved premises to give notice on\nceasing to be proprietor\nIf the person who is the proprietor of approved premises ceases to be\nthe proprietor of the premises, the person must, as soon as practicable\n(but within 7 days) after ceasing to be the proprietor—\n(a) tell the road transport authority in writing; and\n\n(b) return the certificate of approval issued to the proprietor for the\npremises to the authority.\n","sortOrder":153},{"sectionNumber":"142","sectionType":"section","heading":"Change of name of proprietor of approved premises","content":"142 Change of name of proprietor of approved premises\nIf the proprietor of approved premises changes his or her name, the\nproprietor must, as soon as practicable (but within 14 days) after the\nchange—\n(a) tell the road transport authority about the change; and\n(b) return the certificate of approval issued to the proprietor in\nrelation to the premises to the authority for amendment.\n","sortOrder":154},{"sectionNumber":"143","sectionType":"section","heading":"Inspection of vehicles","content":"143 Inspection of vehicles\n(1) This section applies to a person who is the registered operator of a\nregistered vehicle or has control over an unregistered vehicle.\nperson, require the person to produce the vehicle for inspection by an\nauthorised person or authorised examiner at a time and place stated\nin the notice.\n(3) If the person asks the road transport authority for a change to the time\nor place stated in the notice, the authority must consider the request\nand, if the request is reasonable, must, by written notice given to the\nperson, change the time or place in accordance with the request.\nMaximum penalty (for subsection (4)): 20 penalty units.\n\nInspections and tests of vehicles Division 6.3.5\n","sortOrder":155},{"sectionNumber":"144","sectionType":"section","heading":"Vehicles to be inspected on request","content":"144 Vehicles to be inspected on request\nThe proprietor of approved premises must not, without reasonable\nexcuse, refuse to inspect or test a vehicle (or arrange for it to be\ninspected or tested) if—\n(a) the proprietor is asked by the driver of the vehicle to inspect or\ntest the vehicle, to decide whether the vehicle, and its parts and\nequipment, comply with the applicable vehicle standards; and\n(b) the vehicle is a vehicle that may be inspected or tested under this\nregulation on the premises; and\n(c) the proprietor of the premises is an authorised examiner, or an\nauthorised examiner is employed at the premises, who is\nauthorised under this regulation to inspect or test the vehicle.\n","sortOrder":156},{"sectionNumber":"145","sectionType":"section","heading":"Duties of authorised examiners inspecting and testing","content":"145 Duties of authorised examiners inspecting and testing\nAn authorised examiner must not, for this regulation—\n(a) inspect or test a vehicle included in a class of vehicles that is not\nmentioned in his or her certificate of authorisation; or\n(b) inspect or test a vehicle other than at approved premises; or\n(c) without reasonable excuse, refuse to inspect or test a vehicle\nincluded in a class of vehicles mentioned in his or her certificate\nof authorisation; or\n(d) certify in a certificate issued under section 146 that a vehicle, or\nany part or equipment of the vehicle, complies with the\napplicable vehicle standards unless—\n(i) the examiner has inspected or tested the vehicle, part or\nequipment of the vehicle; and\n(ii) the vehicle, part or equipment of the vehicle, complies with\nthe standards.\n\n","sortOrder":157},{"sectionNumber":"146","sectionType":"section","heading":"Issue of certificates of inspection etc","content":"146 Issue of certificates of inspection etc\n(1) If a vehicle is inspected or tested by an authorised examiner, the\nauthorised examiner must issue a certificate of inspection for the\n(a) certifying that the vehicle, and its parts and equipment, comply\nwith the applicable vehicle standards; or\n(b) certifying that the vehicle, or a part or equipment of the vehicle,\ndoes not comply with the applicable vehicle standards and\nstating the ways in which it does not comply.\n(2) The proprietor of the approved premises where the vehicle is tested\nor inspected must—\n(a) give the certificate to the road transport authority; and\n(b) if the driver of the vehicle requests a copy of the certificate—\ngive a copy to the driver.\n(3) A certificate of inspection remains in force for 1 month beginning on\nthe day it is given.\n(4) The proprietor must keep a copy of the certificate and the brake test\nresults for the vehicle—\n(a) for at least 12 months; and\n(b) in a way that can be made available for the road transport\nauthority to inspect on request.\nbrake test results, for a vehicle, means the results of a test of the\nvehicle using a brake testing machine that complies with the\nprescribed requirements set out in schedule 2.\n\nInspections and tests of vehicles Division 6.3.5\n","sortOrder":158},{"sectionNumber":"147","sectionType":"section","heading":"People by whom inspections may be carried out","content":"147 People by whom inspections may be carried out\nThe proprietor of approved premises must not allow a person\nemployed by the proprietor—\n(a) who is not an authorised examiner to test or inspect a vehicle for\nthis regulation; or\n(b) who is an authorised examiner to test or inspect, for this\nregulation—\n(i) a vehicle in a class of vehicles that is not mentioned in the\nproprietor’s certificate of approval for the premises; or\n(ii) a vehicle in a class of vehicles that is not mentioned in the\nexaminer’s certificate of authorisation.\n","sortOrder":159},{"sectionNumber":"148","sectionType":"section","heading":"Fees payable on inspection","content":"148 Fees payable on inspection\n(1) The proprietor of approved premises must not charge a fee for an\ninspection or test of a vehicle for this regulation that is more than the\nappropriate fee worked out in accordance with the determination in\nforce under section 153 (Minister may determine maximum fees for\ninspections).\n(2) A person is entitled to bring a proceeding to recover a fee in relation\nto an inspection or test of a vehicle for this regulation only if—\n(a) the inspection or test was carried out by a person who was, at\nthe time, an authorised examiner; and\n(b) the inspection or test was carried out at premises that were, at\nthe time, approved premises; and\n(c) the vehicle was included in a class of motor vehicles that was,\nat the time, mentioned in—\n(i) the certificate of authorisation held by the person\nmentioned in paragraph (a); and\n\n(ii) the certificate of approval issued for the premises\nmentioned in paragraph (b).\n","sortOrder":160},{"sectionNumber":"149","sectionType":"section","heading":"Offences relating to unauthorised people and","content":"149 Offences relating to unauthorised people and\nunapproved premises\n(1) A person who is not an authorised examiner must not inspect or test\na vehicle for this regulation.\n(2) A person must not pretend to be an authorised examiner.\n(3) The proprietor of premises that are not approved premises must not\npermit a vehicle to be inspected or tested for this regulation at the\n(4) The proprietor of premises must not pretend that the premises are\napproved premises.\n","sortOrder":161},{"sectionNumber":"150","sectionType":"section","heading":"Review of decision of authorised examiner","content":"150 Review of decision of authorised examiner\n(1) Application may be made to the road transport authority for review\nof a decision of an authorised examiner certifying that a vehicle, or a\npart or equipment of a vehicle, does not comply with the applicable\nvehicle standards.\n(2) As soon as practicable after the application is made to the road\ntransport authority, the authority must—\n(a) have the vehicle inspected or tested by an authorised person; and\n(b) decide whether the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle\nstandards; and\n(c) tell the applicant in writing of the decision.\n\nMiscellaneous Division 6.3.6\n","sortOrder":162},{"sectionNumber":"152","sectionType":"section","heading":"Issue of replacement certificates of authorisation and","content":"152 Issue of replacement certificates of authorisation and\napproval\n(1) The road transport authority may issue a replacement certificate of\nauthorisation to an examiner if satisfied that the certificate of\nauthorisation has been lost, stolen or destroyed.\n(2) The road transport authority may issue a replacement certificate of\napproval to the proprietor of approved premises if satisfied that the\ncertificate of approval has been lost, stolen or destroyed.\n","sortOrder":163},{"sectionNumber":"153","sectionType":"section","heading":"Minister may determine maximum fees for inspections","content":"153 Minister may determine maximum fees for inspections\n(1) The Minister may determine the maximum fees that are payable to a\nproprietor of approved premises for inspecting or testing vehicles for\nthis regulation.\n","sortOrder":164},{"sectionNumber":"153A","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorisation and approval of premises guidelines—","content":"153A Authorisation and approval of premises guidelines—\nrelevant offences\n(1) The Minister may approve guidelines about the exercise of the road\ntransport authority’s functions under the following provisions:\n(a) section 116 (1) (b) (Eligibility to apply for authorisation as\nexaminers);\n(b) section 124 (b) (When authority may take action in relation to\nauthorisation);\n(c) section 127 (1) (b) (Eligibility for approval of premises);\n(d) section 135 (c) (ii) (When authority may take action in relation\nto approval of premises).\n\n(2) Without limiting subsection (1), the guidelines may make provision\nabout—\n(a) the offences that are relevant in relation to—\n(i) an application for authorisation as an examiner; and\n(ii) the suitability of a person to continue to hold an\nauthorisation; and\n(iii) the eligibility for approval of premises; and\n(iv) the suitability of premises to continue to be approved\npremises; and\n(b) the matters or circumstances that may or must be considered in\ndeciding whether—\n(i) an application for an authorisation or approval of premises\nmay or must be refused; or\n(ii) an authorisation or approval of premises may or must be\nsuspended or cancelled.\nExamples for par (b)\n1 whether a person has been convicted for a single offence or multiple\noffences and the nature and seriousness of the offence\n2 the age of the person when the offence was committed\n3 the time elapsed since the offence was committed\n(3) The road transport authority must comply with any guidelines\napproved under this section.\n(4) Approved guidelines are a disallowable instrument.\n\nComponent identification numbers Part 6.4\n","sortOrder":165},{"sectionNumber":"Part 6","sectionType":"part","heading":"4 Component identification","content":"Part 6.4 Component identification\nnumbers\n","sortOrder":166},{"sectionNumber":"154","sectionType":"section","heading":"Definitions for pt 6.4","content":"154 Definitions for pt 6.4\ncomponent identification number, for a vehicle part of a registrable\nvehicle, means the number and any accompanying letters or symbols\nstamped on, or otherwise attached to, the part as a way of identifying\nthe part, but does not include a casting number or a number used to\nidentify a class of parts for manufacturing purposes.\nvehicle part, of a registrable vehicle, means⎯\n(a) the vehicle’s engine; or\n(b) the vehicle’s engine block; or\n(c) for a motor vehicle other than a motorbike—the vehicle’s\nchassis, chassis sub-frame or body; or\n(d) for a motorbike or motortrike—the vehicle’s frame or\ncrankcase.\n","sortOrder":167},{"sectionNumber":"155","sectionType":"section","heading":"Allocation of component identification numbers by","content":"155 Allocation of component identification numbers by\nauthority\n(1) The road transport authority may allot an engine number (the\nnumber) for a vehicle part of a registrable vehicle if⎯\n(a) there is no component identification number stamped on or\nattached to the part, or the component identification number\nstamped on or attached to the part appears to have been changed,\ndefaced, removed or otherwise interfered with; and\n(b) the number is necessary to identify the part.\n\nregistered operator of the registrable vehicle, require the operator to\nhave the number the authority has allotted to the vehicle part stamped\non or attached to the part in the place stated in the notice.\nnotice under subsection (2).\n","sortOrder":168},{"sectionNumber":"156","sectionType":"section","heading":"Stamping component identification numbers without","content":"156 Stamping component identification numbers without\nauthority etc\n(1) A person (other than a manufacturer) must not stamp or attach a\ncomponent identification number on or to a vehicle part of a\nregistrable vehicle.\n(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a person who stamps or attaches a\ncomponent identification number on or to a vehicle part of a\nregistrable vehicle in accordance with this part.\n(3) A person must not change, deface, remove or otherwise interfere with\na component identification number stamped on or attached to a\nvehicle part of a registrable vehicle otherwise than in accordance with\nan authorisation under section 158 (Authority may authorise\ninterference with component identification number).\n(4) A person must not possess a vehicle part of a registrable vehicle\nknowing that the component identification number stamped on or\nattached to the part has been changed, defaced, removed or otherwise\ninterfered with otherwise than in accordance with an authorisation\nunder section 158 or in accordance with a law of another jurisdiction\ncorresponding to that section.\n\nComponent identification numbers Part 6.4\n","sortOrder":169},{"sectionNumber":"157","sectionType":"section","heading":"Change or replacement of vehicle part","content":"157 Change or replacement of vehicle part\nA person who changes or replaces a vehicle part of a registrable\nvehicle must—\n(a) within 14 days after the change or replacement, tell the road\ntransport authority, by written notice, about the change or\nreplacement, including⎯\n(i) the date of the change or replacement; and\n(ii) the registration number (if any) of the vehicle; and\n(iii) the name and address of the registered operator of, or\nresponsible person for, the vehicle; and\n(iv) the make and component identification number of the\nvehicle part removed from the vehicle; and\n(v) the make and component identification number of the\nvehicle part substituted for the original vehicle part; and\n(vi) the name and address of the person from whom the\nsubstituted vehicle part was obtained; and\n(b) keep a copy of the notice in the person’s possession for\n6 months; and\n(c) produce a copy of the notice for inspection on request by a police\nofficer or authorised person.\nNote The Road Transport (General) Act 1999, s 80 empowers police officers\nto enter premises carrying out vehicle repairs for the purpose of tracing\nstolen vehicles and vehicle parts.\n\n","sortOrder":170},{"sectionNumber":"158","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authority may authorise interference with component","content":"158 Authority may authorise interference with component\nidentification number\nThe road transport authority may authorise, in writing, the registered\noperator of a registrable vehicle to change, deface, remove or\notherwise interfere with a component identification number stamped\non or attached to a vehicle part of the vehicle.\n\n","sortOrder":171},{"sectionNumber":"159","sectionType":"section","heading":"Issue of defect notices and formal warnings","content":"159 Issue of defect notices and formal warnings\n(1) A defect notice issued for a light vehicle is⎯\n(a) a major defect notice if, in the opinion of the police officer or\nauthorised person issuing the notice based on reasonable\ngrounds, further use of the vehicle for road transport after the\ntime and date stated in the notice would be an imminent and\nserious safety risk; or\n(b) a minor defect notice if, in the opinion of the police officer or\nauthorised person issuing the notice, based on reasonable\ngrounds—\n(i) deficiencies in the vehicle may be a safety risk if allowed\nto continue after the time and date stated in the notice; or\n(ii) the vehicle does not comply with—\n(A) section 59 (Display of numberplates); or\n(B) schedule 1, section 1.92 (Numberplate lights); or\n(C) schedule 1, section 1.120 (Other lights and reflectors).\nNote The Act, s 25 provides that a police officer or the authority may issue a\ndefect notice.\n(2) A defect notice for a light vehicle must state⎯\n(a) the vehicle’s registration details, including the registration\nnumber, unregistered vehicle permit number (if practicable and\napplicable), the expiry date of the registration or permit and the\njurisdiction that issued the registration or permit; and\n(b) the name of the driver of the vehicle or, if the driver is not\npresent when the notice is issued, the term ‘registered operator’;\nand\n\n(c) to the extent practicable, the vehicle’s identification details\nincluding its VIN or, if there is no VIN, the chassis number or\nengine number, its make and type; and\n(d) the kind of inspection conducted; and\n(e) the details of the vehicle’s defects and whether the notice is a\nmajor defect notice or minor defect notice; and\n(f) whether use of the vehicle on a road or road related area is\nprohibited; and\n(g) if use of the vehicle is prohibited from a time other than the time\nby which the notice must be cleared—that time; and\n(h) if conditions are imposed on the use of the vehicle—the\nconditions; and\n(i) for a major defect notice—how the vehicle must be moved to\nanother place; and\n(j) the repair requirement, including the date by which repairs must\nbe finished if the vehicle is to be used on a road or road related\narea; and\n(k) whether an infringement notice under the Road Transport\n(General) Act 1999 has also been served in relation to the defect;\nand\n(l) the official number or other identification of the police officer\nor authorised person who issued the notice; and\n(m) a unique identification number for the notice; and\n(n) the date and, if appropriate, time of issue of the notice.\nExamples for par (i)\nThe notice may require the vehicle to be moved by towing away or all up lifting\nonly.\n\n(3) A police officer or authorised person who issues a defect notice for a\nlight vehicle must⎯\n(a) if the driver of the vehicle is present—give the notice to the\ndriver; and\n(b) if the vehicle is unattended—attach the defect notice to the\n(c) if the notice is a major defect notice—issue a defective vehicle\nlabel for the vehicle and attach it to the vehicle.\n(4) If the driver of a vehicle who is given a defect notice under subsection\n(3) is not the registered operator, the driver must give the notice to\nthe registered operator.\n(5) A defective vehicle label for a light vehicle must state⎯\n(a) the vehicle’s registration number or unregistered vehicle permit\nnumber; and\n(b) the date and, if appropriate, time after which the vehicle must\nnot be used on a road or road related area; and\n(c) how the vehicle must be moved to another place; and\n(d) the official number or other identification of the police officer\nor authorised person who issued the notice; and\n(e) the date and, if appropriate, time of issue of the label; and\n(f) the identification number of the defect notice to which the label\nrelates.\n(6) If a police officer or authorised person considers that deficiencies in\na light vehicle do not require a defect notice but should be remedied,\nthe person may⎯\n(a) if the driver of the vehicle is present—give the driver a warning\nnotice; and\n\n(b) if the vehicle is unattended—attach a warning notice to the\n(7) If the driver of a vehicle who is given a warning notice under\nsubsection (6) is not the registered operator, the driver must give the\nwarning notice to the registered operator.\nofficial number means—\n(a) for a police officer—the officer’s service number; or\n(b) for an authorised person—the unique number (if any) given to\nthe person under the Road Transport (Offences)\nRegulation 2001, section 11.\nsafety risk means danger to a person, property or the environment.\n","sortOrder":172},{"sectionNumber":"160","sectionType":"section","heading":"Recording, clearance and withdrawal of defect notices","content":"160 Recording, clearance and withdrawal of defect notices\n(1) If a defect notice or corresponding defect notice is issued for a light\nvehicle registered in this jurisdiction, the road transport authority\nmust record in the registrable vehicles register in relation to the\n(a) the identification number of the notice; and\n(b) the date and, if appropriate, time shown on the notice by which\nthe notice must be cleared, unless that date is later than the date\nof a recorded certificate of inspection issued after the notice was\nissued.\n(2) The road transport authority may inspect the vehicle or require an\ninspection to be made to find out whether—\n(a) the defects mentioned in the defect notice or corresponding\ndefect notice have been fixed; and\n(b) the registrable vehicle has any other defects.\n\n(3) A defect notice may be cleared by the road transport authority, a\ncorresponding registration authority, a police officer or an authorised\nperson.\n(4) For this section, a defect notice issued for a light vehicle is cleared\nif⎯\n(a) the road transport authority, a corresponding authority, a police\nofficer or an authorised person is given acceptable evidence that\nthe vehicle is no longer defective; and\n(b) for a major defect notice—the authority or a corresponding\nregistration authority defaces or removes the defective vehicle\nlabel issued for the registrable vehicle or authorises it to be\ndefaced or removed; and\n(c) the authority records in the register that the notice has been\ncleared.\n(5) A police officer or authorised person who issues a defect notice for a\nlight vehicle may withdraw the notice at any time and, if the police\nofficer or authorised person withdraws the notice, he or she must—\n(a) give notice of the withdrawal to—\n(i) if the driver of the vehicle is present when the notice is\nwithdrawn—the driver; or\n(ii) in any other case—the registered operator of the vehicle;\nand\n(b) either—\n(i) have a record made in the register to the effect that the\nnotice has been withdrawn; or\n(ii) if the vehicle is registered in another jurisdiction—tell the\nrelevant corresponding registration authority that the\nnotice has been withdrawn.\n\ncorresponding defect notice means a notice issued under a\ncorresponding law for a defective vehicle or dangerously defective\nvehicle that corresponds to a defect notice under this regulation.\ncorresponding registration authority means an authority appointed\nunder a corresponding law.\nNote Corresponding law is defined in the Act, dict.\n\nMiscellaneous Chapter 7\n","sortOrder":173},{"sectionNumber":"161","sectionType":"section","heading":"Authorised use of vehicles with suspended registration","content":"161 Authorised use of vehicles with suspended registration\nA vehicle with suspended registration is exempt from the Act,\nsection 18 (1) in relation to the use of the vehicle on a road or road\nrelated area at a particular place and time if the use of the vehicle at\nthe place and time is authorised in writing by the road transport\n162 2 individuals may be recorded as registered operator of\nlight vehicle\n(1) For the Act, section 29 (1), 2 individuals may be recorded in the\nregistrable vehicles register as registered operators of a light vehicle\nwhen the vehicle is first registered or at any time afterwards.\n(2) If a light vehicle is registered in the name of 1 individual, the road\ntransport authority may record an additional individual as a registered\noperator of the vehicle, but only if the authority first approves an\napplication by the additional individual for the partial transfer of the\n(3) For this section, the road transport authority may approve an\napplication for the partial transfer of registration of a vehicle to a\nperson only if—\n(a) the application is signed by the existing registered operator as\nindicated on the application form; and\n(b) the application is accompanied by any duty payable under the\nDuties Act 1999 for partial transfer of registration of the vehicle;\nand\n(c) the applicant provides the information and supporting evidence\nthe authority requires; and\n\n(d) the authority is satisfied that, had the vehicle been sold to the\nperson and section 73 (Obligations of disposers) and section 74\n(Obligations of acquirers) been complied with, registration of\nthe transfer of the registration of the vehicle to the individual\nwould not have been refused under section 78 (When transfer of\nregistration may or must be refused).\n(4) If the road transport authority records an additional person as a\nregistered operator of a light vehicle after approving the person’s\napplication for the partial transfer of registration, the authority must\nissue a new registration certificate with the names of both the existing\nregistered operator and the additional registered operator.\n(5) If 2 individuals are recorded as registered operators of a light\n(a) any right or liability given to or imposed on the registered\noperator of the vehicle under the relevant legislation is taken to\nbe given to or imposed on each of the individuals; and\n(b) each of the individuals is taken to have complied with an\nobligation imposed under the relevant legislation if either of\nthem (whether personally or through an agent) complies with the\nobligation; and\n(c) the road transport authority is taken to have complied with an\nobligation under the relevant legislation to give notice to the\nregistered operator of the vehicle if the authority gives notice to\nat least 1 of the individuals; and\n(d) the individual nominated as the contact person for the service of\nnotices relating to the vehicle is taken to be the responsible\nperson for the vehicle for an infringement notice offence\ninvolving the vehicle.\nrelevant legislation means—\n(a) a provision of the Act; or\n\nMiscellaneous Chapter 7\n(b) a provision of any other Act (or a provision of a section made\nunder any other Act) concerned with the registered operator of\na registrable vehicle within the meaning of the Act.\n","sortOrder":174},{"sectionNumber":"163","sectionType":"section","heading":"Application of Heavy Vehicle National Law (ACT)","content":"163 Application of Heavy Vehicle National Law (ACT)\n(1) A person or vehicle is exempted from a dimension limit or any other\nrequirement of this regulation if the person or vehicle is exempted\nfrom the limit or requirement under the Heavy Vehicle National Law\n(ACT).\nNote A reference to an Act includes a reference to the statutory instruments\nmade or in force under the Act, including any regulation (see Legislation\nAct, s 104).\n(2) A breach of this regulation is to be disregarded in a prosecution if it\nis to be disregarded under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (ACT).\ndimension limit means a provision of this regulation that limits or\notherwise regulates the dimensions of a registrable vehicle (or a load\nor projection of the vehicle).\n","sortOrder":175},{"sectionNumber":"164","sectionType":"section","heading":"Special provisions about boat trailers","content":"164 Special provisions about boat trailers\n(1) A trailer built, or being used, to transport a boat is taken to comply\nwith an attaching provision if the attached item is securely attached\nto a removable panel or panels, built of wood, metal or other similar\nmaterial and the panel or panels are—\n(a) while a boat is carried on the trailer—securely attached to the\nboat so that the attached item is in a position, and is facing in a\ndirection, that would comply with this regulation if the boat\nwere part of the trailer; and\n(b) while a boat is not carried on the trailer—securely attached to\nthe trailer so that the attached item is in a position, and is facing\nin a direction, that complies with this regulation.\n\nattached item, for an attaching provision, means a numberplate,\nfitting for a numberplate, trader’s plate, identification label,\nunregistered vehicle permit, holder for an identification label or an\nunregistered vehicle permit, light, reflector or direction indicator light\nto which the attaching provision applies.\nattaching provision, in relation to a trailer, means a provision of this\nregulation about—\n(a) the attaching of, and a fitting for, a numberplate, trader’s plate,\nidentification label, unregistered vehicle permit or holder for an\nidentification label or an unregistered vehicle permit; or\n(b) the attaching of, and a fitting for, a light, reflector or direction\nindicator light, required or permitted by this regulation to be\nfitted to the trailer.\n\nGeneral Part 1.1\n(see s 103)\nPart 1.1 General\nNote 1 The Australian Vehicle Standards Rules 1999 (the Vehicle Standards),\nwhich were approved by the Australian Transport Council on\n29 January 1999, set standards that vehicles must comply with to be\ndriven on roads and road related areas.\nThis schedule contains the Vehicle Standards as modified for\nimplementation in the ACT, and applying to light vehicles only.\nThe ADRs (Australian Design Rules) are rules for designing and building\nvehicles. Imported vehicles must also comply with the ADRs.\nThe Vehicle Standards require a vehicle that is subject to an ADR when\nbuilt or imported to continue to comply with the ADR.\nThe Vehicle Standards also apply certain other standards (adopted\nstandards) that are intended to complement the ADRs.\nThe ADRs do not cover:\n• vehicles built before 1969\n• combinations of vehicles of any age\n• every safety feature for vehicles built between 1969 and 1988.\nThese matters are covered by the Vehicle Standards.\nIn most cases, if a light vehicle or light combination complies with this\nschedule, it is suitable for road use.\nNote 2 The ACT Inspection Manual for Light Vehicles and the ACT Inspection\nprovide information to help people meet the requirements of this\nschedule. The manuals are available from the road transport authority.\n\nPart 1.1 General\nSection 1.1\n1.1 Object of sch 1\n(1) The object of this schedule is to set standards about the construction\nand performance of light vehicles and light combinations that are\nuniform throughout Australia.\n(2) The standards are intended—\n(a) to promote, throughout the life of light vehicles and light\ncombinations, their safe use and efficiency and the protection of\nthe environment; and\n(b) to reduce the cost of transport administration.\n1.2 Diagrams—sch 1\n(1) A diagram in this schedule is part of the schedule.\n(2) A diagram of something is an illustrative example of the thing in\nblack and white, but does not represent its dimensions or the\ndimensions of any part of it.\n1.3 Optional items\nIf it is provided or indicated, in a provision of this schedule, a\n2nd edition ADR or a 3rd edition ADR, that an item of equipment is\noptional and the item is used on a light vehicle to which the provision\napplies, the item must comply with the provision.\n\nGeneral Part 1.1\nSection 1.4\n1.4 Special requirements for vehicles used by people with\ndisabilities etc\nThe road transport authority may require or permit a light vehicle to\nbe specially built, equipped or adapted in a way not provided for\nunder this schedule if it is to be used by a person with a physical\ndisability.\nNote Vehicles that are modified must continue to comply with this schedule.\nFor guidance on light vehicle modifications see Vehicle Standards\nBulletin No 6 – National Code of Practice for Heavy Vehicle\nModifications and Vehicle Standards Bulletin No 14 – National Code of\nPractice for Light Vehicle Construction and Modification.\nThe bulletins do not need to be notified under the Legislation Act because\n\nSection 1.5\nNote The requirements of this schedule apply to light vehicles and light\ncombinations that are used on a road or road related area (see s 109 (Light\nmotor vehicles not complying with sch 1), s 110 (Light trailers not\ncomplying with sch 1) and s 111 (Light combinations not complying with\nsch 1)).\n1.5 Application of sch 1 to plant\n(1) The provisions of this schedule (other than this section) do not apply\nto plant.\n(2) However, plant must continue to comply with the technical\nspecifications to which it was built and remain safe for use on roads\nor road related areas.\nNote Although the ACT Inspection Manual for Light Vehicles and the ACT\nInspection Manual for Heavy Vehicles do not apply directly to plant, they\nprovide a guide to the maintenance and repair of vehicles generally.\nplant means a motor vehicle that consists solely of⎯\n(a) a machine or implement that cannot carry a load, other than tools\nand accessories usually carried in or on the vehicle; or\n(b) a crane or forklift truck.\n1.6 Vehicles to which sch 1 does not apply etc\n(1) This schedule does not apply to—\n(a) a vehicle used only on a railway or tramway; or\n(aa) a light rail vehicle; or\n(b) a vehicle designed to be controlled by a person walking next to\nit; or\n\nApplication of sch 1 Part 1.2\nSection 1.7\n(c) a vehicle propelled by a motor with a maximum power output\nof not over 200W; or\n(d) a motorised wheelchair that cannot travel faster than 10km/h; or\n(e) a vehicle or combination that is being repaired, or is being tested\nin the course of being repaired, so it will comply with this\nschedule; or\n(f) a vehicle or combination being driven or towed directly to a\nplace where it is to be repaired so it will comply with this\nschedule; or\n(g) a heavy vehicle or combination that includes a heavy vehicle.\n(2) This schedule applies to a light vehicle even if the light vehicle forms\npart of a heavy combination under the Heavy Vehicle National Law\n(ACT).\n1.7 Non-application of sch 1 to ADR-compliant matters\n(1) A requirement of parts 1.5 (General safety requirements) to 1.12\n(Mechanical connections between vehicles) does not apply to a light\nvehicle if the requirement is inconsistent with a requirement of a 2nd\nor 3rd edition ADR that the vehicle complies with (regardless of\nwhether or not the vehicle is required to comply with the ADR\nrequirement).\n\nSection 1.8\n(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if the vehicle is not of the same class\nor type as the vehicles to which the ADR requirement applies.\nAs the 2nd and 3rd edition ADR do not apply to a truck (including a truck that is a\nlight vehicle) built in 1968, the truck must comply with sch 1, s 1.133 (What braking\nsystem a light motor vehicle must have). If the owner of such a truck modified the\nbrakes so that they did comply with the 2nd edition ADR, any requirement in sch 1,\ns 1.133 in relation to the truck’s brakes that was inconsistent with the 2nd edition\nADR would no longer apply to the truck.\nHowever, if the modified brakes only comply with a rule of the 2nd edition ADR\nthat only applies to passenger cars, then sch 1, s 1.133 does apply, as s 1.7 (1) would\nnot apply as a result of s 1.7 (2), because a truck is not a passenger car.\n1.8 Non-application of sch 1—exemption under other laws\n(1) A provision of this schedule does not apply to a light vehicle or light\ncombination if the vehicle or combination is exempt from—\n(a) the provision under section 104 (Road transport authority may\nexempt light vehicle etc from certain provisions); or\n(b) the corresponding provision of the law of another jurisdiction.\n(2) However, the vehicle or combination is exempt only if all conditions\nof the exemption (if any) are being complied with.\nAn exemption permitting a greater dimension limit for a light vehicle is subject to\nconditions about the route where, and times when, the vehicle is permitted to travel,\nand the escort vehicles needed to accompany the vehicle. A relevant provision of\nthis schedule does not apply to the vehicle only if the conditions are complied with.\n1.9 Non-application of sch 1—vehicles subject to particular\napprovals\nA provision of parts 1.5 to 1.12, except section 1.24 (1) and (2), does\nnot apply to a light vehicle if—\n(a) the vehicle does not comply with a requirement of an ADR\napplying to the vehicle; and\n\nApplication of sch 1 Part 1.2\nSection 1.9\n(b) the provision corresponds to the requirement of the ADR; and\n(c) despite the noncompliance—\n(i) the vehicle is on the RAV, and complies with the\nconditions (if any) of the approvals required for its entry\non the RAV; or\n(ii) an approval to place identification plates on vehicles of that\ntype was given under the Motor Vehicle Standards\nAct 1989 (Cwlth) (repealed), section 10A (2) or (3), and\nthe vehicle complies with the conditions (if any) of the\napproval.\nNote Identification plates were approved under the Motor Vehicle\nStandards Act 1989 (Cwlth) (repealed), s 10A (2) or (3) for\nvehicles that failed to comply with the national standards,\nbut either the noncompliance was minor and\ninconsequential, or the vehicle complied to an extent that\nmade it suitable for supply to the market.\n\nSection 1.10\nNote This part applies the 2nd and 3rd edition ADRs to various vehicles.\nUnder the part, a vehicle that is subject to ADRs when it is built generally\nremains subject to the ADRs throughout its life. However, a vehicle need\nnot comply with a standard if the standard is replaced by, or inconsistent\nwith, a later standard and the vehicle complies with the later standard.\nOlder vehicles may, therefore, be fitted with any equipment allowed on\nnewer vehicles.\nVehicles that are modified must continue to comply with this schedule.\nFor guidance on vehicle modifications see Vehicle Standards Bulletin No\n6 – National Code of Practice for Heavy Vehicle Modifications and\nVehicle Standards Bulletin No 14 – National Code of Practice for Light\nVehicle Construction and Modification.\nThe bulletins do not need to be notified under the Legislation Act because\nThis schedule, s 1.34 (6) (Horns, alarms etc) modifies the effect of the\ncorresponding ADR requirement.\nThe following provisions of this schedule apply to a vehicle instead of\nthe corresponding ADR requirement:\n• s 1.47 (5) (Window tinting)\n• s 1.54 (Tyres—manufacturer’s rating).\n1.10 What is an ADR (or Australian Design Rule)?\nAn ADR (or Australian Design Rule) is—\n(a) a 2nd edition ADR; or\n(b) a 3rd edition ADR.\n\nInterpretation Division 1.3.1\nSection 1.11\n1.11 What is a 2nd edition ADR?\nA 2nd edition ADR is a national standard incorporated in the\ndocument described as the Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle\nSafety, Second Edition originally published by the then\nCommonwealth Department of Transport, as in force from time to\ntime.\nNote A 2nd edition ADR does not need to be notified under the Legislation\nAct because s 47 (6) does not apply (see s 5A and Legislation Act,\ns 47 (7)). The ADRs are accessible at www.infrastructure.gov.au.\n1.12 What is a 3rd edition ADR?\nA 3rd edition ADR is—\n(a) a national road vehicle standard under the Road Vehicle\nStandards Act 2018 (Cwlth) as in force from time to time; or\n(b) a national standard under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989\n(Cwlth) (repealed) as in force immediately before the repeal of\nthat Act.\nNote 1 The Road Vehicle Standards (Consequential and Transitional\nProvisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth), sch 3, s 2 provides that a vehicle standard\nin force before the repeal of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989\n(Cwlth) continues in force as if it were a national road vehicle standard\ndetermined under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth), s 12.\nNote 2 A 3rd edition ADR does not need to be notified under the Legislation Act\nbecause s 47 (5) and (6) do not apply (see s 5A and Legislation Act,\ns 47 (7)). The ADRs are accessible at www.legislation.gov.au and\nwww.infrastructure.gov.au.\n\nSection 1.15\n1.15 Compliance with 2nd edition ADRs\n(1) If a 2nd edition ADR recommends that the ADR should apply to the\ndesign and construction of a vehicle, the vehicle must comply with\nthe ADR.\n(2) If a 2nd edition ADR contains a requirement for a type of equipment\nfitted to a vehicle built on or after a stated time, any equipment of the\nsame type fitted to the vehicle after it is built must comply with—\n(a) the requirement as in force when the vehicle was built; or\n(b) if the requirement is amended after the vehicle is built and before\nthe equipment is fitted—the requirement as in force—\n(i) when the vehicle was built; or\n(ii) when the equipment was fitted; or\n(iii) at any time between when the vehicle was built and the\nequipment was fitted.\n(3) However, a vehicle, or equipment fitted to a vehicle, need not comply\nwith a recommendation or requirement of a 2nd edition ADR if—\n(a) the recommendation or requirement is replaced by, or is\ninconsistent with, a requirement of a 3rd edition ADR applying\nto the vehicle or equipment; and\n(b) the vehicle or equipment complies with the requirement of the\n3rd edition ADR.\n(4) If a 2nd edition ADR allows a vehicle built on or after a stated time\nto be fitted with equipment, a vehicle built before the time may also\nbe fitted with the equipment.\n\nSection 1.16\n1.16 Compliance with 3rd edition ADRs\n(1) If a 3rd edition ADR applies to the design and construction of a\nvehicle, the vehicle must comply with the ADR.\n(2) If a 3rd edition ADR contains a requirement for a type of equipment\nfitted to a vehicle built on or after a stated time, any equipment of the\nsame type fitted to the vehicle after it is built must comply with—\n(a) the requirement as in force when the vehicle was built; or\n(b) if the requirement is amended after the vehicle is built and before\nthe equipment is fitted—the requirement as in force—\n(i) when the vehicle was built; or\n(ii) when the equipment was fitted; or\n(iii) at any time between when the vehicle was built and the\nequipment was fitted.\n(3) However, a vehicle, or equipment fitted to a vehicle, need not comply\nwith a requirement of a 3rd edition ADR if—\n(a) the requirement is replaced by, or is inconsistent with, a\nrequirement of a later version of the ADR applying to the vehicle\nor equipment; and\n(b) the vehicle or equipment complies with the requirement of the\nlater version.\n(4) If a 3rd edition ADR allows a vehicle built on or after a stated time to\nbe fitted with equipment, a vehicle built before the time may also be\nfitted with the equipment.\n1.16A Exception to compliance with ADRs—vehicles on RAV\nA vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by section 1.15 (1)\nor section 1.16 (1) if, despite noncompliance with the ADR, the\nvehicle is on the RAV.\n\nSection 1.17\n1.17 Exception to compliance with ADRs—vehicles that are\nnot road vehicles\nA vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by section 1.15 (1)\n(a) a determination under the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018\n(Cwlth), section 6 (5) (b) or (6) (b) provides that the vehicle is\nnot a road vehicle for that Act; or\n(b) a determination or declaration under the Motor Vehicle\nStandards Act 1989 (Cwlth) (repealed), section 5B provided that\nthe vehicle is not a road vehicle for that Act, and the\ndetermination or declaration was in force immediately before\nthe repeal of that Act.\n1.18 Exception to compliance with ADRs—vehicles with\nparticular approvals\n(1) A vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by section 1.15 (1)\n(a) an approval to place identification plates on vehicles of that type\nwas given under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth)\n(repealed), section 10A (2) or (3); and\nNote Identification plates were approved under the Motor Vehicle Standards\nAct 1989 (Cwlth) (repealed), s 10A (2) or (3) for vehicles that failed to\ncomply with the national standards, but either the noncompliance was\nminor and inconsequential, or the vehicle complied to an extent that made\nit suitable for supply to the market.\n(2) A vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by section 1.15 (1)\n(a) the vehicle is supplied to the market before 1 July 2022 in\naccordance with an approval under the Motor Vehicle Standards\nAct 1989 (Cwlth) (repealed), section 14A (1); and\n\nSection 1.19\nNote 1 Despite the repeal of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989\n(Cwlth) on 1 July 2021—\n(a) approvals in force immediately before the repeal continue in\nforce until 1 July 2022; and\n(b) new approvals may be given between 1 July 2021 to\n1 July 2022, and remain in force until 1 July 2022.\nProvisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth), sch 3, s 11.)\nNote 2 Approvals under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth)\n(repealed), s 14A (1) may also have been given under the\nMotor Vehicle Standards Regulations 1989 (Cwlth) (repealed),\ns 20.\n(3) A vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by section 1.15 (1)\n(a) the vehicle was approved for use in transport in Australia before\n1 July 2021 under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989\n(Cwlth) (repealed), section 15 (2); and\n(b) the approval was in force immediately before the repeal of that\nAct; and\n(c) the vehicle complies with the conditions (if any) of the approval.\nNote Approvals under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth)\n(repealed), s 15 (2) may also have been given under the\nMotor Vehicle Standards Regulations 1989 (Cwlth) (repealed),\ns 20.\n1.19 Partial exception to compliance with ADRs—personally\nimported vehicles\n(1) A personally imported vehicle must be fitted with—\n(a) seatbelts that are as effective as seatbelts that meet an Australian\nStandard or British Standard for seatbelts as in force on\n1 March 2000; and\n\nSection 1.19\n(b) seatbelt anchorages that meet the number and location\nrequirements of 2nd or 3rd edition ADR 5; and\n(c) child restraint anchorages that meet the number, location,\naccessibility, thread size and form requirements of 2nd edition\nADR 34 or 3rd edition ADR 5 or 34; and\n(d) head restraints that meet the number, location and size\nrequirements of 2nd or 3rd edition ADR 22.\n(2) However, a personally imported vehicle need only meet the\nrequirements of an ADR mentioned in subsection (1) if the ADR\nrecommends that it should apply, or applies, to a vehicle of the same\ntype.\n(3) A personally imported vehicle need not otherwise comply with an\nADR applied by section 1.15 (1) or section 1.16 (1).\npersonally imported vehicle means a vehicle built after 1968 that is\nimported into Australia by a person who—\n(a) owned and used the vehicle before it was imported into\nAustralia, for a continuous period of at least—\n(i) 12 months; or\n(ii) for a vehicle owned by the person before 9 May 2000—\n3 months; and\n(b) imported the vehicle—\n(i) after 1 July 2021, in accordance with the Road Vehicle\nStandards Act 2018 (Cwlth), section 22; or\n(ii) before 1 July 2022, in accordance with an approval under\nthe Motor Vehicle Standards Regulations 1989 (Cwlth)\n(repealed), section 13; and\n\nSection 1.20\n(c) complies with the conditions (if any) of the approvals required\nfor the importation.\nNote 1 Despite the repeal of the Motor Vehicle Standards\nRegulations 1989 (Cwlth) on 1 July 2021—\n(a) approvals in force immediately before the repeal continue in\nforce until 1 July 2022; and\n(b) new approvals may be given between 1 July 2021 to\n1 July 2022, and remain in force until 1 July 2022.\nProvisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth), sch 3, s 13.)\nNote 2 Under an approval mentioned in s (b) (ii), the applicant must\nundertake to comply with any road safety requirements imposed by\nthe Minister (see Motor Vehicle Standards Regulations 1989\n(Cwlth) (repealed), s 13 (1) (d)).\n1.20 Alteration of specifications\n(1) A vehicle must not be altered from its specifications, as originally\nbuilt, so that it no longer complies with the requirements of a 2nd\nedition ADR or 3rd edition ADR applying to that vehicle.\n(2) A car, or a car derivative, must also not be altered in any of the\nfollowing respects:\n(a) by fitting a wheel rim that does not comply with the relevant\ndimensional standards for wheel rims in the Tyre and Rim\nStandards Manual issued by the Tyre and Rim Association of\nAustralia;\n(b) by widening the wheel track of the front or rear wheels by over\n25mm (or, for a four-wheel drive built for off-road use, 50mm)\nbeyond the maximum specified by the axle or vehicle\nmanufacturer;\n(c) by fitting a wheel nut that does not—\n(i) engage the thread of the wheel stud for at least the same\nlength as the wheel nut provided by the vehicle\nmanufacturer; or\n\nSection 1.20\n(ii) match the taper on the wheel stud hole;\n(d) by fitting a tyre that is not appropriate to the wheel rim as\nspecified in the Tyre and Rim Standards Manual issued by the\nTyre and Rim Association of Australia;\n(e) by fitting a tyre with a section width over 30% (or, for a\nfour-wheel drive built for off-road use, 50%) larger than the\nlargest optional tyre specified by the vehicle’s manufacturer;\n(f) so that any part of it other than a tyre or wheel rim will contact\nthe road surface if a tyre completely deflates;\n(g) by welding or heating an axle, stub axle, steering arm, steering\nknuckle support or heat degradable component.\n(3) If a vehicle is altered from its specifications as originally built, the\nroad transport authority may require the responsible person for the\nvehicle to supply information about the alterations.\n(4) Despite subsections (1) and (2), a vehicle may be altered from its\nspecifications as originally built if the alteration only gives effect to\nany subsequent 2nd edition ADR or 3rd edition ADR applying to a\nvehicle of that type.\n\nAdopted standards Part 1.4\nSection 1.21\nPart 1.4 Adopted standards\n1.21 What is an adopted standard?\nAn adopted standard is a standard, other than an ADR, that is applied,\nadopted or incorporated by this schedule.\nSection 1.55 adopts AS 1973-1993 (Pneumatic Tyres-Passenger Car, Light Truck\nand Truck/Bus-Retreading and Repair Processes).\n1.22 Exception to compliance with adopted standards\nA light vehicle need not comply with an adopted standard if—\n(a) the standard is replaced by, or is inconsistent with, a later version\nof the standard; and\n(b) the vehicle complies with the later version of the standard.\n1.23 Reference to adopted standards\nA reference in a section or subsection to an adopted standard is a\nreference to the standard as in force when the section or subsection\ncommenced.\n\nSection 1.24\nNote For a light vehicle to be operated safely, the vehicle needs to be properly\ndesigned to minimise the potential for accidents and harm to other road\nusers.\nThis part sets out various requirements covering the driver’s view from a\nvehicle, the driver’s control of a vehicle, protection of vehicle occupants\nand other road users, and other general safety features.\n1.24 Steering\n(1) A light motor vehicle that is less than 30 years old must have a\nright-hand drive unless the vehicle—\n(a) was registered unconditionally in left-hand drive form in\nAustralia before 1 January 1985; or\n(b) is temporarily in Australia under a Commonwealth law or in\naccordance with an agreement with the Commonwealth.\n(2) A light motor vehicle has a right-hand drive if the centre of at least\n1 steering control of the vehicle is to the right of, or in line with, the\ncentre of the vehicle.\n(3) A component of the steering system of a light motor vehicle that is\nessential for effective steering of the vehicle must be built to transmit\nenergy by mechanical means only.\n(4) Failure of a non-mechanical component of the steering system must\nnot prevent effective steering of the vehicle.\n(5) This section does not apply to a light vehicle if the vehicle is built\nmainly for a purpose other than the transport of goods or people by\nroad.\n\nSection 1.25\n1.25 Turning ability\n(1) A light motor vehicle must be able to turn in a circle not over 25m in\ndiameter, measured by the outer edge of the tyre track at ground level.\n(2) The vehicle must be able to comply with subsection (1) whether it\nturns to the left or to the right.\n1.26 Ability to travel backwards and forwards\nA light motor vehicle with an unloaded mass over 450kg must be able\nto be driven both backwards and forwards when the driver is in the\nnormal driving position.\n1.27 Protrusions\n(1) An object fitted to a light vehicle must be designed, built and fitted to\nthe vehicle in a way that minimises the likelihood of injury to a person\nmaking contact with the vehicle.\n(2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to an object fitted to a light\n(a) the vehicle was designed before 1965 and the object was part of\nthe design of the vehicle; or\n(b) the object was fitted to the vehicle before 1965 in accordance\nwith the law of the place where the object was fitted.\n1.28 Oil and grease not to be dropped\nAll parts and fittings of a light vehicle must be designed, built and\nmaintained so that an excessive amount of oil or grease will not be\ndropped onto the roadway.\n\nSection 1.29\n1.29 Driver’s view and vehicle controls\nA light motor vehicle must be built—\n(a) to allow the driver a view of the road and of traffic to the front\nand sides of the vehicle so the driver can drive the vehicle safely;\nand\n(b) with its controls located so the driver can drive the vehicle\nsafely.\n1.30 Seating\nA seat for a driver or passenger in a light vehicle must be securely\nattached to the vehicle.\n1.31 Child restraint anchorages\n(1) The following vehicles must be fitted with a child restraint anchorage\ncomplying with ADR 34:\n(a) a car (other than a car with a hinged or folding rear seat or a\nstation wagon) built after June 1976;\n(b) a car with a hinged or folding rear seat, or a station wagon, built\nafter 1976;\n(c) a forward-control passenger vehicle built after 1985;\n(d) a bus built after June 1988 that has a GVM not over 3.5t and not\nover 12 seating positions (including the driver’s).\n(2) In subsection (1):\nforward-control passenger vehicle means a car that has—\n(a) up to 9 seating positions (including the driver’s); and\n(b) the centre of the steering wheel in the front quarter of the\nvehicle’s total length (including any bumpers or overriders); and\n(c) a GVM not over 3.5t; and\n\nSection 1.32\n(d) a difference between its tare mass and its GVM that is not more\nthan double the total weight of passengers calculated by\nmultiplying the number of seating positions by 68kg.\n1.32 Door latches and hinges\nDoor latches and hinges on a light vehicle must be built so the doors\nare securely attached to the vehicle and can remain securely fastened\nwhen closed.\n1.33 Mudguards\n(1) A light vehicle must have a mudguard for each wheel or for adjacent\nwheels firmly fitted.\n(2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to a light vehicle if—\n(a) the construction or use of the vehicle makes the fitting of\nmudguards unnecessary or impracticable; or\n(b) the body or part of the body of the vehicle acts as a mudguard.\nExamples of vehicles—par (a)\n• most road plant\n• some agricultural equipment\n(3) A mudguard may be up to—\n(a) 230mm above ground level; or\n(b) on a vehicle built to be used off-road—300mm above ground\n(4) The outside of a rear mudguard, except a mudflap, of a vehicle that\ncan be seen from the rear of the vehicle must be coloured white or\nsilver if the vehicle—\n(a) is at least 2.2m wide; and\n\nSection 1.34\n(b) has a body the vertical measurement of which is under 300mm\nat the rear, measured from the lowest point of the body above\nground level to the highest point; and\n(c) is not fitted with rear marking plates.\n(5) For subsection (4) (a), the width of a vehicle is measured disregarding\n1.34 Horns, alarms etc\n(1) A light motor vehicle must be fitted with at least 1 horn or other\ndevice that can give sufficient audible warning to other road users of\nthe approach or position of the vehicle.\n(2) A light motor vehicle must not be fitted with a device that can make\na sound like the sound of a siren, exhaust whistle, compression\nwhistle or repeater horn.\n(3) However, subsection (2) does not apply to—\n(a) a police vehicle; or\n(b) an emergency vehicle; or\n(c) a transport enforcement vehicle; or\n(d) an Australian Protective Service vehicle; or\n(e) a Department of Home Affairs (Cwlth) vehicle; or\n(f) an Airservices Australia vehicle; or\n(g) a vehicle at least 25 years old that is fitted as a police or\nemergency vehicle if—\n(i) the vehicle is used for exhibition purposes; or\n(ii) it is part of a collection of former police or emergency\nvehicles; or\n\nSection 1.35\n(h) an anti-theft alarm if the alarm cannot be operated while the\nvehicle’s ignition is on.\n(4) Also, a light motor vehicle may be fitted with a device that emits a\nregular, intermittent sound while the vehicle is reversing or in reverse\ngear.\n(5) The device must not be louder than is necessary so the driver, and a\nperson near the vehicle, can hear the device when it is operating.\n(6) The provision of the relevant ADR that corresponds to subsection (2)\napplies to a vehicle as if that provision did not contain a reference to\na bell.\n(7) In this section:\nrepeater horn means a device that makes a sound alternating between\ndifferent tones or frequencies on a regular time cycle.\n1.35 Rear-vision mirrors\n(1) A rear-vision mirror or mirrors must be fitted to a light motor vehicle\nas required by this section so a driver of the vehicle can clearly see\nby reflection the road behind the vehicle and any following or\novertaking vehicle.\n(2) At least 1 rear-vision mirror must be fitted to—\n(a) a car; and\n(b) a motortrike with 2 front wheels; and\n(c) a motorbike, or motortrike with 1 front wheel, built before\nJuly 1975.\n(3) At least 1 rear-vision mirror must be fitted to each side of the\nfollowing light motor vehicles:\n(a) a motor vehicle with a GVM over 3.5t;\n(b) a motorbike, or motortrike with 1 front wheel, built after\nJune 1975;\n\nSection 1.35\n(c) a motor vehicle (other than a station wagon) built to transport\ngoods;\n(d) a bus;\n(e) a motor vehicle towing a trailer or another vehicle if the towed\ntrailer or vehicle is wider than the towing vehicle;\n(f) a motor vehicle if the driver cannot, by using a mirror fixed to\nthe interior of the vehicle, have a clear view of the road to the\nrear of the vehicle and of any following or overtaking vehicle—\n(i) because of the way in which the vehicle is built, equipped\nor loaded; or\n(ii) because the vehicle is towing a trailer or other vehicle; or\n(iii) for any other reason.\n(4) A light motor vehicle with a GVM not over 3.5t (other than a motor\nvehicle mentioned in subsection (2) or (3)) must be fitted with—\n(a) at least 1 rear-vision mirror on the right side of the vehicle; and\n(b) at least 1 rear-vision mirror on the left side of the vehicle or\ninside the vehicle.\n(5) A rear-vision mirror fitted to a light motor vehicle with a GVM over\n3.5t must not project over 150mm beyond the widest part (excluding\nlights, signalling devices and reflectors) of the vehicle or the\ncombination of which it forms part.\n(6) However, the rear-vision mirror may project not over 230mm beyond\nthe widest part of the vehicle or combination if it can fold to project\nnot over 150mm beyond the widest part.\n\nSection 1.36\n1.36 Rear-vision mirrors—surfaces\n(1) A rear-vision mirror required to be fitted to the side of a light motor\nvehicle with a GVM over 3.5t must have a reflecting surface of at\nleast 150cm2.\n(2) A rear-vision mirror required to be fitted to the right side of a light\nmotor vehicle with a GVM over 3.5t must have a flat reflecting\nsurface if—\n(a) the motor vehicle has only 1 steering control; and\n(b) the centre of the steering control is to the right of, or in line with,\nthe centre of the motor vehicle.\n(3) The reflecting surface of the rear-vision mirrors that are required to\nbe fitted to a motorbike or moped must—\n(a) each be of the same curvature; and\n(b) if convex, be part of a notional sphere with a radius of at least\n1.2m.\n1.37 Additional rear-vision mirrors\nA light motor vehicle may be fitted with additional rear-vision\nmirrors or mirror surfaces that are flat or convex or a combination of\nflat and convex surfaces.\n1.38 Automatic transmission\n(1) A light motor vehicle fitted with an automatic transmission must have\nan engine starter mechanism that cannot operate when the\ntransmission control is in a position to drive the vehicle.\n(2) A light vehicle built after 1975 that is fitted with an automatic\ntransmission must have an indicator in the driver’s compartment\nshowing the transmission control position.\n(3) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to a light motor vehicle with less\nthan 4 wheels.\n\nSection 1.38\n(4) If a light motor vehicle (other than a motorbike or implement) built\nafter 1975 is equipped with automatic transmission—\n(a) the transmission control lever position, and an indication of the\ntransmission gear ratio selected, must be displayed within the\ndriver’s compartment where they will be readily visible to the\ndriver; and\n(b) the sequence of transmission control lever positions must—\n(i) include a neutral position (in which no power is transmitted\nto the driving wheels) located between the reverse drive\nand forward drive positions; and\n(ii) if a park position (in which forward or rearward movement\nof the vehicle is prevented) is included—the park position\nmust be located at the end of the sequence adjacent to the\nreverse drive position.\n(5) If a car, or a car derivative, built after 1975 is equipped with automatic\ntransmission and—\n(a) the transmission control lever is located on the steering\ncolumn—\n(i) the movement of the lever from neutral to reverse must be\nclockwise or, if all lever positions are to the right of the\nvertical longitudinal plane through the centre of the\nsteering wheel, the movement of the lever from neutral to\nreverse must be anticlockwise; and\n(ii) the movement of the device provided to indicate the\ntransmission gear ratio selected must be generally in the\nsame linear or rotational direction as the movement of the\nlever; or\n\nSection 1.39\n(b) the transmission control lever is located in another position—\n(i) all lever positions must be to the left of the vertical\nlongitudinal plane through the centre of the steering wheel;\nand\n(ii) the movement of the lever from neutral to reverse must be\ngenerally upwards, forward or to the left according to\nwhether the lever is constrained to be moved generally in a\nvertical, longitudinal or transverse direction, as the case\nmay be.\n1.39 Diesel engines\nA light motor vehicle propelled by a compression ignition engine\n(commonly known as a diesel engine) must be fitted with a device\npreventing the engine from being started accidentally or\ninadvertently.\n1.40 Bonnet securing devices\n(1) A light motor vehicle with a moveable body panel forward of the\nwindscreen must have a device to secure the panel if it covers an\nengine, luggage storage or battery compartment.\n(2) However, if the panel opens from the front in a way that partly or\ncompletely obstructs the driver’s forward view through the\nwindscreen, the panel must have primary and secondary devices to\nsecure the panel.\n1.41 Electrical wiring, components, connections and\ninstallations\n(1) The wiring of electrical equipment of a light vehicle, except the\nhigh-tension ignition wiring, must—\n(a) be supported at intervals of not over 600mm, unless the vehicle\nis a pole-type trailer with a pole with an adjustable length, or an\nextendible trailer; and\n\nSection 1.42\n(b) be insulated at each of its joints; and\n(c) be located where it cannot—\n(i) become overheated; or\n(ii) contact moving parts; or\n(iii) come near enough to the fuel system to be a fire hazard;\nand\n(d) be protected from chafing.\n(2) The electrical components of a light vehicle must be securely\nmounted.\n(3) The electrical connectors between light motor vehicles and light\ntrailers, for operation of the vehicle lights required by this schedule,\nmust comply with AS 2513-1982 (Electrical Connections for Trailer\nVehicles).\n(4) A light trailer must be equipped with an electrical conductor,\nindependent of the trailer coupling, that provides a return path\nbetween the electrical circuits of the trailer and towing vehicle.\n1.42 Speedometers\n(1) A light motor vehicle built after June 1974 that can be driven faster\nthan 50km/h on a level road must be fitted with a speedometer.\n(2) The speedometer must—\n(a) indicate the speed at which the vehicle is being driven in\nkilometres per hour; and\n(b) indicate, when the vehicle is travelling faster than 40km/h, a\nspeed that is not over 10% less than the actual speed; and\n(c) be readily visible to the driver.\n\nSection 1.43\n1.43 Television receivers and visual display units\n(1) A television receiver or visual display unit must not be installed in a\nlight vehicle so any part of the image on the screen is visible to the\ndriver from the normal driving position.\n(2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to—\n(a) a television receiver or visual display unit that cannot be\noperated when the vehicle is moving; or\n(b) a driver’s aid in any vehicle or a destination sign in a bus.\nExamples—driver’s aids\n• closed-circuit television security cameras\n• dispatch systems\n• navigational or intelligent highway and vehicle system equipment\n• rear-view screens\n• taxi driver’s visual display unit showing passenger information\n• ticket-issuing machines\n• vehicle monitoring devices\n(3) A television receiver, or visual display unit, and its associated\nequipment in a light vehicle must be securely mounted in a position\n(a) does not obscure the driver’s view of the road; and\n(b) does not impede the movement of a person in the vehicle.\n1.44 Windows generally\n(1) A window on a light vehicle must be sound and properly fitted.\n(2) A movable window on a light vehicle must be fitted with a suitable\ndevice to open and close it.\n(3) At least 1/2 of the side windows on a light vehicle must be openable.\n\nSection 1.45\n1.45 Requirement for windscreen to be fitted\nA light motor vehicle (other than a motorbike, a motortrike or a\nmoped) must be fitted with a windscreen if it is manufactured or\ndesigned to have a windscreen.\n1.46 Windscreens and windows\n(1) Transparent material used in a windscreen, window, or an interior\npartition, of a light motor vehicle must be of approved material if—\n(a) the vehicle was built after June 1953; or\n(b) the material was first fitted to the vehicle after June 1953.\n(2) However, non-shatterable transparent material may be used in a\nwindow or an interior partition of a light motor vehicle.\napproved material means material with the same characteristics as\nmaterial mentioned in any of the following standards:\n• AS R1-1965 (Safety Glass for Land Transport)\n• AS R1-1968 (Safety Glass for Land Transport)\n• AS 2080-1977 (Safety Glass for Vehicles)\n• British Standard BS 857:1967 Specification for Safety Glass for\nLand Transport\n• British Standard BS 5282:1975 Specification for Road Vehicle\nSafety Glass\n• Economic Commission for Europe Regulation No 43 Uniform\nProvisions Concerning Approval of Safety Glazing and Glazing\nMaterials for Installation on Power Driven Vehicles and their\nTrailers.\n• British Standard BS AU178:1980 Specification for Road Vehicle\nSafety Glass\n• Japanese Industrial Standard JIS R 3211-1979 Safety Glasses for\nRoad Vehicles\n\nSection 1.47\n• American National Standard ANSI Z26.1-1980 Safety Code for\nSafety Glazing Materials for Glazing Motor Vehicles Operating\non Land Highways.\nEconomic Commission for Europe means the commission of that\nname established by the United Nations.\ntransparent material does not include any coating added to the\nwindscreen, window or partition after its manufacture.\nNote 1 An instrument mentioned in this section does not need to be notified\nunder the Legislation Act because s 47 (5) does not apply (see s 5A and\nLegislation Act, s 47 (7)).\nNote 2 The Australian Standards mentioned in this section may be purchased at\nNote 3 The British Standards mentioned in this section may be purchased at\nhttp://shop.bsigroup.com.\nNote 4 The Economic Commission for Europe Regulation No 43 is available at\nhttp://eur-lex.europa.eu.\nNote 5 The Japanese Industrial Standard JIS R 3211-1979 may be purchased at\nhttp://www.webstore.jsa.or.jp/webstore/Top/indexEn.jsp.\nNote 6 The American National Standard ANSI Z26.1-1980 may be purchased at\nhttp://webstore.ansi.org.\n1.47 Window tinting\n(1) Glazing used in a windscreen of a light motor vehicle must have a\nluminous transmittance of at least 70%.\n(2) Windscreen glazing of a light motor vehicle must not be coated in a\nway that reduces its luminous transmittance.\n(3) However, subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to the greater of the\nfollowing areas of a windscreen:\n(a) the area above the highest point of the windscreen that is swept\nby a windscreen-wiper;\n(b) the upper 10% of the windscreen.\n\nSection 1.48\n(4) Glazing used in a window or interior partition of a light motor vehicle\nmust have a luminous transmittance of at least 70%.\n(5) Glazing (other than glazing used in the windscreen in a light motor\nvehicle) may be coated to achieve a luminous transmittance of not\nless than 35%.\n(6) Glazing that has been coated to reduce its luminous transmittance\nmust not have a reflectance of over 10%.\n(7) The luminous transmittance requirements in subsection (5) apply to a\nvehicle instead of the corresponding requirements in the relevant\nADR.\nluminous transmittance, for glazing, means the amount of light that\ncan pass through the glazing as a percentage of the amount of light\nthat would be transmitted if the glazing were absent.\nNote Glazing—see the dictionary.\n1.48 Windscreen-wipers\n(1) A light motor vehicle with 3 or more wheels that is fitted with a\nwindscreen must be fitted with at least 1 windscreen-wiper unless a\ndriver in a normal driving position can obtain an adequate view of the\nroad ahead of the motor vehicle without looking through the\nwindscreen.\n(2) At least 1 windscreen-wiper fitted to the motor vehicle must—\n(a) be able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen in\nfront of the driver to allow the driver an adequate view of the\nroad ahead of the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet; and\n(b) be able to be operated from a normal driving position; and\n(c) for a motor vehicle built after 1934—continue to operate until\nthe wiper is switched off; and\n\nSection 1.49\n(d) for a motor vehicle built after 1959 the driving position of which\nis nearer one side of the vehicle than the other—\n(i) be able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen\nin front of the driver, and a corresponding part of the\nwindscreen on the other side of the centre of the motor\nvehicle, to allow the driver an adequate view of the road\nahead of the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet; and\n(ii) if the windscreen-wipers are operated by engine manifold\nvacuum—be provided with a vacuum reservoir or pump to\nmaintain the efficient operation of the wiper or wipers\nwhile the vehicle is in motion.\nNote The ADRs require certain vehicles with a GVM not over 4.5t to be fitted\nwith a windscreen-washer.\n1.49 Wheels and tyres—size and capacity\nThe wheels and tyres fitted to an axle of a light vehicle must be of\nsufficient size and capacity to carry the part of the vehicle’s gross\nmass transmitted to the ground through the axle.\n1.50 Pneumatic tyres generally\nA light vehicle built after 1932 must be fitted with pneumatic tyres.\n1.51 Pneumatic tyres—carcass construction\n(1) A light vehicle must not have pneumatic tyres of different carcass\nconstruction fitted to the same axle, but the tyres may have different\ncord materials and a different number of plies.\n(2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to a tyre being used in an\nemergency as a temporary replacement for a tyre complying with the\nsubsection.\n\nSection 1.52\n1.52 Pneumatic tyres—size and capacity\nThe size and capacity of a pneumatic tyre to be fitted to a light vehicle\nmust be decided using a cold inflation pressure that is not over the\nlesser of—\n(a) the pressure recommended by the tyre manufacturer; and\n(b) a pressure of—\n(i) for a radial ply tyre—825kPa; or\n(ii) for another tyre—700kPa.\n1.53 Tyres—defects\nA tyre fitted to a light vehicle must be free of any apparent defect that\ncould make the vehicle unsafe.\n1.54 Tyres—manufacturer’s rating\n(1) This section applies to a light motor vehicle if the vehicle—\n(a) has 4 or more wheels; and\n(b) was built after 1972.\n(2) However, this section does not apply to a tyre if the tyre—\n(a) is recommended by the vehicle builder as suitable for limited\nuse on the vehicle in special circumstances at a speed less than\nthe speed applying to the vehicle under subsection (3); or\n(b) is being used in an emergency as a temporary replacement for a\ntyre complying with this section.\n\nSection 1.55\n(3) A tyre fitted to a light motor vehicle must, when first built, have been\nrated by the tyre manufacturer as suitable for road use at the lesser\nof—\n(a) a speed of at least—\n(i) for a car with special features for off-road use—140km/h;\nor\n(ii) for another car—180km/h; or\n(iii) for another motor vehicle—120km/h; and\n(b) the vehicle’s top speed.\nExample—par (a) (i)\na four-wheel drive\n(4) This section applies to a light vehicle instead of the tyre speed\ncategory requirements in the relevant ADR.\n1.55 Retreads\n(1) A tyre that is retreaded before 1 March 2000 must not be used on a\n(a) AS 1973-1976 (Retreaded Pneumatic Passenger Car and Light\nTruck Tyre) or AS 1973-1985 (Retreaded Pneumatic Passenger\nand Light Truck Tyre) applies to the tyre; and\n(b) the tyre was retreaded after publication of the Australian\nStandard; and\n(c) the tyre was not retreaded in accordance with AS 1973-1976\n(Retreaded Pneumatic Passenger Car and Light Truck Tyre),\nAS 1973-1985 (Retreaded Pneumatic Passenger and Light\nTruck Tyre) or AS 1973-1993 (Pneumatic Tyres—Passenger\nCar, Light Truck and Truck/Bus—Retreading and Repair\nProcesses).\n\nSection 1.56\n(2) A tyre that is retreaded after 29 February 2000 must not be used on a\n(a) AS 1973-1993 (Pneumatic Tyres—Passenger Car, Light Truck\nand Truck/Bus—Retreading and Repair Processes) applies to\nthe tyre; and\n(b) the tyre was not retreaded in accordance with the Australian\nStandard.\nNote 1 The Australian Standards mentioned in this section require various\nmarkings on retreaded tyres. These may include a speed rating less than\nthe rating originally marked on the tyre.\nNote 2 AS 1973-1976, AS 1973-1985 and AS 1973-1993 may be purchased at\n1.56 Tyre tread\n(1) A tyre on a light motor vehicle must not have cleats or other gripping\ndevices that could damage road surfaces.\n(2) Except at tread wear indicators, a tyre fitted to the vehicle must have\na tread pattern at least 1.5mm deep in a band that runs continuously—\n(a) across the tyre width that normally comes into contact with the\nroad; and\n(b) around the whole circumference of the tyre.\n(3) A light vehicle must not be fitted with a tyre that has been treated by\nrecutting or regrooving the tread rubber, unless the tyre was—\n(a) built with an extra thickness of rubber designed for recutting or\nregrooving; and\n(b) labelled to indicate the construction.\n\nAdditional requirements for motorbikes Division 1.5.2\nSection 1.57\nDivision 1.5.2 Additional requirements for\nmotorbikes\n1.57 Steering gear and handlebars\n(1) The handlebars on a motorbike must extend at least 250mm, but not\nover 450mm, on each side of the centre-line of the vehicle.\n(2) In taking a measurement for subsection (1), mirrors and lights\nmounted on the handlebars of the motorbike are disregarded.\n(3) The lowest part of the handgrip on the handlebars must not be higher\nthan 380mm above the attachment point of the handlebars to the\nmotorbike.\n(4) Handgrips on the handlebars must be fitted symmetrically.\n(5) If a motorbike has the head stem as the steering pivot point, the\nhorizontal distance from the midpoint between the head stem bearings\nto the centre of the front wheel must not be over 550mm.\nMaximum horizontal distance from midpoint between head stem\nbearings of motorbike to centre of front wheel\n\nDivision 1.5.2 Additional requirements for motorbikes\nSection 1.58\n1.58 Footrests\nA motorbike must be fitted with footrests for the driver, and for any\npassenger for whom a seating position is provided.\n1.59 Chain guards\n(1) If the engine power of a motorbike is transmitted to the rear wheel by\na chain, the driver and any passenger must be protected from the front\nsprocket and at least the upper part of the chain by—\n(a) the frame or equipment of the motorbike; or\n(b) a chain guard.\n(2) A chain guard must cover the chain to a point—\n(a) at least 300mm to the rear of the rearmost footrest; or\n(b) above the centre of the rear drive sprocket.\n\nVehicle marking Part 1.6\nSection 1.62\nPart 1.6 Vehicle marking\nNote This part contains requirements for a light vehicle that help to identify the\nvehicle and, if the vehicle is unusually long, to warn other motorists.\n1.62 Vehicle and engine identification numbers\nnumber includes letter.\n(2) A light motor vehicle must have an individual engine identification\nnumber clearly stamped, embossed or otherwise permanently marked\non it.\n(3) A light motor vehicle built after 1930 must have the engine\nidentification number on its engine block or the main component of\nits engine.\n(4) A light vehicle must have an individual vehicle identification number\nclearly stamped, embossed or otherwise permanently marked on a\nsubstantial part of its frame or chassis.\n(5) A vehicle or engine identification number must be located where a\nperson can read it easily without having to use tools to remove a part\nof the vehicle that would otherwise obstruct the person’s view.\n1.63 Identification plates on certain older light motor vehicles\n(1) A light motor vehicle (other than a tractor, trailer or implement)\nregistered for the first time after July 1972 must either—\n(a) be on the RAV; or\n(b) have an identification plate securely and prominently attached\nwithin the engine compartment, or another position approved by\nthe road transport authority.\n\nPart 1.6 Vehicle marking\nSection 1.63\n(2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to a vehicle if—\n(a) any of the following apply:\n(i) the vehicle was supplied to the market without an\nidentification plate before 1 July 2022, in accordance with\nan approval under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989\n(Cwlth) (repealed), section 14A (1);\n(ii) the vehicle was approved for use in transport in Australia\nwithout an identification plate before 1 July 2021, under\nthe Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) (repealed),\nsection 15 (2), and the approval was in force immediately\nbefore the repeal of that Act on 1 July 2021;\n(iii) the vehicle was imported without an identification plate\nbefore 1 July 2022, in accordance with an approval under\nthe Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) (repealed),\nsection 20 (1); and\nNote 1 Despite the repeal of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989\n(Cwlth) on 1 July 2021—\n(a) approvals mentioned in par (a) (i) and (iii) that were in force\nimmediately before the repeal continue in force until\n1 July 2022; and\n(b) new approvals under the sections mentioned in par (a) (i)\nand (iii) may be given between 1 July 2021 to 1 July 2022,\nand remain in force until 1 July 2022.\nProvisions) Act 2018 (Cwlth), sch 3, s 11 and s 13.)\nNote 2 Approvals under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth)\n(repealed), s 14A (1), s 15 (2) and s 20 (1) may also have been\ngiven under the Motor Vehicle Standards Regulations 1989\n(Cwlth) (repealed).\n\nVehicle marking Part 1.6\nSection 1.64\n1.64 White or silver band on certain light vehicles\n(1) This section applies to a light vehicle that—\n(a) is at least 2.2m wide; and\n(b) has a body with a vertical measurement under 300mm at the\nrear, measured from the lowest point of the body above ground\nlevel to the highest point; and\n(c) is not fitted with rear marking plates.\n(2) For subsection (1) (a), the width of a light vehicle is measured\n(3) The vehicle must have a white or silver band at least 75mm high\nacross the full width of the rearmost part of the body of the vehicle.\n1.65 Warning signs not to be displayed on light vehicles\nA road train warning sign or long vehicle warning sign must not be\ndisplayed on a light vehicle unless the sign is required to be displayed\non the vehicle under the Heavy Vehicle National Law (ACT).\n\nDivision 1.7.1 Axles\nSection 1.66\nPart 1.7 Light vehicle configuration and\ndimensions\nNote This part sets out various requirements covering the suspension on light\nvehicles and size limits for single light vehicles and light combinations,\nso that they can be operated safely with other traffic, without taking up\ntoo much road space or damaging the road and structures on the road.\nGenerally, the limits in this part apply to a vehicle and any load it may be\ncarrying.\nParticular requirements for loaded vehicles are covered by the Road\nTransport (Road Rules) Regulation 2017.\nDivision 1.7.1 Axles\n1.66 Axle configuration\n(1) A light motor vehicle must have only—\n(a) 1 axle group, or single axle, towards the front of the vehicle; and\n(b) 1 axle group, or single axle, towards the rear of the vehicle.\n(2) A light trailer must have only—\n(a) 1 axle group or single axle; or\n(b) 2 axle groups, 2 single axles, or 1 axle group and single axle, in\nthe following configuration:\n(i) 1 axle group, or single axle, towards the front of the\nvehicle, with all the wheels on the axle group or single axle\nconnected to the steering mechanism for that part of the\ntrailer;\n(ii) 1 axle group, or single axle, towards the rear of the vehicle.\n\nAxles Division 1.7.1\nSection 1.66\n(3) A semitrailer that is a light trailer that is extendible, or is fitted with\nsliding axles, must—\n(a) have a securing device that—\n(i) can securely fix the extendible part or sliding axles to the\nrest of the vehicle in any position of adjustment provided;\nand\n(ii) is located in a position that can prevent accidental or\ninadvertent release, if the device is mounted on the chassis\nof the vehicle; and\n(iii) is fitted with a visible or audible warning system to indicate\nto a person standing beside the vehicle that the device is\nnot engaged; and\n(iv) is fitted with a way of preventing loss of air from the air\nbrake supply, if the device uses air from the brake system\nand fails in a way allowing air to escape; and\n(v) is held in the applied position by direct mechanical action\nwithout the intervention of an electric, hydraulic or\npneumatic device; and\n(b) be built so the adjustable parts of the vehicle remain connected\nif the securing device fails.\n\nSection 1.67\n1.67 References to length etc—div 1.7.2\nIn this division, a reference to the length, width or height of a vehicle\nor part of a vehicle is a reference to that dimension of the vehicle or\npart together with any load or equipment on the vehicle or part.\n1.68 Width\n(1) A light vehicle must not be over 2.5m wide.\n(2) For subsection (1), the width of a vehicle is measured without taking\ninto account any anti-skid device mounted on wheels, central tyre\n1.69 Length of single light motor vehicles\nA light motor vehicle must not be over 12.5m long.\n1.70 Length of single light trailers\n(1) On a semitrailer that is a light trailer or dog trailer that is a light\ntrailer—\n(a) the distance between the point of articulation at the front of the\ntrailer and the rear overhang line must not be over 9.5m; and\n(b) the distance between the point of articulation at the front of the\ntrailer and the rear of the trailer must not be over 12.3m.\n(2) A projection forward of the point of articulation at the front of a\nsemitrailer that is a light trailer must be contained within a radius of\n1.9m from the point of articulation.\n\nDimensions Division 1.7.2\nSection 1.71\nMaximum dimensions of a semitrailer\n(3) If a semitrailer that is a light trailer has 2 or more points of articulation\nat the front of the trailer, it must comply with subsections (1) and (2)\nwhen measured at 1 of the points.\n(4) A pig trailer that is a light trailer must not be longer than 12.5m.\npig trailer means a trailer that is not fitted with an axle group other\nthan 1 non-steerable axle group.\n1.71 Length of light combinations\nA light combination must not be over 19m long.\n\nSection 1.72\n1.72 Rear overhang\n(1) The rear overhang of a semitrailer that is a light trailer, or dog trailer\nthat is a light trailer consisting of a semitrailer and converter dolly,\nmust not be over the lesser of—\n(a) 60% of the distance between the point of articulation at the front\nand the rear overhang line; and\n(2) A semitrailer that is a light trailer with 2 or more points of articulation\nat the front must comply with subsection (1) when measured at the\nsame point used for measurement for compliance with\nsection 1.70 (3).\n(3) The rear overhang of a light trailer with only 1 axle group or single\naxle (other than a semitrailer) must not be over the lesser of—\n(a) the length of the load carrying area, or body, ahead of the rear\noverhang line; and\n(4) The rear overhang of a light vehicle not mentioned in subsection (1)\nor (3) must not be over the lesser of—\n(a) 60% of the distance between the centre of the front axle and the\nrear overhang line; and\n1.73 Trailer drawbar length\n(1) The distance between the coupling pivot point on the drawbar of a\ndog trailer that is a light trailer, and the centre-line of the front axle\ngroup or of the front single axle of the trailer, must not be over 5m.\n\nDimensions Division 1.7.2\nSection 1.74\nLength of a drawbar on a dog trailer\n(2) The distance between the coupling pivot point on a drawbar, and the\ncentre-line of the axle group or single axle on a light trailer with only\n1 axle group or single axle (other than a semitrailer) must not be over\n8.5m.\n1.74 Height\nA light vehicle must not be over 4.3m high.\n1.75 Ground clearance\nground clearance, of a vehicle, means the minimum distance to the\nground from a point on the underside of the vehicle, other than a point\non a tyre, wheel, wheel hub, brake backing plate or flexible mudguard\nor mudflap of the vehicle.\n(2) A light motor vehicle or light combination must have a ground\nclearance of—\n(a) at least 100mm at any point within 1m of an axle; and\n\nSection 1.75\n(b) at least 1/30 of the distance between the centres of adjacent axles\nat the midpoint between them; and\n(c) at any other point—at least the distance that allows the vehicle\nor combination to pass over a peak in the road with a gradient\non either side of 1:15, if the wheels of 1 axle of the vehicle or\ncombination are on the slope on one side of the peak and the\nwheels of the next axle are on the slope on the other side.\n(3) However, subsection (2) does not apply to—\n(a) a light motor vehicle with less than 4 wheels; or\n(b) a light combination that includes a light motor vehicle with less\nthan 4 wheels.\nGround clearance at the midpoint between 2 axles\nGround clearance over a peak in the road\n\nGeneral requirements for lights Division 1.8.1\nSection 1.76\nNote This part deals with how the lights on a light vehicle must be fitted and\nwork so that the driver can see the road, pedestrians and other vehicles at\nnight, and can signal to others. The Road Transport (Road Rules)\nRegulation 2017 provide for when certain lights must be switched on.\nIn this part, the description ‘yellow’ is used as a more modern term instead\nof the description ‘amber’, which is used in earlier legislation and some\nADRs.\nDivision 1.8.1 General requirements for lights\n1.76 Certain requirements apply only at night\nThe requirements of this part for a light, other than a brake or\ndirection indicator light, to be visible over a stated distance apply only\nat night.\n1.77 Prevention of glare\nA light, other than a high-beam headlight, fitted to a light vehicle must\nbe built and adjusted to provide the necessary amount of light, without\ndazzling the driver of another vehicle approaching, or being\napproached by, the vehicle.\n1.78 Pairs of lights\n(1) If lights are required under this schedule to be fitted to a light vehicle\nin pairs—\n(a) a light must be fitted on each side of the longitudinal axis of the\n(b) the centre of each light in a pair must be the same distance from\nthe longitudinal axis of the vehicle; and\n(c) the centre of each light in a pair must be at the same height above\nground level; and\n\nSection 1.79\n(d) each light in a pair must project approximately the same amount\nof light of the same colour.\n1.79 Headlights to be fitted to light vehicles\n(1) A light motor vehicle must be fitted with—\n(a) 1 low-beam headlight if it is a moped, motorbike, or motortrike\nwith 1 front wheel; or\n(b) a pair of low-beam headlights if it has 4 or more wheels or is a\nmotortrike, other than a moped, with 2 front wheels.\n(2) If a light motor vehicle built after 1934 can travel at over 60km/h—\n(a) each low-beam headlight mentioned in subsection (1) must be\nable to work in the high-beam position; or\n(b) the vehicle must be fitted with—\n(i) 1 headlight that can work in the high-beam position if the\nvehicle is required to have 1 low-beam headlight; or\n(ii) a pair of headlights that can work in the high-beam\nposition.\n(3) A motorbike may be equipped with a headlight modulation system\n(a) varies the brightness of its high-beam headlight or low-beam\nheadlight, but not both, at a rate of at least 200 and at most\n280 flashes a minute; and\n(b) is designed to operate only in the daylight.\n\nHeadlights Division 1.8.2\nSection 1.80\n(4) Additional headlights may be fitted to a motorbike or motortrike, or\na motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels that was built before 1970.\n(5) Additional pairs of headlights may be fitted to a light motor vehicle\nwith 4 or more wheels that was built after 1969.\n1.80 How headlights are to be fitted\n(1) The centres of low-beam headlights fitted as a pair on a light motor\nvehicle with 4 or more wheels must be at least 600mm apart.\n(2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to a light motor vehicle built\nbefore 1970 if the centres of its low-beam headlights—\n(a) were under 600mm apart when the vehicle was built; and\n(b) are not nearer than they were when the vehicle was built.\n(3) Each low-beam headlight of a pair on a motortrike (other than a\nmoped) with 2 front wheels must not be over 400mm from the nearer\nside of the vehicle.\n(4) The centre of a low-beam headlight fitted to a light motor vehicle\nbuilt after June 1953 must be—\n(a) at least 500mm above ground level; and\n(b) not over 1.4m above ground level.\n1.81 How single headlights are to be fitted\n(1) A motorbike or motortrike with a single headlight fitted must have\nthe light fitted in the centre.\n\nSection 1.82\n1.82 How additional headlights are to be fitted\nIf 2 or more additional headlights are fitted to a light motor vehicle\nwith 4 or more wheels, the additional headlights must as far as\npossible be fitted in pairs.\n1.83 Performance of headlights\n(1) When on, a headlight, or additional headlight, fitted to a light vehicle\nmust—\n(a) show only white light; and\n(b) project its main beam of light ahead of the vehicle.\n(2) Headlights must be fitted to a light vehicle so their light does not\nreflect off the vehicle into the driver’s eyes.\n1.84 Effective range of headlights\n(1) This section applies to a headlight that is on at night.\n(2) A low-beam headlight must illuminate the road ahead of the light\nvehicle for at least 25m.\n(3) A high-beam headlight must illuminate the road ahead of the light\nvehicle for at least 50m.\n(4) However, a low-beam headlight fitted to a light motor vehicle built\nbefore 1931, or a moped, need only illuminate the road ahead of the\nvehicle for 12m.\n\nParking lights Division 1.8.3\nSection 1.85\n1.85 Changing headlights from high-beam to low-beam\nposition\n(1) A light motor vehicle built after 1934 that can travel at over 60km/h\nmust be fitted with—\n(a) a dipping device enabling the driver in the normal driving\nposition—\n(i) to change the headlights from the high-beam position to the\nlow-beam position; or\n(ii) simultaneously to switch off a high-beam headlight and\nswitch on a low-beam headlight; and\n(b) for a light vehicle built after June 1953—a device to indicate to\nthe driver that the headlights are in the high-beam position.\n(2) A headlight fitted to a light vehicle not fitted with a dipping device\nmentioned in subsection (1) (a) must operate in the low-beam\nposition.\n(3) When a headlight fitted to a light vehicle is switched to the low-beam\nposition, any other headlight on the vehicle must operate only in the\nlow-beam position or be off.\n1.86 Parking lights\n(1) A light motor vehicle built after June 1953 must be fitted with—\n(a) a pair of parking lights if it is a motortrike with 2 front wheels\n(other than a moped) or a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels;\nor\n(b) at least 1 parking light if it is a motorbike with an attached\nsidecar, or a motortrike with 1 front wheel, (other than a moped).\n\nSection 1.86\n(2) A pair of parking lights fitted to a light motor vehicle with 4 or more\nwheels must be fitted with the centre of each light—\n(a) at least 600mm from the centre of the other light; and\n(b) not over 510mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n(3) However, a pair of parking lights fitted to a light motor vehicle under\n1.3m wide may be fitted with the centre of each light not under\n400mm from the centre of the other light.\n(4) A parking light fitted to a motortrike with 2 front wheels must not be\nover 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n(5) A parking light fitted to a motorbike with a sidecar must be fitted not\nover 150mm from the side of the sidecar furthest from the motorbike.\nLocation of parking lights on a vehicle\n(6) When on, a parking light must—\n(a) show a white or yellow light visible 200m from the front of the\nlight vehicle; and\n\nDaytime running lights Division 1.8.4\nSection 1.87\n(7) A parking light fitted to a light motor vehicle built after 1969 must be\nwired so the parking light is on when a headlight on the vehicle is on.\n(8) A parking light fitted to a sidecar attached to a motorbike must be\nwired to operate when a headlight, tail-light or parking light on the\nmotorbike is on.\n(9) For subsection (3), the width of a light vehicle is measured\n1.87 Daytime running lights\n(1) A pair of daytime running lights may be fitted to a light motor vehicle.\n(2) A pair of daytime running lights fitted to a light vehicle with 4 or\nmore wheels must be fitted with the centre of each light—\n(a) at least 600mm from the centre of the other light; and\n(b) not over 510mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n(3) However, a pair of daytime running lights fitted to a light motor\nvehicle under 1.3m wide may be fitted with the centre of each light\nnot under 400mm from the centre of the other light.\n\nSection 1.87\nLocation of daytime running lights on a vehicle\n(4) When on, a daytime running light must—\n(a) show a white or yellow light visible from the front of the vehicle;\nand\n(b) not use over 25W.\nNote The 3rd edition ADRs only allow white daytime running lights.\n(5) Daytime running lights must be wired so they are off when a\nheadlight, other than a headlight being used as a flashing signal, is on.\n(6) For subsection (3), the width of a light vehicle is measured\n\nTail-lights Division 1.8.5\nSection 1.88\nDivision 1.8.5 Tail-lights\n1.88 Tail-lights generally\n(1) A light vehicle must have at least 1 tail-light fitted on or towards the\nrear of the vehicle.\n(2) A motortrike with 2 rear wheels, or a light motor vehicle with 4 or\nmore wheels, built after 1959 must have at least 1 tail-light fitted on\nor towards each side of the rear of the vehicle.\n(3) A light trailer built after June 1988 must have at least 1 tail-light fitted\non or towards each side of the rear of the vehicle.\n(4) The centre of a tail-light mentioned in subsection (1), (2) or (3) must\nnot be over—\n(a) 1.5m above ground level; or\n(b) if it is not practicable to fit the light lower—2.1m above ground\n(5) A light vehicle may have 1 or more additional tail-lights at any height\n1.89 Pattern of fitting tail-lights\n(1) If only 1 tail-light is fitted to a light vehicle, it must be fitted in the\ncentre or to the right of the centre of the vehicle’s rear.\n(3) If 2 or more tail-lights are fitted to a light vehicle, at least 2 must be\nfitted as a pair.\n(4) Tail-lights fitted in accordance with this division may also serve as\nrear clearance lights if they are fitted to a vehicle in accordance with\nsection 1.87 (3).\n\nSection 1.90\n1.90 Performance of tail-lights\nWhen on, a tail-light of a light vehicle must—\n(a) show a red light visible 200m from the rear of the vehicle; and\n1.91 Wiring of tail-lights\nA tail-light of a light motor vehicle must be wired to come on, and\nstay on, when a parking light or headlight on the vehicle is on, unless\nan external switch is fitted to operate the tail-light.\n1.92 Numberplate lights\n(1) At least 1 numberplate light must be fitted to the rear of a light\n(2) When on, the numberplate light or lights must illuminate a\nnumberplate on the rear of the vehicle with white light, so the\ncharacters on the numberplate can be read at night 20m from the rear\n(3) A numberplate light—\n(a) may be combined with another light; and\n(b) must not project white light to the rear of the vehicle except by\nreflection; and\n(c) must not obscure the characters on the numberplate; and\n(d) must be wired to come on, and stay on, when a parking light,\nheadlight or tail-light on the vehicle is on.\n\nClearance lights Division 1.8.7\nSection 1.93\nDivision 1.8.7 Clearance lights\n1.93 Front clearance lights\n(1) Front clearance lights may only be fitted to a light vehicle that is at\nleast 1.8m wide.\n(2) A pair of front clearance lights must be fitted to a light motor vehicle\nthat is at least 2.2m wide, or a prime mover that is a light vehicle.\n(3) The centre of a front clearance light must be—\n(a) not over 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle; and\n(b) if the vehicle was built after June 1953—\n(i) at least 750mm higher than the centre of any low-beam\nheadlight fitted to the vehicle; or\n(ii) not lower than the top of the windscreen.\n(4) However, a front clearance light may be mounted on an external rear-\nvision mirror or a mirror support if, when the mirror is correctly\nadjusted, no part of the lens of the clearance light is visible to a person\nin the normal driving position.\n(5) When on, a front clearance light must—\n(a) show a yellow or white light visible 200m from the front of the\n1.94 External cabin lights\n(1) A light motor vehicle fitted with front clearance lights may also have\nadditional forward-facing lights on or above the roof of its cabin.\n(2) The additional forward-facing lights must be spaced evenly between\nthe front clearance lights, with their centres at least 120mm apart.\n\nSection 1.95\n(3) When on, an additional forward-facing light must—\n(a) show a yellow or white light; and\n1.95 Rear clearance lights\n(1) Rear clearance lights may only be fitted to a light vehicle that is at\nleast 1.8m wide.\n(2) A pair of rear clearance lights must be fitted to the rear of a light\nvehicle that is at least 2.2m wide.\n(3) The centre of a rear clearance light must be—\n(a) not over 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle; and\n(b) if practicable, at least 600mm above ground level.\n(4) When on, a rear clearance light must—\n(a) show a red light visible 200m from the rear of the vehicle; and\n1.96 Light vehicles needing side marker lights\n(1) A pair of side marker lights must be fitted towards the rear of the sides\nof a light motor vehicle that is over 7.5m long and at least 2.2m wide.\n(2) A pole-type trailer that is a light trailer, and a light motor vehicle built\nto tow a pole-type trailer that is a light trailer, with at least 1 crossbar\nor bolster must have a side marker light fitted to each side of the back\nor only crossbar or bolster.\n(3) A pole-type trailer that is a light vehicle with 2 or more crossbars or\nbolsters may also have a side marker light fitted to each side of the\nfront crossbar or bolster.\n\nSide marker lights Division 1.8.8\nSection 1.97\n(4) At least 2 side marker lights must be fitted to each side of—\n(a) a light trailer, other than a pole-type trailer, that is at least 2.2m\nwide and not over 7.5m long; and\n(b) a semitrailer that is a light trailer that is not over 7.5m long.\n(5) At least 3 side marker lights must be fitted to each side of—\n(a) a light trailer, other than a pole-type trailer, that is at least 2.2m\nwide and over 7.5m long; and\n(b) a semitrailer that is a light trailer that is over 7.5m long.\n(6) For subsections (1), (4) and (5), the width of a vehicle is measured\n1.97 Location of side marker lights\n(1) The centre of a side marker light must not be over 150mm from the\nnearer side of the light vehicle.\n(2) A front side marker light fitted to a light motor vehicle must be\ntowards the front of the side of the vehicle with no part of the lens\nvisible to the driver.\n(3) The centre of a front side marker light fitted to a light trailer must\nbe—\n(a) within 300mm of the front of the side of the trailer; or\n(b) if the construction of the trailer makes it impracticable to comply\nwith paragraph (a)—as near as practicable to the front of the\n(4) The centre of a rear side marker light fitted to a light vehicle must\nbe—\n(a) within 300mm of the rear of the side of the vehicle; or\n\nSection 1.98\n(b) if the construction of the vehicle makes it impracticable to\ncomply with paragraph (a)—as near as practicable to the rear of\n(5) Side marker lights fitted to a light vehicle must, as far as practicable,\nbe evenly spaced along the side of the vehicle.\n(6) Subsections (2) to (5) do not apply to side marker lights fitted to a\ncrossbar or bolster of a pole-type trailer that is a light trailer.\n(7) Only the side marker lights nearest to the rear need be fitted if\ncomplying with subsections (3) and (4) would result in the front and\nrear side marker lights being under 2.5m apart.\n(8) A side marker light fitted to a light vehicle must be fitted so—\n(a) its centre is not over—\n(i) 1.5m above ground level; or\n(ii) if it is not practicable to fit it lower—2.1m above ground\nlevel; and\n(b) its centre is at least 600mm above ground level; and\n(c) it is, as far as practicable, in a row of side marker lights along\nthe side of the vehicle.\n(9) Subsection (8) (a) does not apply to a side marker light that is not\nrequired to be fitted to the vehicle by section 1.96.\n1.98 Performance of side marker lights\n(1) When on, a side marker light fitted to a light vehicle must—\n(a) show a light visible 200m from the vehicle; and\n(2) When on, a side marker light fitted to a light vehicle must show—\n(a) to the front of the vehicle—a yellow light; and\n\nBrakelights Division 1.8.9\nSection 1.99\n(b) to the rear of the vehicle—\n(i) if the light also operates as a rear light or reflector—a red\nlight; and\n(ii) in any other case—a red or yellow light.\n(3) However, if a pole-type trailer with 2 or more crossbars or bolsters\nthat is a light trailer has the side marker lights permitted by\nsection 1.96 (3)—\n(a) the side marker lights fitted to the front crossbar or bolster may\ncomply with subsection (2) (a) only; and\n(b) the side marker lights fitted to the back crossbar or bolster may\ncomply with subsection (2) (b) only.\n1.99 Side marker lights and rear clearance lights\nThe side marker light nearest to the rear of a light vehicle may also\nbe a rear clearance light for section 1.95.\n1.100 Fitting brakelights\n(1) A brakelight must be fitted to the rear of a light vehicle built after\n1934.\n(2) A pair of brakelights must be fitted to the rear of—\n(a) a light motor vehicle built after 1959 that has 4 or more wheels;\nand\n(b) a motortrike built after 1959 that has 2 rear wheels; and\n(c) a light trailer built after June 1988.\n(3) The centre of a brakelight must be—\n(a) at least 350mm above ground level; and\n\nSection 1.101\n(b) not over—\n(i) 1.5m above ground level; or\n(ii) if it is not practicable to fit the light lower—2.1m above\nground level.\n(4) A light vehicle may be fitted with 1 or more additional brakelights.\n(5) The centre of an additional brakelight must be at least 350mm above\nground level.\n(6) If only 1 brakelight is fitted to a light vehicle, it must be fitted in the\ncentre or to the right of the centre of the vehicle’s rear.\n(7) Subsection (6) applies to a motorbike with an attached sidecar as if\nLocation of brakelights on a vehicle\n1.101 Performance and operation of brakelights\n(1) When on, a brakelight must show a red light visible 30m from the rear\n(2) A brakelight fitted to a light motor vehicle must come on, if it is not\nalready on, when—\n(a) for a vehicle with 4 or more wheels or built after 1974—a\nservice brake is applied; or\n\nReversing lights Division 1.8.10\nSection 1.102\n(b) for another vehicle—the rear wheel brake is applied.\n(3) Subsection (2) does not apply if the controls in the vehicle that start\nthe engine are in a position that makes it impossible for the engine to\noperate.\n(4) A brakelight on a light trailer must come on when—\n(a) the brakelight of the towing vehicle comes on; or\n(b) a brake control on the towing vehicle, which independently\nactivates the service brake on the trailer, is operated.\n(5) A brakelight may be operated by an engine brake, retarder, or similar\ndevice if the device does not interfere with the proper operation of the\nbrakelight.\nDivision 1.8.10 Reversing lights\n1.102 Reversing lights\n(1) One or more reversing lights may be fitted to the rear of a light vehicle\nand on each side towards the rear of the vehicle.\n(2) A reversing light must have its centre not over 1.2m above ground\n(3) When on, a reversing light must show a white or yellow light to the\nrear or to the side and rear of the vehicle.\nNote The 3rd edition ADRs only allow white reversing lights.\n(4) A reversing light fitted to a light motor vehicle must be wired so it\noperates only when the vehicle is reversing or in reverse gear.\n(5) A reversing light fitted to a light trailer must be wired so it operates\nonly when a motor vehicle towing the trailer is reversing or in reverse\ngear.\n(6) A yellow reversing light may also operate as a direction indicator\nlight.\n\nSection 1.103\n1.103 Direction indicator lights on light motor vehicles\n(1) A light motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels that was built after 1972\nmust have—\n(a) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front\nthat face forwards; and\n(b) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear\nthat face backwards.\n(2) A light motor vehicle with less than 4 wheels that was built after\nJune 1975 must have—\n(a) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its front\nthat face forwards; and\n(b) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear\nthat face backwards.\n(3) A light motor vehicle that is not required to have direction indicator\nlights may have—\n(a) 1 or more pairs of direction indicator lights that are visible from\nboth the front and rear of the vehicle; or\n(b) both—\n(i) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its\nfront that face forwards; and\n(ii) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its\nrear that face backwards.\n\nDirection indicator lights Division 1.8.11\nSection 1.104\n1.104 Direction indicator lights on light trailers\n(1) A light trailer built after June 1973 must have a pair of direction\nindicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear that face backwards.\n(2) A light trailer that is not required to have direction indicator lights\nmay have 1 or more pairs of direction indicator lights fitted on, or\ntowards, its rear that face backwards.\n1.105 Location of direction indicator lights\n(1) A pair of direction indicator lights fitted to a light vehicle must have\nthe centre of each light at least—\n(a) for a motorbike or the single wheel end of a motortrike—300mm\nfrom the centre of the other light; and\n(b) for lights fitted at the 2 wheel end of a motortrike—600mm from\nthe centre of the other light, unless the centre of each direction\nindicator light is not over 400mm from the nearer side of the\n(c) for another vehicle with a width of not over 1.3m—400mm from\nthe centre of the other light; and\n(d) for another vehicle with a width of over 1.3m—600mm from the\ncentre of the other light.\n(2) The centre of each direction indicator light must be at least 350mm\n(3) The centre of each light in a pair of direction indicator lights required\nto be fitted to a light vehicle must not be over—\n(a) 1.5m above ground level; or\n(b) if it is not practicable for the light to be fitted lower—2.1m\n\nSection 1.106\n(4) For subsection (1), the width of a vehicle is measured disregarding\n1.106 Operation and visibility of direction indicator lights\n(1) A direction indicator light fitted to a light motor vehicle must—\n(a) when operating, display regular flashes of light at a rate of not\nover 120 flashes a minute, and—\n(i) for a light motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels—at least\n60, flashes a minute; and\n(ii) for another light motor vehicle—at least 45, flashes a\nminute; and\n(b) be able to be operated by a person in the normal driving position;\nand\n(c) be wired to an audible or visible device in the vehicle that tells\nthe driver that the direction indicator light is operating; and\n(d) flash at the same time and rate as any other direction indicator\nlights fitted on the same side of the vehicle.\n(2) A direction indicator light fitted to a side of a light trailer must, when\noperating, flash at the same time and rate as the direction indicator\nlight or lights fitted to the same side of the light motor vehicle towing\nthe trailer.\n(3) The flashes of light displayed by a direction indicator light must be—\n(a) if the light faces forwards—white or yellow; and\n(b) if the light faces backwards—\n(i) yellow; or\n(ii) for a light vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red;\nand\n\nDirection indicator lights Division 1.8.11\nSection 1.106\n(c) if the light faces out from the side of the vehicle—\n(i) white or yellow towards the front and side; and\n(ii) for a light vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red\ntowards the rear and side; and\n(iii) for a light vehicle built after June 1973—yellow towards\nthe rear and side.\nNote The ADRs only allow yellow direction indicator lights.\n(4) If a light motor vehicle’s direction indicator lights display only\nyellow light, the vehicle may be equipped to allow the lights to\noperate simultaneously on both sides of the vehicle, if a visible or\naudible signal tells the driver when the lights are operating\nsimultaneously.\n(5) When on, a direction indicator light must be visible 30m from—\n(a) if the light faces forwards—the front of the vehicle; or\n(b) if the light faces backwards—the rear of the vehicle; or\n(c) if the light faces out from the side of the vehicle—that side of\n(6) When on, each direction indicator light in at least 1 pair of lights fitted\non or towards the front of a prime mover that is a light vehicle, or a\nlight motor vehicle over 7.5m long, must be visible at a point—\n(a) 1.5m at right angles from the side of the vehicle where the light\nis fitted; and\n(b) in line with the rear of the vehicle.\n\nSection 1.107\n1.107 Front fog lights\n(1) A pair of front fog lights may be fitted to a light motor vehicle with 4\nor more wheels.\n(2) A pair of front fog lights, or a single front fog light, may be fitted to\na motorbike or motortrike.\n(3) A pair of front fog lights fitted to a light motor vehicle with 4 or more\nwheels must have the centre of each light not over 400mm from the\nnearer side of the vehicle unless the centres of the lights are at least\n600mm apart.\n(4) If the top of the front fog light is higher than the top of any low-beam\nheadlight on the vehicle, the centre of the fog light must not be higher\nthan the centre of the low-beam headlight.\n(5) A front fog light must—\n(a) when on—\n(i) project white or yellow light in front of the vehicle; and\n(ii) be a low-beam light; and\n(b) be able to be operated independently of any headlight; and\n(c) be fitted so the light from it does not reflect off the vehicle into\nthe driver’s eyes.\n1.108 Rear fog lights\n(1) A light vehicle may have fitted to its rear—\n(a) a pair of rear fog lights; or\n(b) 1 rear fog light fitted on, or to the right, of the centre of the\n\nInterior lights Division 1.8.13\nSection 1.109\n(2) Subsection (1) (b) applies to a motorbike with an attached sidecar as\nif the sidecar were not attached.\n(3) A rear fog light must—\n(a) have its centre—\n(i) not over 1.5m above ground level; and\n(ii) at least 100mm from the centre of a brakelight; and\n(b) when on, project red light behind the vehicle; and\n(c) not use over 27W; and\n(d) be wired to a visible device in the vehicle that tells the driver\nthat the rear fog light is operating.\nDivision 1.8.13 Interior lights\n1.109 Interior lights\nA light vehicle may be fitted with interior lights that illuminate any\ninterior part of the vehicle.\nDivision 1.8.14 Reflectors generally\n1.110 General requirements for reflectors\n(1) A reflector fitted to a light vehicle must show a red, yellow or white\nreflection of light when light is projected directly onto the reflector at\nnight by a low-beam headlight that—\n(a) is 45m from the reflector; and\n(b) complies with this schedule.\n(2) The reflection must be clearly visible from the position of the\nheadlight.\n\nSection 1.111\n1.111 Rear reflectors\n(1) A light motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, and a light trailer, must\nhave a rear-facing red reflector towards each side of its rear.\n(2) A motorbike, a sidecar attached to a motorbike, and a motortrike,\nmust have a rear-facing red reflector.\n(3) The centre of each reflector must be—\n(a) at the same height above ground level; and\n(b) not over 1.5m above ground level.\n(4) However, subsection (3) does not apply to a reflector fitted to a\nsidecar attached to a motorbike.\n(5) A reflector fitted to a light motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, or a\nlight trailer, must not be over 400mm from the nearer side of the\n(6) A light vehicle fitted with rear-facing red reflectors in accordance\nwith subsection (1) or (2) may be fitted with additional red reflectors\nat any height above ground level or at any distance from the side of\nDivision 1.8.16 Side reflectors\n1.112 Compulsory side reflectors on pole-type trailers that are\nlight trailers\n(1) Yellow or red side-facing reflectors must be fitted to the pole of a\npole-type trailer that is a light trailer so—\n(a) 1 reflector is fitted to the middle 1/3 of the left and right faces of\nthe pole; and\n(b) the front reflector is not over 3m from the front of the trailer;\nand\n\nFront reflectors Division 1.8.17\nSection 1.113\n(c) the other reflectors are not over 3m apart.\n(2) Additional side-facing reflectors may be fitted to a pole-type trailer\nthat is a light trailer in accordance with section 1.113.\n1.113 Optional side reflectors\n(1) A light vehicle may be fitted with side-facing reflectors.\n(2) A side-facing reflector—\n(a) towards the front of the vehicle must be yellow or white; and\n(b) towards the rear of the vehicle must be yellow or red; and\n(c) on the central part of the vehicle must be yellow.\n1.114 Compulsory front reflectors on light trailers\n(1) A front-facing white or yellow reflector must be fitted towards each\nside of the front of—\n(a) a semitrailer that is a light trailer, other than a pole-type trailer;\nand\n(b) the front crossbar or bolster of a pole-type trailer that is a light\ntrailer; and\n(c) a light trailer that is at least 2.2m wide.\n(2) Each reflector must have its centre—\n(a) at the same height above ground level; and\n(b) not over 1.5m above ground level; and\n(c) not over 400mm from the nearer side of the vehicle.\n(3) Additional front-facing reflectors may be fitted to a light trailer\nmentioned in subsection (1) in accordance with section 1.115.\n\nSection 1.115\n1.115 Optional front reflectors\n(1) A light motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, or a light trailer, may\nhave 1 or more front-facing white or yellow reflectors fitted towards\neach side of its front.\n(2) A light motor vehicle with less than 4 wheels may have 1 or more\nfront-facing white or yellow reflectors.\n(3) The centre of at least 1 reflector on each side of the front of the vehicle\nmust be—\n(a) at the same height above ground level as the centre of the other\nreflector; and\n(b) the same distance from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle as the\ncentre of the other reflector; and\n(c) at least—\n(i) for a light vehicle with a width under 1.3m—400mm from\nthe centre of the other reflector; and\n(ii) for another light vehicle—600mm from the centre of the\nother reflector.\n(4) For subsection (3) (c), the width of a vehicle is measured disregarding\n\nWarning lights and signs on buses carrying children that are light vehicles Division 1.8.19\nSection 1.116\nDivision 1.8.19 Warning lights and signs on buses\ncarrying children that are light\n1.116 Application—div 1.8.19\nThis division applies to a bus that is used mainly for carrying children\nif the bus is—\n(a) a light vehicle; and\n(b) fitted with warning lights after June 1999.\n1.117 Fitting of warning lights and signs\n(1) Two warning lights and a warning sign must be fitted to the front and\nrear of the bus.\n(2) The warning lights must be fitted—\n(a) on each side of, and the same distance from, the centre of the\nwarning sign; and\n(b) with the edge of the warning sign not over 100mm from the\nnearest point on the lens of the warning lights; and\n(c) with the distance between the warning lights at least 300mm at\nthe nearest point; and\n(d) so no part of the bus obstructs the light displayed—\n(i) to the left and right of the centre of each light; and\n(ii) above and below the centre of each light.\n(3) The warning lights may be on the warning sign if the words or image\non the sign are not obscured.\n(4) The warning lights at the same end of the bus must be fitted—\n(a) at the same height; and\n\nDivision 1.8.19 Warning lights and signs on buses carrying children that are light\nSection 1.118\n(b) as high as practicable; and\n(c) with the lowest point on the lens of each light not lower than\nmidway between the highest and lowest points on the bus body.\n(5) If the centres of the warning lights are under 1.8m above ground level,\nno part of the warning lights or warning sign may be on the left of the\nbus.\n(6) This rule applies to a bus despite any requirement of a 3rd edition\nADR.\n1.118 Operation and performance of warning lights\n(1) When operating, a warning light must display regular flashes of\nyellow light at a rate of at least 90, and not over 180, flashes a minute.\n(2) The warning lights at the same end of the bus must flash alternately.\n(3) Unless the driver has turned the warning lights off, they must operate\nautomatically when a door on the bus opens and for at least 10, and\nnot over 20, seconds after all the doors on the bus have closed.\n(4) The bus must have a visible or audible signal that tells the driver when\nthe warning lights are operating.\n(5) The bus must be fitted with a switch that allows the driver to turn the\nwarning lights off.\n(6) A warning light must have—\n(a) an effective lit lens area of at least 60cm2; and\n(b) a luminous intensity (in candela) of at least the values mentioned\nin table 1.118 when measured at the angles mentioned in the\ntable.\n\nWarning lights and signs on buses carrying children that are light vehicles Division 1.8.19\nSection 1.119\nTable 1.118\nitem\nvertical\nangle from\ncentre of\nlight\nhorizontal angle from centre of light\n1 -30 -20 -10 -5 0 5 10 20 30\n2 10 50 80 50\n3 5 180 320 350 450 350 320 180\n4 0 75 450 1 000 1 250 1 500 1 250 1 000 450 75\n5 -5 40 270 450 570 600 570 450 270 40\n6 -10 75 75 75\n(7) For subsection (6) (b), the luminous intensity of a light is to be\nmeasured in accordance with the test method mentioned in\n3rd edition ADR 6.\n1.119 Specifications for warning signs\n(1) A warning sign at the front of the bus must—\n(a) display the words ‘school bus’ in capital letters at least 100mm\nhigh; or\n(b) display an image of 2 children in the same proportions as the\nchildren in AS 1743 (Road Signs—Specifications) (image\nW6-3), with the image of the taller child at least 230mm high.\n(2) A warning sign at the rear of the bus must display an image of\n2 children in the same proportions as the children in AS 1743 (Road\nSigns—Specifications) (image W6-3), with the image of the taller\nchild at least 230mm high.\n\nSection 1.120\n(3) The warning sign mentioned in subsection (1) (b) and subsection (2)\nmust—\n(a) be a rectangular shape at least—\n(i) if warning lights are on the warning sign—550mm wide\nand 400mm high; and\n(ii) in any other case—400mm wide and 250mm high; and\n(b) have a black border; and\n(c) have black graphics and be coated with yellow retro-reflective\nmaterial of class 1 or 2 that meets AS 1906 (Retro-reflective\nMaterials and Devices for Road Traffic Control Purposes).\nNote AS 1743 and AS 1906 do not need to be notified under the Legislation\nAct because s 47 (5) does not apply (see s 5A). The standards may be\npurchased at www.standards.org.au.\nDivision 1.8.20 Other lights, reflectors, rear marking\nplates or signals\n1.120 Other lights and reflectors\nexempt vehicle means a light vehicle that is—\n(a) a police vehicle; or\n(b) an emergency vehicle; or\n(c) a transport enforcement vehicle; or\n(d) an Australian Protective Service vehicle; or\n(e) a Department of Home Affairs (Cwlth) vehicle; or\n(f) an Airservices Australia vehicle.\n\nSection 1.120\nspecial use vehicle means—\n(a) a light vehicle built or fitted for use in hazardous situations on a\nroad; or\n(b) a light vehicle, or light combination, that because of its\ndimensions is permitted to be driven on a road only in\naccordance with a notice or permit issued under a law of this\njurisdiction; or\n(c) a light vehicle built or fitted to accompany a vehicle, or\ncombination, mentioned in paragraph (b); or\n(d) a bus that is a light vehicle fitted, before July 1999, with a sign\ntelling road users that the bus carries children.\nExamples—special use vehicles—par (a)\n• tow trucks\n• vehicle breakdown service vehicles\n(2) A light vehicle may be fitted with a light or reflector not mentioned\nin this schedule only if another law of this jurisdiction allows that\nlight or reflector to be fitted.\n(3) However, unless subsection (4) applies, a light vehicle must not be\nfitted with—\n(a) a light that flashes; or\n(b) a light or reflector that—\n(i) shows a red light to the front; or\n(ii) shows a white light to the rear; or\n(iii) is shaped or located in a way that reduces the effectiveness\nof a light or reflector that is required to be fitted to the\nvehicle under this schedule.\n(4) Despite any requirement of a 3rd edition ADR, an exempt vehicle\nmay be fitted with any light or reflector, and a special use vehicle may\nbe fitted with 1 or more flashing yellow lights.\n\nSection 1.121\n1.121 Use of direction indicator lights as hazard warning lights\n(1) A light motor vehicle that has direction indicator lights that show\nyellow light to the front may be equipped with a device that will cause\nthe direction indicator lights fitted to the front and rear and on both\nsides of the vehicle, and any light trailer connected to the vehicle, to\nflash simultaneously and regularly at a rate of not less than 60, and\nnot more than 120, flashes per minute.\n(2) When all direction indicator lights fitted to a light motor vehicle and\nlight trailer (if any) are flashing simultaneously, there must be an\nindicator that will tell the driver, by visible or audible means, that the\nlights are flashing.\n1.122 Rear marking plates\nrear marking plate means a rear marking plate complying with VSB\n12 (Rear Marking Plates) as in force from time to time.\nVSB means Vehicle Standards Bulletin.\nNote Vehicle Standards Bulletins provide information on the design,\nmanufacture, sale, modification, maintenance, import and repair of road\nvehicles. The term ‘road vehicles’ includes both motor vehicles and\ntrailers. The bulletins do not need to be notified under the Legislation Act\nbecause s 47 (5) or (6) does not apply (see Legislation Act, s 47 (7)). The\nbulletins are accessible at www.infrastructure.gov.au.\n(2) Rear marking plates may be fitted to a light vehicle.\n\nSection 1.122\nAn example of rear marking plates\nAn alternative pattern for rear marking plates\n\nSection 1.123\n1.123 Signalling devices\n(1) This section applies to a light motor vehicle if—\n(a) the vehicle is not fitted with a brakelight or direction indicator\nlight mentioned in division 1.8.9 (Brakelights) or\ndivision 1.8.11 (Direction indicator lights); and\n(b) the construction of the vehicle would otherwise prevent the\ndriver from hand signalling an intention—\n(i) to turn or move the vehicle to the right; or\n(ii) to stop or suddenly reduce the speed of the vehicle.\n(2) The vehicle must be fitted with a mechanical signalling device or a\npair of turn signals.\n1.124 Mechanical signalling devices\n(1) A mechanical signalling device must—\n(a) be fitted to the right side of the vehicle; and\n(b) be able to be operated by the driver from a normal driving\nposition; and\n(c) consist of a white or yellow representation of an open human\nhand at least 150mm long; and\n(d) be built so that the driver of the vehicle can keep the device—\n(i) in a neutral position so it is unlikely that the driver of\nanother vehicle or anyone else would regard it as a signal;\nand\n(ii) in a horizontal position with the palm of the hand facing\nforwards and the fingers pointing out at a right angle to the\nvehicle to signal an intention to turn or move right; and\n\nSection 1.125\n(iii) with the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers\npointing upwards to signal an intention to stop or reduce\nspeed suddenly.\n(2) When the mechanical signalling device is in a position mentioned in\nsubsection (1) (d) (ii) or (iii), the complete hand must be clearly\nvisible from both the front and the rear of the vehicle, at a distance of\n30m.\n1.125 Turn signals\nA turn signal must—\n(a) consist of a steady or flashing illuminated yellow sign at least\n150mm long and 25mm wide that—\n(i) when in operation—is kept horizontal; and\n(ii) when not in operation—is kept in a position so it is unlikely\nthat the driver of another vehicle or anyone else would\nregard it as a signal; and\n(b) be fitted to the side of the motor vehicle at least 500mm and not\nover 2.1m above ground level, in a position so the driver of the\nvehicle, from the normal driving position, can see whether the\nsignal is in operation; and\n(c) be able to be operated by the driver from the normal driving\nposition; and\n(d) when in operation, be visible from both the front and rear of the\nvehicle at a distance of 30m.\n\nSection 1.126\n1.126 Lights to be maintained on certain vehicles\nA light mentioned in this part that is not an optional fitting, and was\nfitted by the manufacturer of the vehicle before the date of application\nof the section in which the light is mentioned, must be maintained in\nproper working condition unless the lights fitted to the vehicle\ncomply with a later ADR.\nA light vehicle built before June 1988 and supplied by the manufacturer with 1 tail-\nlight and 1 brakelight towards each side of the rear of the vehicle must continue to\nhave a tail-light and brakelight fitted towards each side of the rear of the vehicle.\nDivision 1.8.22 Light vehicles not required to have\nlights or reflectors\n1.127 Certain vehicles used in daylight\nThis part does not apply to a light vehicle built before 1931 that is\nused only in the daylight.\n1.128 Certain vehicles used for collection or exhibition\npurposes\nThis part does not apply to a light vehicle built before 1946 that is\nused mainly for collection or exhibition purposes.\n\nBrake requirements for all vehicles Division 1.9.1\nSection 1.129\nNote This part sets out the braking system requirements for light vehicles to\nensure that they can be reliably slowed or stopped even if a part of a\nbraking system fails, and to ensure that a vehicle can be prevented from\nrolling away when parked.\n1.129 Parts of a braking system\nA brake tube or hose fitted to a light vehicle must—\n(a) be built from a material appropriate to its intended use in the\n(b) be long enough to allow for the full range of steering and\nsuspension movements of the vehicle; and\n(c) be fitted to prevent it being damaged during the operation of the\nvehicle by—\n(i) a source of heat; or\n(ii) any movement of the parts to which it is attached or near.\n1.130 Provision for wear\nThe braking system of a light vehicle must allow for adjustment to\ntake account of normal wear.\n1.131 Supply of air or vacuum to brakes\n(1) If air brakes are fitted to a light vehicle—\n(a) the compressor supplying air to the brakes must be able to build\nup air pressure to at least 80% of the governor cut-out pressure\nin not longer than 5 minutes after the compressed air reserve is\nfully used up; and\n\nSection 1.132\n(b) there must be an automatic or manual condensate drain valve at\nthe lowest point of each air brake reservoir in the system; and\n(c) any spring brake fitted to the vehicle must not operate before the\nwarning mentioned in section 1.135 (4) (a) or\nsection 1.138 (3) (a) has been given.\n(2) If vacuum brakes are fitted to a light vehicle, the vacuum supply must\nbe able to build up vacuum—\n(a) to the level when the warning signal mentioned in\nsection 1.135 (4) (a) or section 1.138 (3) (a) no longer operates\nwithin 30 seconds after the vacuum reserve is fully used up; and\n(b) to the normal working level within 60 seconds after the vacuum\nreserve is fully used up.\nspring brake means a brake using 1 or more springs to store the\nenergy needed to operate the brake.\n1.132 Performance of braking systems\n(1) One sustained application of the brake of a light motor vehicle built\nafter 1930, or a light combination that includes a light motor vehicle\nbuilt after 1930, must be able to produce the performance mentioned\nin subsections (2) to (7)—\n(a) when the vehicle or combination is on a dry, smooth, level road\nsurface, free from loose material; and\n(b) whether or not the vehicle or combination is loaded; and\n(c) without part of the vehicle or combination moving outside a\nstraight path—\n(i) centred on the longitudinal axis of the vehicle or\ncombination before the brake was applied; and\n(ii) 3.7m wide.\n\nBrake requirements for all vehicles Division 1.9.1\nSection 1.132\n(2) The braking system of a light motor vehicle or light combination with\na gross mass under 2.5t must bring the vehicle or combination from a\nspeed of 35km/h to a stop within—\n(a) 12.5m when the service brake is applied; and\n(b) 30m when the emergency brake is applied.\n(3) The braking system of a light motor vehicle or light combination with\na gross mass of at least 2.5t must bring the vehicle or combination\nfrom a speed of 35km/h to a stop within—\n(a) 16.5m when the service brake is applied; and\n(b) 40.5m when the emergency brake is applied.\n(4) The braking system of a light motor vehicle or light combination with\na gross mass under 2.5t must decelerate the vehicle or combination,\nfrom any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, by an\naverage of at least—\n(a) 3.8m/s2 when the service brake is applied; and\n(b) 1.6m/s2 when the emergency brake is applied.\n(5) The braking system of a light motor vehicle or light combination with\na gross mass of at least 2.5t must decelerate the vehicle or\ncombination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can\ntravel, by an average of at least—\n(a) 2.8m/s2 when the service brake is applied; and\n(b) 1.1m/s2 when the emergency brake is applied.\n(6) The braking system of a light motor vehicle or light combination with\na gross mass under 2.5t must achieve a peak deceleration of the\nvehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or\ncombination can travel, of at least—\n(a) 5.8m/s2 when the service brake is applied; and\n(b) 1.9m/s2 when the emergency brake is applied.\n\nSection 1.133\n(7) The braking system of a light motor vehicle or light combination with\na gross mass of at least 2.5t must achieve a peak deceleration of the\nvehicle or combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or\ncombination can travel, of at least—\n(a) 4.4m/s2 when the service brake is applied; and\n(b) 1.5m/s2 when the emergency brake is applied.\n(8) The parking brake of a light vehicle or light combination must be able\nto hold the vehicle or combination stationary on a 12% gradient––\n(a) when the vehicle or combination is on a dry, smooth road surface,\nfree from loose material; and\n(b) whether or not the vehicle or combination is loaded.\n1.133 What braking system a light motor vehicle must have\nindependent brake, for a light vehicle, means a brake that is operated\nentirely separately from any other brake on the vehicle, except for any\ndrum, disc or part, on which a shoe, band or friction pad makes\ncontact, that is common to 2 or more brakes.\n(2) A light motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels built, or used, mainly for\ntransporting goods or people by road must be fitted with—\n(a) a braking system that—\n(i) consists of brakes fitted to all wheels of the vehicle; and\n(ii) has at least 2 separate methods of activation, arranged so\neffective braking remains on at least 2 wheels if a method\nfails; or\n(b) 2 independent brakes, each of which, when in operation, acts\ndirectly on at least half the number of wheels of the vehicle.\n\nMotor vehicle braking systems Division 1.9.2\nSection 1.133\n(3) The braking system of a light motor vehicle mentioned in\nsubsection (2) that was built after 1945 must have a service brake\noperating on all wheels that, when applied—\n(a) acts directly on the wheels and not through the vehicle’s\ntransmission; or\n(b) acts on a shaft between a differential of the vehicle and a wheel.\n(4) The braking system of a light motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels\nmust have a parking brake that—\n(a) is held in the applied position by direct mechanical action\nwithout the intervention of an electrical, hydraulic or pneumatic\ndevice; and\n(b) is fitted with a locking device that can hold the brake in the\napplied position; and\n(c) has its own separate control.\n(5) The parking brake may also be the emergency brake.\n(6) If 2 or more independent brakes are fitted to a light motor vehicle with\n4 or more wheels, the brakes must be arranged so brakes are applied\nto all the wheels on at least 1 axle of the vehicle when any brake is\noperated.\n(7) A motorbike or motortrike must be fitted with—\n(a) 2 independent brakes; or\n(b) a single brake that acts directly on all wheels of the vehicle and\nis arranged so effective braking remains on at least 1 wheel if a\npart of the system fails.\n(8) Subsection (7) applies to a motorbike with a sidecar attached as if the\nsidecar were not attached.\n(9) A motortrike must have a parking brake that is held in the applied\nposition by mechanical means.\n\nSection 1.134\n1.134 Operation of brakes on light motor vehicles\nThe braking system on a light motor vehicle must be arranged to\nallow the driver of the vehicle to apply the brakes from a normal\ndriving position.\n1.135 Air or vacuum brakes on light motor vehicles\n(1) If a light motor vehicle has air brakes, the braking system of the\nvehicle must include at least 1 air storage tank.\n(2) If a light motor vehicle has vacuum brakes, the braking system of the\nvehicle must include at least 1 vacuum storage tank.\n(3) An air or vacuum storage tank must be built so the service brake can\nbe applied to meet the performance standards of section 1.132 at least\ntwice if the engine of the vehicle stops or the source of air or vacuum\nfails.\n(4) An air or vacuum storage system must—\n(a) be built to give a visible or audible warning to the driver, while\nin a normal driving position, of a lack of air or vacuum that\nwould prevent the service brake from being applied to meet the\nperformance standards of section 1.132 at least twice; and\n(b) be safeguarded by a check valve or other device against loss of\nair or vacuum if the supply fails or leaks.\n(5) However, subsection (4) (a) does not apply to a light vehicle that is\nfitted with an air or vacuum assisted braking system.\n\nTrailer braking systems Division 1.9.3\nSection 1.136\n(6) If air or vacuum brakes are fitted to a light motor vehicle equipped to\ntow a light trailer, the brakes of the vehicle must be able to stop the\nvehicle, at the performance standards for emergency brakes under\nsection 1.132 if the trailer breaks away.\n1.136 What brakes a light trailer must have\n(1) A light trailer with a GTM over 750kg must have brakes that operate\non at least 1 wheel at each end of 1 or more axles of the trailer.\n(2) A semitrailer or converter dolly with a GTM over 2t that is a light\ntrailer must have brakes that operate on all its wheels.\n1.137 Operation of brakes on light trailers\n(1) The braking system of a light trailer with a GTM over 2t must allow\nthe driver of a light motor vehicle towing the trailer to operate the\nbrakes from a normal driving position.\n(2) The brakes on a light trailer with a GTM over 2t must—\n(a) operate automatically and quickly if the trailer breaks away from\nthe towing vehicle; and\n(b) remain in operation for at least 15 minutes after a breakaway;\nand\n(c) be able to hold the trailer on a 12% grade while in operation after\na breakaway.\n1.138 Air or vacuum brakes on light trailers\n(1) If a light trailer has air brakes, its braking system must include at least\n1 air storage tank.\n(2) If a light trailer has vacuum brakes, its braking system must include\nat least 1 vacuum storage tank.\n\nSection 1.138\n(3) An air or vacuum storage system must—\n(a) be built to give a visible or audible warning to the driver of the\ntowing vehicle, while in a normal driving position, of a lack of\nair or vacuum that would prevent the brakes from meeting the\nperformance standards of section 1.132; and\n(b) be safeguarded by a check valve or other device against loss of\nair or vacuum if the supply fails or leaks.\n(4) Subsections (1), (2) and (3) do not apply to a light trailer with a GTM\nof 2t or less.\n\nCrankcase gases and exhaust emissions Division 1.10.1\nSection 1.139\nNote This part sets out requirements to ensure that light motor vehicles do not\nemit too much smoke or noise and that exhaust gases cannot enter the\npassenger compartment of a vehicle.\nDivision 1.10.1 Crankcase gases and exhaust\n1.139 Crankcase gases––certain petrol-powered light vehicles\n(1) This section applies to a light motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels\nthat is powered by a petrol engine and was built after 1971.\n(2) The vehicle must be built to prevent, or fitted with equipment that\nprevents, crankcase gases from escaping to the atmosphere.\n1.140 Visible exhaust emissions––light vehicles with internal\ncombustion engines\n(1) This section applies to a light motor vehicle that is propelled by an\ninternal-combustion engine and was built after 1930.\n(2) The vehicle must not emit excessive visible emissions for a\ncontinuous period of at least 10 seconds.\n(3) However, this section does not apply to emissions that are visible only\nbecause of heat or the condensation of water vapour.\nexcessive, for visible emissions, means any concentration of smoke\nmore than a colouration that results in a just perceptible colouration\nof the exhaust.\n\nDivision 1.10.1 Crankcase gases and exhaust emissions\nSection 1.141\n1.141 Exhaust emissions––diesel-powered vehicles\n(1) This section applies to light vehicles––\n(a) powered by diesel engines; and\n(b) meeting the criteria for an M-category or N-category vehicle\nunder the ADRs.\n(2) When a light vehicle is subjected to a DT80 test––\n(a) the vehicle must not emit oxides of nitrogen (NOx) at a rate\n(measured in grams of NOx emitted per kilometre travelled per\ntonne of the vehicle’s test mass) greater than that specified for\nthe vehicle according to its GVM rating and age in table 1.141.1;\nand\n(b) the vehicle must not emit particles at a rate (measured in grams\nof particles emitted per kilometre travelled per tonne of the\nvehicle’s test mass) greater than that specified for the vehicle\naccording to its GVM rating and age in table 1.141.2; and\n(c) the opacity of the exhaust gas emitted by the vehicle must not\nbe greater than 25% (averaged over the DT 80 test).\nTable 1.141.1\nitem\nvehicle’s GVM rating (t)\nRate of NOx emissions (g/km/t)\nDecember 1995 or\nearlier\nJanuary 1996 or\nlater\n1 not greater than 3.5 1.5 1.5\n2 more than 3.5 but not greater than 4.5 2.0 2.0\n\nCrankcase gases and exhaust emissions Division 1.10.1\nSection 1.141\nTable 1.141.2\nitem\nvehicle’s GVM rating (t)\nRate of particle emission (g/km/t)\nDecember 1995 or\nearlier\nJanuary 1996 or\nlater\n1 not greater than 3.5 0.23 0.23\n2 more than 3.5 but not greater than 4.5 0.23 0.15\n(3) For subsection (2), a light vehicle is taken to have been manufactured\nin—\n(a) if the vehicle is on the RAV—the month stated in the vehicle’s\ndate of entry on the RAV; or\n(b) if the vehicle is not on the RAV but has an identification plate\nattached—the month stated on the vehicle’s identification plate.\n(4) In this section––\nDT80 test means a test carried out—\n(a) in accordance with the procedure set out in part 1.14; and\n(b) at a test facility that is recognised, or meets the requirements for\nrecognition, by the Australian Taxation Office for the purposes\nof the fuel tax credit system under the Fuel Tax Act 2006\n(Cwlth).\nNote A test facility that is registered by the Commonwealth Department of\nInfrastructure and Transport as a DT80 test facility will be recognised by\nthe Tax Office for the purposes of the fuel tax credit.\nvehicle test mass for a light vehicle means––\n(a) if the vehicle is a prime mover––half the sum of its tare mass\nand its GCM; or\n\nSection 1.142\n(b) in any other case––half the sum of its tare mass and its GVM.\nNote The vehicle test mass is the load applied to the dynamometer, while the\nvehicle is under test, to simulate half-payload operation.\n1.142 Exhaust systems\n(1) The outlet of the exhaust system fitted to a light motor vehicle (other\nthan a bus) must extend—\n(a) behind the back seat; and\n(b) at least 40mm beyond the outermost joint of the floor pan that is\nnot continuously welded or permanently sealed; and\n(c) to the edge of the vehicle, if—\n(i) the body of the vehicle is permanently enclosed; and\n(ii) the vehicle is not fitted with a vertical exhaust system; and\n(d) no further than the edge of the vehicle at its widest point.\n(2) The outlet must discharge the main exhaust flow to the air—\n(a) if the vehicle is fitted with an exhaust system with a vertical\noutlet pipe—\n(i) at an angle above the horizontal; and\n(ii) at least 150mm above the cab of the vehicle; and\n(iii) rearwards or to the right of the vehicle; and\n(b) in any other case—\n(i) horizontally or at an angle of not over 45° downwards; and\n(ii) under 750mm above ground level; and\n(iii) rearwards or to the right of the vehicle.\n\nExhaust systems Division 1.10.2\nSection 1.142\n(3) The outlet of the exhaust system fitted to a bus that is a light vehicle\nmust discharge the main exhaust flow to the air—\n(a) if the bus is fitted with an exhaust system with a vertical outlet\npipe—\n(i) behind the passenger compartment; and\n(ii) at an angle above the horizontal; and\n(iii) upwards or rearwards; and\n(b) in any other case—\n(i) horizontally or at an angle of not over 45° downwards; and\n(ii) rearwards or to the right of the vehicle.\nBus exhaust outlet pipe\n\nSection 1.143\nSubdivision 1.10.3.1 General\n1.143 Measurement of stationary noise levels\n(1) For this division, the stationary noise level of a motor vehicle is to be\nmeasured in accordance with the procedure set out for the kind of\nvehicle in the National Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures for\nIn-Service Motor Vehicles––September 2006 (ISBN:1 921168 50 1)\npublished by the Commission.\nNote The National Stationary Exhaust Noise Test Procedures for In-Service\nMotor Vehicles––September 2006 does not need to be notified under the\nLegislation Act because s 47 (5) does not apply (see Legislation Act, s 47\n(7)). The procedure is accessible at www.ntc.gov.au.\nCommission means the National Transport Commission established\nby the National Transport Commission Act 2003 (Cwlth).\n1.144 Meaning of certified to ADR 83/00—div 1.10.3\n(1) For this division, a vehicle is certified to ADR 83/00 if—\n(a) the vehicle is on the RAV, and its entry pathway included\ncompliance with ADR 83/00; or\n(b) an approval to place identification plates showing compliance\nwith ADR 83/00 on vehicles of that type was given under the\nMotor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 (Cwlth) (repealed),\nsection 10A.\nentry pathway—see the Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth),\nsection 15 (2) (Entering vehicles on RAV).\n\nNoise emissions Division 1.10.3\nSection 1.145\n1.145 Silencing device for exhaust systems\nA light motor vehicle propelled by an internal-combustion engine\nmust be fitted with a silencing device through which all the exhaust\nfrom the engine passes.\nSubdivision 1.10.3.2 Noise levels applying to vehicles not\ncertified to ADR 83/00 or later ADR\n1.146 Application—subdivision 1.10.3.2\nThis subdivision applies to a light motor vehicle that is not certified\nto—\n(a) ADR 83/00; or\n(b) an ADR made after ADR 83/00 that relates to limits on external\nnoise produced by motor vehicles.\n1.147 Stationary noise levels—car-type vehicles and\nmotorbikes and motortrikes\ncar-type vehicle means—\n(a) a car; or\n(b) a utility truck, panel van, or another motor vehicle derived from\na car design; or\n(c) another motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels that is built mainly\nto carry not over 9 people including the driver.\n(2) The stationary noise level of a car-type vehicle, or motorbike or\nmotortrike, must not exceed—\n(a) for a car-type vehicle built after 1982—90dB(A); or\n(b) for another car-type vehicle—96dB(A); or\n\nSection 1.148\n(c) for a motorbike or motortrike built after February 1985—\n94dB(A); or\n(d) for another motorbike or motortrike—100dB(A).\n1.148 Stationary noise levels—other light vehicles with\nspark-ignition engines\n(1) This section applies to a light motor vehicle (other than a light motor\nvehicle to which section 1.147 applies) with a spark-ignition engine.\n(2) The stationary noise level of the motor vehicle must not exceed the\nnoise level applying to the vehicle under table 1.148.\nTable 1.148\nitem\nGVM (t)\nexhaust height\n(mm)\nnoise level (dB(A))\n1 not greater\nless than 1500 before July 1983 92\nafter June 1983 89\n2 greater than\n3.5 but not\ngreater than\n4.5\nless than 1500 before July 1983 98\nafter June 1983 95\n3 not greater\ngreater than 1500 before July 1983 88\nafter June 1983 85\n4 greater than\n3.5 but not\ngreater than\n4.5\n1500 or greater\nbefore July 1983 94\nafter June 1983 91\n\nNoise emissions Division 1.10.3\nSection 1.149\n1.149 Stationary noise levels—other light vehicles with diesel\nengines\n(1) This section applies to a light motor vehicle (other than a light motor\nvehicle to which section 1.147 applies) with a diesel engine.\n(2) The stationary noise level of the motor vehicle must not exceed the\nnoise level applying to the vehicle under table 1.149.\nTable 1.149\nitem\nGVM\n(t)\nexhaust\nheight\n(mm)\nnoise level\n(dB(A))\n1 not greater\nless than\nbefore July 1980 105\nafter June 1983 99\n2 greater\nless than\nbefore July 1980 107\nbut\nnot greater\nthan 4.5\nafter June 1983 101\n3 not greater\n1500 or\ngreater\nbefore July 1980 101\nafter June 1983 95\n\nSection 1.150\nitem\nGVM\n(t)\nexhaust\nheight\n(mm)\nnoise level\n(dB(A))\n4 greater\n1500 or\ngreater\nbefore July 1980 103\nbut\nnot greater\nthan 4.5\nafter June 1983 97\nSubdivision 1.10.3.3 Noise levels applying to light vehicles\ncertified to ADR 83/00\n1.150 Stationary noise levels\nThe stationary noise level of a light motor vehicle that is certified to\nADR 83/00 must not exceed, by more than 5dB(A), the noise level\nthat is established for the motor vehicle when it is certified.\n\nSection 1.151\nPart 1.11 Alternative fuel systems and\nunleaded petrol light motor\nNote This part sets out requirements to ensure that LPG (Liquid Petroleum\nGas) and CNG (Compressed Natural Gas) fuel systems are safely\ninstalled in light motor vehicles. In the case of vehicles with an LPG\nsystem installed, there is an additional requirement to ensure that they can\nbe identified as LPG-powered vehicles. It also requires unleaded petrol\nmotor vehicles to be fuelled with unleaded petrol.\n1.151 LPG-powered light vehicles\n(1) An LPG system installed in a light motor vehicle, and the vehicle,\nmust comply with all relevant requirements set out in the version of\nAS 1425 that was current at the time the system was installed in the\n(2) A light motor vehicle that has an LPG system installed must have\nfixed conspicuously to its front and rear numberplates the labels\nrequired by the version of AS 1425 that was current at the time the\nsystem was installed in the vehicle.\n(3) If a light motor vehicle had an LPG system installed before AS 1425\nwas first published, the vehicle must have fixed conspicuously to its\nfront and rear numberplates a label—\n(a) that is made of durable material; and\n(b) that is at least 25mm wide and 25mm high; and\n(c) that is of a reflective red that conforms with either AS 1743\n(Road Signs) or AS 1906 (Retroreflective materials and devices\nfor road traffic control purposes (Part 1: Retroreflective\nsheeting)); and\n\nPart 1.11 Alternative fuel systems and unleaded petrol light motor vehicles\nSection 1.152\n(d) that states ‘LPGAS’ or ‘LPG’, or similar words or acronyms that\nhave the same meaning, in capital letters at least 6mm high.\nNote AS 1425, AS 1743 and AS 1906 do not need to be notified under the\nLegislation Act because s 47 (5) does not apply (see s 5A). The standards\nmay be purchased at www.standards.org.au.\n1.152 Light vehicles powered by natural gas\nA natural gas system installed in a light motor vehicle, and the\nvehicle, must comply with all relevant requirements set out in the\nversion of AS 2739 that was current at the time the system was\ninstalled in the vehicle.\nExamples\nForms of natural gas include CNG (Compressed Natural Gas) and LNG (Liquid\nNatural Gas).\nNote AS 2739 does not need to be notified under the Legislation Act because\ns 47 (5) does not apply (see Legislation Act, s 47 (7)). The standard may\nbe purchased at www.standards.org.au.\n1.152A Hydrogen-powered vehicles\n(1) A hydrogen-powered vehicle built after 1 January 2019, or a vehicle\nmodified to be a hydrogen-powered vehicle after 1 January 2019,\nmust have fixed conspicuously to its front and rear numberplates—\n(a) for a vehicle fitted with 1 hydrogen fuel container—a label that\ncomplies with subsection (2); or\n(b) for a vehicle fitted with 2 or more hydrogen fuel containers—\n2 labels that comply with subsection (2).\n\nSection 1.152A\n(2) For subsection (1), a label complies if—\n(a) the label is affixed to a metal plate that is at least 1mm thick;\nand\n(b) the label, and the plate to which the label is affixed, are a regular\npentagonal shape—\n(i) each side of which is 20mm long; and\n(ii) each interior angle of which is 108°; and\n(c) the label has a yellow surface that complies with class 2 of\nAS 1906.1 (Retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic\ncontrol purposes—Retroreflective sheeting); and\n(d) the label is marked ‘H’ in a black capital letter that is at least\n10mm high and has the orientation shown in the example; and\n(e) the label it is fixed to a numberplate so that the letter on the label\nis in an upright position; and\n(f) the label does not wholly or partly obscure any characters on the\nExample of label for hydrogen-powered vehicle\n\nPart 1.11 Alternative fuel systems and unleaded petrol light motor vehicles\nSection 1.152B\nhydrogen-powered vehicle means a vehicle that—\n(a) is powered by a hydrogen fuel system; and\n(b) has 1 or more hydrogen fuel containers fitted to the vehicle for\nthe system.\nNote AS 1906.1 does not need to be notified under the Legislation Act because\ns 47 (5) does not apply (see s 5A). The standard may be purchased at\n1.152B Electric-powered vehicles\n(1) An electric-powered vehicle built after 1 January 2019, or a vehicle\nmodified to be an electric-powered vehicle after 1 January 2019, must\nhave fixed conspicuously to its front and rear numberplates a label\nthat complies with subsection (2).\n(2) For subsection (1), a label complies if—\n(a) the label is affixed to a metal plate that is at least 1mm thick;\nand\n(b) the label, and the plate to which the label is affixed, are an\nequilateral triangular shape—\n(i) each side of which is 30mm in length; and\n(ii) each interior angle of which is 60°; and\n(c) the label has a blue surface that complies with class 2 of\nAS 1906.1 (Retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic\ncontrol purposes—Retroreflective sheeting); and\n(d) the label is marked ‘EV’ in white capital letters that are at least\n8mm high and have the orientation shown in the example; and\n(e) the label is fixed to a numberplate so that the letters on the label\nare in an upright position; and\n\nSection 1.153\n(f) the label does not wholly or partly obscure any characters on the\nExample of label for electric-powered vehicle\n(3) However, this section does not apply to a vehicle to which\nsection 1.152A applies even if the vehicle is fitted with an electric\nmotor or traction motor that is used in conjunction with a hydrogen\nfuel system for the propulsion of the vehicle.\nelectric-powered vehicle means a vehicle that is powered by 1 or\nmore electric motors or traction motors that are—\n(a) the only propulsion system for the vehicle; or\n(b) used in conjunction with another propulsion system for the\nNote AS 1906.1 does not need to be notified under the Legislation Act because\ns 47 (5) does not apply (see s 5A). The standard may be purchased at\n1.153 Unleaded petrol motor light vehicles\nAn unleaded petrol light motor vehicle does not comply with this\nschedule if it is fuelled with leaded petrol in contravention of the\nEnvironment Protection Act 1997.\n\nPart 1.12 Mechanical connections between vehicles\nSection 1.154\nPart 1.12 Mechanical connections between\nNote This part sets out various requirements to ensure that the couplings used\nwhen operating light motor vehicles and light trailers in combinations are\nstrong enough to hold them together.\n1.154 General coupling requirements\n(1) A fifth wheel coupling, the mating parts of a coupling, a kingpin or a\ntow bar must not be used for a load more than the manufacturer’s load\nrating.\n(2) A kingpin must be used only with a fifth wheel coupling that has a\ncorresponding jaw size.\nAn adaptor must not to be used to fit a kingpin to a fifth wheel coupling.\n(3) The mating parts of a coupling used to connect a semitrailer to a\ntowing vehicle must not allow the semitrailer to roll to an extent that\nmakes the towing vehicle unstable.\n1.155 Drawbar couplings\n(1) A coupling for attaching a light trailer, other than a semitrailer or\npole-type trailer, to a towing vehicle must be built and fitted so—\n(a) the coupling is equipped with a positive locking mechanism; and\n(b) the positive locking mechanism can be released regardless of the\nangle of the trailer to the towing vehicle.\n(2) If the trailer is in a combination and is not fitted with breakaway\nbrakes in accordance with section 1.137 (2), it must be connected to\nthe towing vehicle by at least 1 chain, cable or other flexible device,\nas well as the coupling required by subsection (1).\n\nMechanical connections between vehicles Part 1.12\nSection 1.155\n(3) The safety connection must be as short as practicable and be built and\nfitted so—\n(a) it is not apt to accidental disconnection but is readily detachable\nfrom the towing vehicle; and\n(b) it allows normal angular movements of the coupling without\nunnecessary slack; and\n(c) it will prevent the forward end of the drawbar from striking the\nground if the coupling is accidentally disconnected; and\n(d) if it consists of more than 1 chain or wire rope—the chains or\nwire ropes are in a crossed-over position.\n(4) Any chain or wire rope in the safety connection must—\n(a) if a chain—be of welded iron links; and\n(b) if a wire rope—have a strength at least that of a chain of the\nsame diameter; and\n(c) be of a size mentioned in table 1.155.\nTable 1.155\nitem\naggregate trailer mass\nminimum size of chain or wire rope\n1 up to 1t 6.3mm diameter\n2 over 1t but not over 1.6t 8mm diameter\n3 over 1.6t but not over 2.5t 10mm diameter\n4 over 2.5t 7.1mm diameter\n(5) For a total trailer mass over 2.5t, at least 2 chains or wire ropes must\nbe used.\n\nPart 1.12 Mechanical connections between vehicles\nSection 1.155\naggregate trailer mass means the total mass of the laden trailer when\ncarrying the maximum load recommended by the manufacturer,\nincluding, for a trailer forming part of a combination, any mass\nimposed on the drawing vehicle when the combination is resting on a\nhorizontal supporting plane.\n\nOther matters Part 1.13\nSection 1.156\nPart 1.13 Other matters\n1.156 Light vehicle equipment\nA light vehicle is taken to have equipment mentioned in this schedule\nonly if the equipment is in working order.\n1.157 Restored light vehicles\n(1) For this schedule, a restored light vehicle is taken to have been built\nwhen it was originally built and not when it was restored.\nrestored light vehicle means a light vehicle that is being, or has been,\nrestored to its manufacturer’s specifications, so far as it is practicable\nto meet the specifications.\n1.158 Retractable axles\n(1) For this schedule, a retractable axle is taken to be an axle only when\nit is in the lowered position.\nretractable axle means an axle in an axle group with a means of\nadjustment enabling it to be raised or lowered in relation to the other\naxles in the axle group.\n1.159 Measurement of distance between parallel lines\nFor this schedule, a distance between 2 parallel lines is measured at\nright angles between the lines.\n\nPart 1.13 Other matters\nSection 1.160\n1.160 Interpretation of certain 2nd edition ADRs\nThe words ‘left’ and ‘right’ in the following 2nd edition ADRs have\nthe opposite meaning in the application of the ADRs, in accordance\nwith this schedule, to a light motor vehicle with a left-hand drive—\n• ADR 8 Safety Glass\n• ADR 12 Glare Reduction in Field of View\n• ADR 14 Rear-vision Mirrors\n• ADR 16 Windscreen-wipers and Washers\n• ADRs 18 and 18A Location and Visibility of Instruments\n• ADRs 35 and 35A Commercial Vehicle Braking Systems.\nNote Table 1.160 contains a list of some terms used in the 3rd edition ADRs\nand the corresponding term used in this schedule.\nTable 1.160\nitem\n3rd edition ADRs\nthis schedule\n1 dipped-beam headlamp low-beam (for a headlight)\n2 front fog lamp front fog light\n3 rear fog lamp rear fog light\n4 wheelguard mudguard\n5 main-beam headlamp high-beam (for a headlight)\n6 reversing lamp reversing light\n7 direction indicator lamp direction indicator light\n8 stop lamp brakelight\n9 rear registration plate lamp numberplate light\n10 front position (side) lamp parking light\n11 rear position (side) lamp tail-light\n12 end-outline marker lamp front or rear clearance light\n13 external cabin lamp external cabin light\n\nOther matters Part 1.13\nSection 1.160\nitem\n3rd edition ADRs\nthis schedule\n14 internal lamp interior light\n15 side marker lamp side marker light\n16 daytime running lamp daytime running light\n17 rear reflex reflector, non-triangular rear reflector\n18 front reflex reflector, non-triangular front reflector\n19 side reflex reflector, non-triangular side reflector\n\nPart 1.14 DT80 transient test procedure for testing of diesel-fuelled vehicle exhaust\nPart 1.14 DT80 transient test procedure for\ntesting of diesel-fuelled vehicle\nexhaust emissions\nDT80 test procedure\nThis procedure states the requirements for the testing of diesel-fuelled\nvehicle exhaust emissions mentioned in section 1.141 (4), definition\nof DT80 test.\nProcedure\n1 Secure the vehicle on the dynamometer.\n2 Set the dynamometer to simulate the correct load and inertia for the\n3 Start sampling.\n4 Idle for 60 seconds.\n5 Accelerate rapidly to 80km/h under simulated inertia using wide open\nthrottle, making gear changes as required for smooth acceleration.\n6 Decelerate by removing all pressure from the accelerator pedal,\ndisengaging the gears and gently applying brakes to bring the vehicle\nto a standstill.\n7 Idle for 10 seconds.\n8 Accelerate rapidly to 80km/h under simulated inertia, using wide\nopen throttle, making gear changes as required for smooth\nacceleration.\n9 Decelerate by removing all pressure from the accelerator pedal,\ndisengaging the gears and gently applying brakes to bring the vehicle\nto a standstill.\n10 Idle for 10 seconds.\n\nPart 1.14\n11 Accelerate rapidly to 80km/h under simulated inertia using wide open\nthrottle, making gear changes as required for smooth acceleration.\n12 Maintain speed at 80km/h for 60 seconds, then stop sampling. Bring\nthe vehicle to rest.\nNote Explanation of the test procedure\nThis test has been designed to evaluate vehicle emissions during typical\n‘real-world’ operating modes and conditions. There are 3 simple modes:\n• 3 idle periods\n• acceleration to 80km/h 3 times\n• maintain speed at 80km/h.\nThe graph below indicates the modes of operation. The actual test will\nresult in a graph that has more variation than the indicative graph below,\nbecause of the need to change gears when accelerating. Modes B-D and\nE-G and H-I have no specific time interval. All the specified time periods\nhave an error margin of ± 1 second.\nThe vehicle is accelerated rapidly to 80km/h 3 times by applying\nwide-open throttle.\nThe driver selects the most appropriate gear change points for the vehicle\nbeing tested to achieve the correct speed.\nThe vehicle test mass for road load and inertia settings must be equal to\nthe mass of the vehicle when operating with ½ its nominal payload (that\nis, GVM + tare mass)  2).\nThe vehicle’s rolling resistance (based on tyre and bearing losses, frontal\narea and drag coefficient) must also be calculated and continuously\nfactored into the dynamometer tractive effort calculations to ensure\ncorrect loading.\nEmpirical algorithms, based on vehicle test mass, GVM or other known\nparameters, may be used to automatically calculate realistic coefficients\nfor these variables.\n\nPart 1.14 DT80 transient test procedure for testing of diesel-fuelled vehicle exhaust\nA simplified indicative graph produced by a test follows.\nDT80 Short Test\nA B C D E F G H I J\nkm/h\n\nRoller brake testing equipment Part 2.1.1\n(see s 115)\nPart 2.1.1 Roller brake testing equipment\nThis specification sets out the prescribed requirements for roller brake\ntesting machines used at approved premises. Testing machines\ncomplying with this specification are acceptable for testing light\nvehicles up to 4.5t tare mass.\n","sortOrder":176},{"sectionNumber":"Div 2","sectionType":"division","heading":"1.1.1 Prescribed requirements","content":"Division 2.1.1.1 Prescribed requirements\n1 The testing machine must measure braking force at the tyre periphery.\nThe machine must provide for independent readings of braking force\nat each side of the vehicle.\n2 Braking force readings must be displayed as they are generated so\nthat they can be clearly seen by the driver and the authorised person\noperating the testing machine.\n3 The testing machine must be installed so the vehicle remains\nsubstantially level when being tested.\n4 The testing machine must be installed to allow ease of entry and exit\nof the vehicle being tested.\n5 The testing machine rollers must accept wheel sizes from 450mm\ndiameter (10 inch nominal rim diameter) under load.\n6 The distance between the outer edges of the rollers must not be shorter\nthan 2.2m. The distance between the inner edges of the rollers must\nbe not longer than 1m and must be capable of accepting the wheels of\nthe vehicle being examined.\n\nPart 2.1.1 Roller brake testing equipment\n7 The surface of the rollers must have a coefficient of friction of not\nless than 0.6 when measured in combination with dry, original\nequipment tyres.\n8 If the rotational speed of the testing machine rollers exceeds 0.5 km/h,\nthe rollers must be coated with a coarse grit embedded in a durable\nplastic matrix.\n9 Both rollers in each pair of rollers on either side of the brake testing\nmachine must be coupled together by appropriate gearing and must\nbe positively driven.\n10 The testing machine must be capable of repeatedly supporting an axle\nload of 3.5t without damage.\n11 If the rotational speed of the rollers is faster than 0.5 km/h, the\nmachine must default to ‘power switch off’ at the rollers when a\npredetermined level of slip happens between the rollers and the tyres\nof the tested vehicle.\n12 The testing machine must display all braking force measurements in\nkilonewtons (kN) and must be capable of measuring a braking force\nof at least 4kN on each side.\n13 The indicated braking force must be within 2% up to 5kN and 5%\nabove 5kN.\n14 The indicated brake force must be within 5% of the actual braking\nforce over the entire operating range.\n15 The machine must have a way of indicating the difference between\nbrake forces on either side displayed as the ratio of the low reading\ndivided by the higher reading (%).\n16 The testing machine must be capable of detecting any ‘drag force’ on\neach wheel. The drag force is that produced by items such as loaded\nwheel bearings or binding brakes when that brake service system is\nnot energised.\n\nRoller brake testing equipment Part 2.1.1\n17 Each machine must bear a unique serial number issued by its\n18 Calibration and servicing of the machine must be undertaken at\nrecommendations, or every 6 months if the manufacturer does not\nprovide recommendations for service or calibration.\n19 The testing machine must be capable of providing an original and\nDivision 2.1.1.2 Optional features\n1 The testing machine may—\n(a) be capable of providing inbuilt weighing of the load imposed by\neach wheel being brake tested; or\n(b) have listings of manufacturers’ individual wheel loadings for all\nvehicles being brake tested; or\n(c) have a set of portable scales suitable for weighing individual\nwheel loads of all vehicles being tested.\n3 The testing machine may be capable of recording a brake pedal force\nof up to 1000N + or - 2%.\n4 The testing machine may have an alphanumeric keyboard to enter\n\nPart 2.1.2 Skid plate brake testing\nPart 2.1.2 Skid plate brake testing\nThis specification sets out the prescribed requirements for skid plate\nor other drive over platform type brake testing machines suitable for\ntesting vehicles up to 5t tare mass.\nDivision 2.1.2.1 Prescribed requirements\n1 The machine must provide for independent readings of braking force\nat each side of the vehicle.\n2 If the testing machine is designed to test 2 axles at the same time, it\nmust be capable of accepting vehicles with a wheel base measuring\nup to 4m.\n3 The testing machine must be capable of brake testing vehicles with a\nwheel track of at least 1m to 2.2m.\n4 The testing machine skid plates must have a coefficient of friction of\nat least 0.6 when measured in combination with dry, original\nequipment tyres.\n5 The machine must be capable of repeatedly supporting an axle load\nof 3.5t without damage.\n6 The testing machine must indicate the peak and average deceleration\nover the range of 0 to 1g with an accuracy of 5% of full scale and an\noutput resolution of 1%.\n7 The testing machine must be installed so the vehicle remains\nsubstantially level when being tested.\n8 The testing machine must be installed to allow ease of entry and exit\nof the vehicle being tested.\n9 The manufacturer’s recommended test speed for service and\nemergency brakes must be indicated on the machine and visible to the\ndriver in letters not less than 50mm high.\n\nSkid plate brake testing Part 2.1.2\n10 The testing machine must be capable of measuring and indicating\nbraking force per wheel group in the range of 0 to 5kN.\n11 The testing machine must have a way of indicating the difference\nbetween brake forces on either side displayed as a ratio of the low\nreading divided by the higher reading (%).\n12 Each machine must bear a unique serial number issued by its\n13 Calibration and servicing of the machine must be undertaken at\nrecommendations, or every 6 months if the manufacturer does not\nprovide recommendations for service or calibration.\n14 The testing machine must be capable of providing an original and\nDivision 2.1.2.2 Optional features\n2 The test machine may be capable of recording a brake pedal force of\nup to 1000N + or - 2%.\n3 The test machine may have an alphanumeric keyboard to enter\n\nPart 2.1.3 Vehicle deceleration brake testing\nPart 2.1.3 Vehicle deceleration brake\ntesting\nThis specification sets out the prescribed requirements for vehicle\ndecelerometers used at vehicle inspection stations.\nDivision 2.1.3.1 Prescribed requirements\n1 The testing machine must measure the overall braking effect of a\n2 The testing machine must be electronic in nature.\n3 The testing machine must indicate the peak deceleration over the\nrange of 0 to 1g with an accuracy of 5% of full scale and maintain\nthat reading until reset.\n4 Each testing machine must bear a unique serial number issued by the\n5 Calibration and servicing of the test machine must be undertaken in\naccordance with the manufacturers recommendations.\n6 The testing machine must be capable of providing an original and\nDivision 2.1.3.2 Optional features\n2 The testing machine may have an alphanumeric keyboard to enter\n\nHeadlamp aim testing equipment Part 2.2.1\nChapter 2.2 Prescribed requirements for all\nregistrable vehicles\nPart 2.2.1 Headlamp aim testing equipment\nThis specification sets out the prescribed requirements for headlight\naim testing machines used at vehicle inspection stations.\nMachines complying with this specification must be suitable for\ntesting the aim of headlights, fog lights and auxiliary driving lights\nfitted to cars, light and heavy commercial vehicles and motorcycles.\n1 The machine must conform with the requirements of SAE\nRecommended Practice J 600.\n2 The machine must be capable of testing the aim and intensity of\nlights, centres of which are not lower than 0.5m and no higher than\n1.4m above the surface of the roadway.\n3 The aim requirements of SAE J 600 must be applied to headlights\nwith an asymmetrical European beam pattern operated in the high\nbeam mode.\n4 The machine must be either mounted on traversing rails or on fixed\naxle wheels to provide for lateral movement of the machine across\nthe vehicle being tested. The installation (rails or surface on which\nthe wheels roll) must provide for the reference axis of the machine to\nbe parallel to the plane on which the vehicle is standing.\n5 The machine must bear a unique serial number issued by its\n\nPart 2.2.1 Headlamp aim testing equipment\n6 Calibration and service of the machine must be undertaken at regular\nintervals in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, or\nevery 6 months if the manufacturer does not provide\nrecommendations for service or calibration.\n\nLight transmittance testing equipment Part 2.2.2\nPart 2.2.2 Light transmittance testing\nequipment\nThis specification sets the requirements for an instrument to measure\nthe light transmittance of vehicle glazing including where tinted\nplastic film has been applied.\n1 The instrument must be of sound construction, portable and supply\nits own energy source.\n2 The instrument must provide indication to the operator of a variation\nof its energy supply that would affect the accurate operation of the\ninstrument.\n3 The instrument may be of 2 components, a light source and a light\nsource receiver. The voltage to the light source must be stabilised\nwithin 0.1%.\n4 The light source receiver may have an analogue or digital display.\nA peak hold facility is recommended.\n5 The instrument must be adaptable so as to be able to test light\ntransmittance on all glazing of a vehicle.\n6A A pre-test check should display a reading of 100% when the light\nsource and receiver are brought into the test position (without a test\nsample). The instrument reading under sample test conditions must\nbe in a proportion of that 100% with a resolution of 1%.\n7 The accuracy of the transmittance reading must be within 5% of full\nscale over the range of 20% to 100%.\n8 The light source must be representative of illuminant A of the\nInternational Commission on Illumination (C.1.E.) and be of an\nincandescent filament source at a nominal colour temperature of\n2856oK.\n\nPart 2.2.2 Light transmittance testing equipment\n9 The light receiver must have a relative spectral sensitivity conforming\nto the requirements of the C.1.E. 1931 Standard observer for photopic\nvision.\n10 The machine must bear a unique serial number issued by its\n11 Calibration and service of the instrument must be undertaken at\nrecommendations, or every 12 months if the manufacturer does not\nprovide recommendations for service or calibrations.\n\nNoise testing equipment Part 2.2.3\nPart 2.2.3 Noise testing equipment\nThis specification sets out the requirement for an instrument to\nmeasure the noise generated by a vehicle at the exhaust pipe outlet.\n","sortOrder":177},{"sectionNumber":"1A","sectionType":"section","heading":"The device must comply with at least 1 of the standards mentioned in","content":"1A The device must comply with at least 1 of the standards mentioned in\nthe following table:\nitem\nstandard\ncategory\n1 International Electrotechnical Commission Publication IEC\n61672-1 Ed. 1.0 (Multilingual 2002):\nElectroacoustics – Sound level meters – Part 1: Specifications\nClass 1/Class 2\n2 Australian Standard AS IEC 61672.1 - 2004:\nElectroacoustics - Sound level meters – Specifications\nClass 1/Class 2\n3 Australian Standard AS 1259.1–1990: Accoustics – Sound\nlevel meters Part 1 Non-integrating\nType 1/Type 2\nNote AS 1259.1–1990, IEC 61672-1 and AS IEC 61672.1 – 2004 do not need\nto be notified under the Legislation Act because s 47 (5) does not apply\n(see Legislation Act, s 47 (7)). The standards and IEC publications may\nbe purchased at www.standards.org.au.\n1 The device must be capable of measuring noise across the range of\n50 to 120dB within the A and C frequency rating characteristics.\n2 The device may have 1 or more frequency range indicators that must\noverlap by a minimum of 10dB.\n3 The device must be capable of displaying the maximum noise reading\nand maintaining that reading until reset. The display must be digital\nin increments not more than 0.2dB.\n4 The device must be accurate to + or - 1.5dB.\n5 Over and under range indication is required at +10dB and -5dB.\n\nPart 2.2.3 Noise testing equipment\n6 Self calibration indication is required and adjustment must be\nprovided.\nNote Calibration using an external noise generating device corrected to a sound\npressure of + or - 1dB immediately before each noise test is an acceptable\nalternative to self calibration indication.\n7 Calibration using an outside noise generating device corrected to a\nsound pressure level of + or - 1dB must be carried out in accordance\nwith the manufacturers recommendations or every 3 months if the\nmanufacturer does not provide recommendations for service or\ncalibration.\n\n(see s 3)\nNote 1 The Legislation Act contains definitions and other provisions relevant to\nthis regulation.\nNote 2 For example, the Legislation Act, dict, pt 1, defines the following terms:\n• contravene\n• exercise\n• daylight\n• fire and rescue service\n• found guilty\n• function\n• home address\n• night\n• rural fire service\n• SES\n• the Territory.\nNote 3 Terms used in this regulation have the same meaning that they have in\nthe Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Act 1999 (see Legislation Act,\ns 148.) For example, the following terms are defined in the Road\nTransport (Vehicle Registration) Act 1999, dict:\n• authorised person\n• drive\n• garage address\n• gross combination mass (or GCM)\n• gross vehicle mass (or GVM)\n• heavy vehicle\n• identification plate\n• inspect\n• RAV\n• registered\n• registered operator\n• registrable vehicle\n• registrable vehicles register (or register)\n\n• trader’s plate\n• unregistered vehicle permit.\nNote 4 The Road Transport (General) Act 1999 contains definitions relevant to\nthis regulation. For example, the following terms are defined in the Road\nTransport (General) Act 1999, dictionary:\n• bicycle\n• combination\n• driver\n• jurisdiction\n• MAI policy\n• motor vehicle\n• responsible person\n• road\n• road related area\n• road transport authority (or authority) (see s 16)\n• road transport legislation (see s 6)\n• trailer\n• taxi\n• vehicle.\n2nd edition ADR—see schedule 1, section 1.13.\n3rd edition ADR—see schedule 1, section 1.14.\nadopted standard—see schedule 1, section 1.21.\nADR (or Australian Design Rule)—see schedule 1 (Light vehicle\nstandards), section 1.10.\nair brake means an air-operated or air-assisted brake.\nalternative headlight means a headlight that is operated instead of\nanother headlight by a dipping device.\napplicable vehicle standards—see section 103.\napproval, of premises, for part 6.3 (Inspections)—see section 115.\n\napproved corresponding WOVR—see the Road Transport (General)\nRegulation 2000, section 31 (1).\napproved premises, for part 6.3 (Inspections)—see section 115.\nAustralian Design Rule—see ADR.\nauthorisation, for part 6.3 (Inspections)—see section 115.\nauthorised examiner, for part 6.3 (Inspections)—see section 115.\naxle means 1 or more shafts, positioned in a line across a vehicle, on\nwhich 1 or more wheels intended to support the vehicle turn.\naxle group means a single, tandem, twinsteer, tri or quad axle group.\nbicycle rack means a device designed or adapted—\n(a) to be attached to the rear of a motor vehicle (other than a\nmotorbike or a motortrike); and\n(b) to transport bicycles, wheelchairs, invalid chairs or, if approved\nby the road transport authority, other apparatus or vehicles.\nbicycle rack numberplate means a numberplate issued by the road\ntransport authority under this regulation to the registered operator of\na motor vehicle for display on a bicycle rack on the vehicle.\nbrake means a device for retarding or controlling the rotation of the\nwheels of a vehicle and for bringing the vehicle to a stop.\nbraking system, of a vehicle, means all the brakes of the vehicle and\nall the components of the mechanisms by which they are operated.\nBritish Standard means a standard approved for publication on\nbehalf of the British Standards Institution.\nNote Copies of British Standards are available from offices of Standards\nAustralia.\n\nBritish Standards Institution means the institution of that name\nestablished under royal charter in the United Kingdom.\nbus—see the Road Transport (Public Passenger Services) Act 2001,\nsection 10A.\nbusiness address, for a corporation, includes the address of the\ncorporation’s registered office.\ncar means a motor vehicle built mainly to carry people that—\n(a) seats no more than 9 adults (including the driver); and\n(b) has a body commonly known as a sedan, station wagon, coupe,\nconvertible or roadster; and\n(c) has 4 or more wheels.\ncar derivative means a motor vehicle—\n(a) that is of the kind known as a utility, station wagon or panel van;\nand\n(b) that is of the same make as a factory-produced car; and\n(c) in which the part of the body form that is in front of the\nwindscreen, and most of the mechanical equipment, are the\nsame or substantially the same as in a factory-produced car.\n\ncentre-line, of an axle group, means—\n(a) if the group consists of 2 axles, one of which is fitted with twice\nthe number of tyres as the other axle⎯a line located 1/3 of the\nway from the centre-line of the axle with more tyres towards the\ncentre-line of the axle with fewer tyres; or\n(b) in any other case⎯a line located midway between the centre-\nlines of the outermost axles of the group.\nCentre-line of a tandem axle group fitted with an equal\nnumber of tyres on each axle\nCentre-line of a tandem axle group fitted with a different\nnumber of tyres on each axle\n\ncertificate of approval, for part 6.3 (Inspections)—see section 115.\ncertificate of approved operations means a certificate issued or\naccepted for a registrable vehicle under section 114 (Installation of\noperations plates, modification of vehicles etc).\ncertificate of authorisation, for part 6.3 (Inspections)—see\nsection 115.\ncertified to ADR 83/00, for schedule 1, division 1.10.3 (Noise\nemissions)––see schedule 1, section 1.144.\nclearance light means a light that, when operated, provides an\nindication of the width of a vehicle, together with any load or\nequipment on it, when viewed either from the front or from the rear\ncomponent identification number, for a vehicle part of a registrable\nvehicle, for part 6.4 (Component identification numbers)—see\nsection 154.\nconverter dolly means a trailer with 1 axle group or single axle, and\na fifth wheel coupling, designed to convert a semitrailer into a dog\nConverter dolly\ndefect notice means a defect notice under the Act, section 25 (4) (a).\ndesignated place means a place designated by the road transport\n\ndipping device means a device by which the driver of a motor vehicle\ncan, from the normal driving position—\n(a) if the vehicle has 1 headlight—dip the main beam of light\nprojected by the headlight, or turn off the headlight and\nsimultaneously turn on an alternative headlight; or\n(b) if the vehicle has 2 headlights—dip the main beam of light\nprojected by each headlight, or turn off the headlights and\nsimultaneously turn on 2 alternative headlights; or\n(c) if the vehicle has 4 headlights in sets of 2—turn off the high\nbeam in each set.\ndog trailer means a trailer (including a trailer consisting of a\nsemitrailer and converter dolly) with—\n(a) 1 axle group or single axle at the front that is steered by\nconnection to the towing vehicle by a drawbar; and\n(b) 1 axle group or single axle at the rear.\nDog trailer\ndrawbar means a part of a trailer (other than a semitrailer) connecting\nthe trailer body to a coupling for towing purposes.\neligible vehicle means a vehicle eligible for registration under\nsection 26.\n\nemergency brake means a brake designed to be used if a service brake\nfails.\nemergency vehicle means a vehicle driven, or intended to be driven,\nby an emergency worker driving the vehicle in the course of his or\nher duties as an emergency worker.\nemergency worker—see the Road Transport (Road Rules)\nRegulation 2017, dictionary.\nexaminers register, for part 6.3 (Inspections)—see section 115.\nfifth wheel coupling means a device, other than the upper rotating\nelement and the kingpin (which are parts of a semitrailer), used with\na prime mover, semitrailer or converter dolly, to allow quick coupling\nand uncoupling and to provide for articulation.\nfog light means a front fog light or a rear fog light.\nfront fog light means a light used to improve the illumination of the\nroad in case of fog, snowfall, heavy rain or a dust storm.\nglazing means material fitted to the front, sides, rear or interior of a\nvehicle, through which the driver can see the road, but does not\ninclude a coating added after manufacture of the material.\nGTM (or gross trailer mass) means the mass transmitted to the\nground by the axles of a trailer when the trailer is loaded to its GVM\nand connected to a towing vehicle.\nhigh-beam, for a headlight or front fog light fitted to a vehicle, means\nthat the light is built or adjusted so, when the vehicle is standing on\nlevel ground, the top of the main beam of light projected is above the\nlow-beam position.\nidentification label, for a trader’s plate, means an identification label\nfor the plate issued under section 90 (Identification labels for trader’s\nplates) or section 92 (Replacement identification labels).\n\nimplement means a motor vehicle that—\n(a) is built—\n(i) as an excavator, road grader, road-roller, bulldozer, forklift\ntruck or similar item of equipment; or\n(ii) to perform a function that equipment mentioned in\nsubparagraph (i) can perform; and\n(b) is not built on a chassis of a type normally used in the\nconstruction of a truck.\ninfringement notice—\n(a) means a notice served under the Road Transport (General)\nAct 1999, section 24 (Infringement notices); and\n(b) includes a notice (however described) served on a person under\nthe law of another jurisdiction that gives the person the option\nof paying an amount for an offence instead of being charged\nwith the offence.\nleft, for a vehicle, means to the left of the centre of the vehicle when\nviewed by a person in the vehicle who is facing towards the front of\nlight combination means a combination of only light vehicles.\nlight motor vehicle means a motor vehicle that is a light vehicle.\nlight trailer means a trailer that is a light vehicle.\nlight vehicle means a registrable vehicle that is not a heavy vehicle.\nlost includes mislaid or unable to be found for any reason.\nlow-beam, for a headlight or front fog light fitted to a vehicle, means\nthat the light is built or adjusted so, when the vehicle is stopped on\nlevel ground, the top of the main beam of light projected is—\n(a) not higher than the centre of the headlight or fog light, when\nmeasured 8m in front of the vehicle; and\n\n(b) not more than 1m higher than the level where the vehicle is\nstanding, when measured 25m in front of the vehicle.\nA headlight in the low-beam position\nmajor defect notice—see section 159 (1) (a) (Issue of defect notices\nand formal warnings).\nminor defect notice—see section 159 (1) (b).\nmoped means a motorbike or motortrike with an engine cylinder\ncapacity of not over 50ml and a maximum speed of not over 50km/h.\nmotorbike means any motor vehicle that has 2 wheels, and includes a\n2-wheeled motor vehicle with a sidecar attached to it that is supported\nby a 3rd wheel.\nmotortrike means a motor vehicle with 3 wheels, but does not include\na 2-wheeled motorbike with a sidecar attached to it that is supported\nby a 3rd wheel.\nmudguard means a fitting or device, with or without a mudflap, that\nis built and fitted to a vehicle in a way that will, as far as practicable,\ncatch or deflect downwards any stone, mud, water or other substance\nthrown up by the rotation of the wheel to which the fitting or device\nis fitted.\nnominated configuration, for a registration period of a registrable\nvehicle, means the configuration, nominated by the registered\noperator, in which the vehicle will operate for the registration period.\n\nnon-standard registration number means a number that is\ndetermined to be a non-standard registration number under\nsection 47.\nnumber includes a letter of the alphabet.\nnumberplate means a vehicle numberplate or bicycle rack\noperations plate means a plate installed on a registrable vehicle in\naccordance with section 114 (Installation of operations plates,\nmodification of vehicles etc).\noperator—\n(a) of a light vehicle, for part 6.1 (General requirements)—see\nsection 105; and\n(b) of a combination, for part 6.1—see section 106.\nowner—\n(a) of a prescribed right to a non-standard registration number, for\npart 3.5 (Numberplates)—see section 46; and\n(b) of premises, for part 6.3 (Inspections)—see section 115.\nplate-holder, of a numberplate, for part 3.5 (Numberplates)—see\nsection 46.\npoint of articulation means—\n(a) the axis of a kingpin for a fifth wheel; or\n(b) the vertical axis of rotation of a fifth wheel coupling; or\n(c) the vertical axis of rotation of a turntable assembly; or\n(d) the vertical axis of rotation of the front axle group, or single axle,\nof a dog trailer; or\n(e) the coupling pivot point of a semitrailer.\n\nPoint of articulation—fifth wheel coupling on a converter\ndolly (forming the front axle group of a dog trailer)\nPoint of articulation—fifth wheel on a prime mover\n\nPoint of articulation—kingpin for fifth wheel\npole-type trailer means a trailer that—\n(a) is attached to a towing vehicle by a pole, or an attachment fitted\nto a pole; and\n(b) is ordinarily used for transporting loads, including, for example,\nlogs, pipes, structural members or other long objects, that can\ngenerally support themselves like beams between supports.\nPole-type trailer\n\npolice vehicle means a vehicle driven, or intended to be driven, by a\npolice officer in the course of the police officer’s duty.\nprescribed requirements, for premises and equipment on premises—\nsee section 115.\nprescribed right, to a non-standard registration number, for part 3.5\n(Numberplates)—see section 46.\nproprietor, of premises, for part 6.3 (Inspections)—see section 115.\nprime mover means a motor vehicle built to tow a semitrailer.\npublic passenger vehicle—see the Road Transport (Public\nPassenger Services) Act 2001, dictionary.\nrear fog light means a light used on a vehicle to make it more easily\nvisible from the rear in dense fog.\nrear overhang, of a vehicle, means the distance between the rear\noverhang line and the rear of the vehicle.\nrear overhang line, of a vehicle, means—\n(a) if there is a single axle at the rear of the vehicle—the centre-line\nof the axle; or\n(b) if there is an axle group at the rear of the vehicle—the centre-\nline of the axle group, decided without regard to the presence of\nany steerable axle unless all axles in the group are steerable.\n\nRear overhang and rear overhang line—motor vehicle\nRear overhang and rear overhang line—semitrailer\nregistered vehicle means a registrable vehicle registered under the\nAct.\nregistration certificate, for a vehicle, means a registration certificate\nissued for the vehicle under section 40 (Registration certificates).\n\nregistration charge category means the vehicle’s category under the\ncurrent determination of the Minister under the Road Transport\n(General) Act 1999, section 96 determining the fees, charges and\nother amounts payable in relation to the registration of vehicles.\nregistration number, for a registrable vehicle, means the\ndistinguishing registration number given to the vehicle under\nsection 49 (1) (Vehicle numberplates).\nregistration provisions, for chapter 2 (Application of regulation)—\nsee section 6.\nright—\n(a) to a non-standard registration number, for part 3.5\n(Numberplates)—see section 46; and\n(b) for a vehicle—means to the right of the centre of the vehicle\nwhen viewed by a person in the vehicle who is facing to the front\nroad train—see the Heavy Vehicle National Law (ACT), section 5.\nRoad train\nseasonal vehicle means a vehicle of a kind declared to be a seasonal\nvehicle under section 31 (Duration of registration) if the vehicle is\nused during part of the year only.\nseatbelt means a belt or similar device that is fitted to a motor vehicle\nand designed to restrain or limit the movement of a person who is\nseated in the vehicle and wearing the belt or device, if the vehicle\nsuddenly accelerates or decelerates.\nsemitrailer means a trailer (including a pole-type trailer) that has—\n\n(a) 1 axle group or single axle to the rear; and\n(b) a means of attachment to a prime mover that results in some of\nthe load being imposed on the prime mover.\nservice brake, for a vehicle, means the brake normally used to\ndecelerate the vehicle.\nsidecar means any car, box or other receptacle attached to the side of\na motorbike and for the transport of which a 3rd wheel is provided.\nside marker light means a light that, when operating, is visible from\nthe side of the vehicle where it is attached.\nsingle axle means an axle not forming part of an axle group.\nsingle axle group means a group of at least 2 axles in which the\nless than 1m.\nstation wagon means a car—\n(a) in which the part of the body form adjacent to and in front of the\nfront seat or seats, and most of the mechanical equipment, are\nthe same or substantially the same as in a car of the same make;\nand\n(b) in which the body is carried without significant reduction in\nheight from the front seat or seats to, or substantially towards,\nthe rear of the vehicle; and\n(c) that has an entrance at the rear suitable for loading and unloading\ngoods; and\n(d) that is built with a rear seat or seats that can be folded or\nremoved readily to provide additional floor space for goods; and\n(e) that, when the seat or seats immediately to the rear of the front\nseat or seats are in position to seat people, the vehicle has a\nsubstantial space for goods in proportion to the overall size of\nthe interior of the vehicle.\n\nsteerable axle, for a vehicle, means an axle the wheels of which are\nconnected to a steering mechanism for the vehicle.\ntandem axle group means a group of at least 2 axles in which the\nat least 1m, but not over 2m.\ntare mass, for a motor vehicle, means—\n(a) for a motorbike or motortrike—the mass of the vehicle when\nready for use, unoccupied and unladen, with all fluid reservoirs\nfilled to nominal capacity (except the fuel tank which must be\nempty) and with all standard equipment and any options fitted;\nand\n(b) for any other vehicle—the mass of the vehicle when ready for\nuse, unoccupied and unladen, with all fluid reservoirs filled to\nnominal capacity (except for the fuel tank which must contain\n10L of fuel) and with all standard equipment and any options\nfitted.\ntow truck means a truck that—\n(a) is built or used for towing broken-down or damaged vehicles;\nand\n(b) includes, or has permanently attached to it, a crane or similar\napparatus for—\n(i) lifting a vehicle partly clear of the ground; and\n(ii) keeping it partly clear of the ground while towing it; and\n(c) has no significant flat area on which goods can be carried.\ntractor means a motor vehicle that—\n(a) is built mainly to supply motive power for machinery or to haul\nanother vehicle; and\n\n(b) cannot carry a load (other than tools, spare parts, fuel, water, oil,\nor other accessories, necessary for use in connection with the\nvehicle) or any part of the weight of a vehicle being towed or its\nload.\ntransport enforcement vehicle means a vehicle used by authorised\npersons to enforce the road transport legislation.\ntri axle group means a group of at least 3 axles, in which the\nover 2m, but not over 3.2m.\ntruck means a motor vehicle (whether or not in combination with a\ntrailer) that is built mainly—\n(a) to carry goods or merchandise or to carry materials used in a\ntrade, business or industry; or\n(b) for use in work other than carrying people;\nbut does not include a motorbike or tractor.\nturntable means a bearing built to carry vertical and horizontal loads,\nbut does not allow quick separation of its upper and lower rotating\nelements, and that is used to connect and allow articulation\nbetween—\n(a) a prime mover and a semitrailer; or\n(b) the steering axle or axle group of a dog trailer and the body of\nthe trailer; or\n(c) a fifth wheel coupling and the vehicle to which it is mounted.\nunleaded petrol motor vehicle means a vehicle required to be\nmanufactured to operate on unleaded petrol in accordance with the\nrequirements of an applicable ADR.\nunregistered vehicle means an unregistered registrable vehicle.\nvacuum brakes means vacuum-operated or vacuum-assisted brakes.\n\nvehicle identifier—see the Road Transport (General) Act 1999,\nsection 83B.\nvehicle inspection station means a place operated by or for the road\ntransport authority to find out whether registrable vehicles comply\nwith the applicable vehicle standards for the vehicles.\nvehicle numberplate—\n(a) for the Act generally, means a numberplate (other than a bicycle\nrack numberplate) issued by the road transport authority under\nthis regulation; and\n(b) for division 3.5.6 (Damaged, lost, stolen or destroyed\nnumberplates), includes a trader’s plate.\nvehicle part, of a registrable vehicle, for part 6.4 (Component\nidentification numbers)—see section 154.\nVIN, of a vehicle, means the vehicle identification number allocated\nto the vehicle in accordance with the ADRs.\nwindscreen, of a vehicle, means the main front windscreen of the\nvehicle, but does not include a wind deflector or other subsidiary\nwindscreen.\nwritten-off vehicle—see the Road Transport (General) Act 1999,\nsection 83B.\nwritten-off vehicles register—see the Road Transport (General)\nAct 1999, section 83B.\nyellow includes amber.\n\nAbout the endnotes 1\n1 About the endnotes\nAmending and modifying laws are annotated in the legislation history and the\namendment history. Current modifications are not included in the republished law\nbut are set out in the endnotes.\nNot all editorial amendments made under the Legislation Act 2001, part 11.3 are\nannotated in the amendment history. Full details of any amendments can be\nobtained from the Parliamentary Counsel’s Office.\nUncommenced amending laws are not included in the republished law. The details\nof these laws are underlined in the legislation history. Uncommenced expiries are\nunderlined in the legislation history and amendment history.\nIf all the provisions of the law have been renumbered, a table of renumbered\nprovisions gives details of previous and current numbering.\nThe endnotes also include a table of earlier republications.\n2 Abbreviation key\nA = Act NI = Notifiable instrument\nAF = Approved form o = order\nam = amended om = omitted/repealed\namdt = amendment ord = ordinance\nAR = Assembly resolution orig = original\nch = chapter par = paragraph/subparagraph\nCN = Commencement notice pres = present\ndef = definition prev = previous\nDI = Disallowable instrument (prev...) = previously\ndict = dictionary pt = part\ndisallowed = disallowed by the Legislative r = rule/subrule\nAssembly reloc = relocated\ndiv = division renum = renumbered\nexp = expires/expired R[X] = Republication No\nGaz = gazette RI = reissue\nhdg = heading s = section/subsection\nIA = Interpretation Act 1967 sch = schedule\nins = inserted/added sdiv = subdivision\nLA = Legislation Act 2001 SL = Subordinate law\nLR = legislation register sub = substituted\nLRA = Legislation (Republication) Act 1996 underlining = whole or part not commenced\nmod = modified/modification or to be expired\n\nThis regulation was originally the Road Transport (Vehicle Registration)\nRegulations 2000. It was renamed under the Legislation Act 2001.\nSL2000-12\nnotified 29 February 2000 (Gaz 2000 No S6)\ns 1, s 2 commenced 29 February 2000 (IA s 10B)\nremainder commenced 1 March 2000 (s 2 and see Gaz 2000 No S5)\nas amended by\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulations SL2000-22 pt 3\nnotified 18 May 2000 (Gaz 2000 No 20)\ncommenced 18 May 2000 (s 1)\nRoad Transport (Vehicle Registration) Regulations Amendment 2001\nSL2001-7\nnotified 28 February 2001 (Gaz 2001 No S10)\ns 1 commenced 28 February 2001 (IA s 10B)\nremainder commenced 1 March 2001 (s 1)\ns 9, s 12 disallowed 29 March 2001\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Act 2001 A2001-27 sch 4\nnotified 24 May 2001 (Gaz 2001 No 21)\ns 1, s 2 commenced 24 May 2001 (IA s 10B)\nsch 4 commenced 24 May 2001 (s 2)\nLegislation (Consequential Amendments) Act 2001 A2001-44 pt 350\nnotified 26 July 2001 (Gaz 2001 No 30)\ns 1, s 2 commenced 26 July 2001 (IA s 10B)\npt 350 commenced 12 September 2001 (s 2 and see Gaz 2001\nNo S65)\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulations 2002 SL2002-2\npt 7\nnotified LR 27 February 2002\ns 1, s 2 commenced 27 February 2002 (LA s 75)\npt 7 commenced 1 March 2002 (s 2 and see CN 2002 No 2)\n\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Act 2002 A2002-23 ss 15-25\nnotified LR 9 September 2002\ns 1, s 2 commenced 9 September 2002 (LA s 75)\nss 15-25 commenced 28 January 2003 (s 2 (3) and CN2002-16)\nStatute Law Amendment Act 2002 A2002-30 pt 3.75\nnotified LR 16 September 2002\ns 1, s 2 taken to have commenced 19 May 1997 (LA s 75 (2))\npt 3.75 commenced 17 September 2002 (s 2 (1))\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulations 2002 (No 2)\nSL2002-31 pt 6\nnotified LR 31 October 2002\ns 1, s 2 commenced 31 October 2002 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 6 commenced 28 January 2003 (s 2 (2) and CN2002-16)\nRoad Transport Legislation (Taxi Services) Amendment Regulations\n2003 (No 1) SL2003-32 pt 3\nnotified LR 22 September 2003\ns 1, s 2 commenced 22 September 2003 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 3 commenced 23 September 2003 (s 2)\nEmergencies Act 2004 A2004-28 sch 3 pt 3.21\nnotified LR 29 June 2004\ns 1, s 2 commenced 29 June 2004 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 3 pt 3.21 commenced 1 July 2004 (s 2 (1) and CN2004-11)\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulations 2004 (No 1)\nSL2004-47 pt 6\nnotified LR 9 September 2004\ns 1, s 2 commenced 9 September 2004 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 6 commenced 10 September 2004 (s 2)\nRoad Transport Legislation (Hire Cars) Amendment Regulation 2005\n(No 1) SL2005-4 sch 2 pt 2.6\nnotified LR 7 March 2005\ns 1, s 2 commenced 7 March 2005 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 2 pt 2.6 commenced 9 March 2005 (s 2 and see Road Transport\n(Public Passenger Services) (Hire Cars) Amendment Act 2004\nA2004-69, s 2 and LA s 79)\n\nStatute Law Amendment Act 2005 A2005-20 sch 3 pt 3.60\nnotified LR 12 May 2005\ns 1, s 2 taken to have commenced 8 March 2005 (LA s 75 (2))\nsch 3 pt 3.60 commenced 2 June 2005 (s 2 (1))\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation 2005 (No 1)\nSL2005-39 pt 5\nnotified LR 14 December 2005\ns 1, s 2 commenced 14 December 2005 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 5 commenced 15 December 2005 (s 2)\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Act 2006 A2006-26 pt 5\nnotified LR 14 June 2006\ns 1, s 2 commenced 14 June 2006 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 5 commenced 2 July 2006 (s 2 and CN2006-12)\nRoad Transport Legislation (Accreditation and Licensing)\nAmendment Regulation 2006 (No 1) SL2006-59 pt 5\nnotified LR 18 December 2006\ns 1, s 2 commenced 18 December 2006 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 5 commenced 1 January 2007 (s 2 and CN2006-24)\nRoad Transport (Vehicle Registration) Amendment Regulation 2007\n(No 1) SL2007-2\nnotified LR 24 January 2007\ns 1, s 2 commenced 24 January 2007 (LA s 75 (1))\nremainder commenced 25 January 2007 (s 2)\nRoad Transport (Vehicle Registration) Amendment Regulation 2008\n(No 1) SL2008-16\nnotified LR 17 April 2008\ns 1, s 2 commenced 17 April 2008 (LA s 75 (1))\nremainder commenced 18 April 2008 (s 2)\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation 2008 (No 1)\nSL2008-30 pt 3\nnotified LR 7 July 2008\ns 1, s 2 commenced 7 July 2008 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 3 commenced 8 July 2008 (s 2)\n\nACT Civil and Administrative Tribunal Legislation Amendment\nAct 2008 (No 2) A2008-37 sch 1 pt 1.94\nnotified LR 4 September 2008\ns 1, s 2 commenced 4 September 2008 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 1 pt 1.94 commenced 2 February 2009 (s 2 (1) and see ACT Civil\nand Administrative Tribunal Act 2008 A2008-35, s 2 (1) and CN2009-2)\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation 2009 (No 1)\nSL2009-6 pt 5\nnotified LR 11 March 2009\ns 1, s 2 commenced 11 March 2009 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 5 commenced 16 March 2009 (s 2 and CN2009-7)\nRoad Transport (Third-Party Insurance) Amendment Act 2009\nA2009-16 sch 3 pt 3.5\nnotified LR 30 June 2009\ns 1, s 2 commenced 30 June 2009 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 3 pt 3.5 commenced 5 July 2009 (s 2)\nRoad Transport (Mass, Dimensions and Loading) Act 2009 A2009-22\nsch 1 pt 1.13\nnotified LR 3 September 2009\ns 1, s 2 commenced 3 September 2009 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 1 pt 1.13 commenced 3 March 2010 (s 2 and LA s 79)\nDangerous Goods (Road Transport) Act 2009 A2009-34 sch 1 pt 1.4\nnotified LR 28 September 2009\ns 1, s 2 commenced 28 September 2009 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 1 pt 1.4 commenced 2 April 2010 (s 2, CN2010-5 and LA s 77 (3))\nStatute Law Amendment Act 2009 (No 2) A2009-49 sch 3 pt 3.66\nnotified LR 26 November 2009\ns 1, s 2 commenced 26 November 2009 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 3 pt 3.66 commenced 17 December 2009 (s 2)\nRoad Transport (Mass, Dimensions and Loading) Regulation 2010\nSL2010-4 sch 3 pt 3.3\nnotified LR 1 March 2010\ns 1, s 2 commenced 1 March 2010 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 3 pt 3.3 commenced 3 March 2010 (s 2 and see Road Transport\n(Mass, Dimensions and Loading) Act 2009 A2009-22, s 2 and LA s 79)\n\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation 2010 (No 2)\nSL2010-7 pt 6, sch 1 pt 1.5\nnotified LR 16 March 2010\ns 1, s 2 commenced 16 March 2010 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 6, sch 1 pt 1.5 commenced 17 March 2010 (s 2 (1))\nStatute Law Amendment Act 2010 A2010-18 sch 3 pt 3.25\nnotified LR 13 May 2010\ns 1, s 2 commenced 13 May 2010 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 3 pt 3.25 commenced 3 June 2010 (s 2)\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation 2011 (No 1)\nSL2011-2 pt 4\nnotified LR 27 January 2011\ns 1, s 2 commenced 27 January 2011 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 4 commenced 28 January 2011 (s 2)\nAdministrative (One ACT Public Service Miscellaneous Amendments)\nAct 2011 A2011-22 sch 1 pt 1.138\nnotified LR 30 June 2011\ns 1, s 2 commenced 30 June 2011 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 1 pt 1.138 commenced 1 July 2011 (s 2 (1))\nRoad Transport (Vehicle Registration) Amendment Regulation 2011\n(No 1) SL2011-28\nnotified LR 31 October 2011\ns 1, s 2 commenced 31 October 2011 (LA s 75 (1))\nremainder commenced 1 November 2011 (s 2)\nRoad Transport (General) Amendment Act 2012 (No 2) A2012-16 sch 1\npt 1.5\nnotified LR 15 May 2012\ns 1, s 2 commenced 15 May 2012 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 1 pt 1.5 commenced 15 November 2012 (s 2 and LA s 79)\nRoad Transport (Vehicle Registration) Amendment Regulation 2012\n(No 1) SL2012-21\nnotified LR 31 May 2012\ns 1, s 2 commenced 31 May 2012 (LA s 75 (1))\nremainder commenced 1 June 2012 (s 2)\n\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation 2012 (No 1)\nSL2012-44 pt 7\nnotified LR 19 December 2012\ns 1, s 2 commenced 19 December 2012 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 7 commenced 20 December 2012 (s 2)\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Act 2013 A2013-13 pt 5\nnotified LR 17 April 2013\ns 1, s 2 commenced 17 April 2013 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 5 commenced 24 May 2013 (s 2 (2) and see Road Transport\n(General) (Infringement Notices) Amendment Act 2012 A2012-24\ns 2 (2))\nRoad Transport (General) Amendment Act 2013 A2013-16 sch 1 pt 1.3\nnotified LR 22 May 2013\ns 1, s 2 commenced 22 May 2013 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 1 pt 1.3 commenced 23 May 2013 (s 2)\nStatute Law Amendment Act 2013 A2013-19 sch 3 pt 3.47\nnotified LR 24 May 2013\ns 1, s 2 commenced 24 May 2013 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 3 pt 3.47 commenced 14 June 2013 (s 2)\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation 2013 (No 2)\nSL2013-14 pt 4\nnotified LR 17 June 2013\ns 1, s 2 commenced 17 June 2013 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 4 commenced 1 July 2013 (s 2)\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation 2014 (No 1)\nSL2014-2 pt 3\nnotified LR 7 February 2014\ns 1, s 2 commenced 7 February 2014 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 3 commenced 10 February 2014 (s 2 and see Heavy Vehicle\nNational Law (ACT) Act 2013 A2013-51, s 2 (1) and CN2014-2)\nRoad Transport (Vehicle Registration) Amendment Regulation 2014\n(No 1) SL2014-33\nnotified LR 4 December 2014\ns 1, s 2 commenced 4 December 2014 (LA s 75 (1))\nremainder commenced 5 December 2014 (s 2)\n\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Act 2015 A2015-30 pt 9\nnotified LR 21 August 2015\ns 1, s 2 commenced 21 August 2015 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 9 commenced 22 August 2015 (s 2)\nStatute Law Amendment Act 2015 (No 2) A2015-50 sch 3 pt 3.31\nnotified LR 25 November 2015\ns 1, s 2 commenced 25 November 2015 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 3 pt 3.31 commenced 9 December 2015 (s 2)\nEmergencies Amendment Act 2016 A2016-33 sch 1 pt 1.18\nnotified LR 20 June 2016\ns 1, s 2 commenced 20 June 2016 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 1 pt 1.18 commenced 21 June 2016 (s 2)\nRoad Transport (Taxi Industry Innovation) Legislation Amendment\nRegulation 2016 (No 1) SL2016-20 sch 1 pt 1.6\nnotified LR 26 July 2016\ns 1, s 2 commenced 26 July 2016 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 1 pt 1.6 commenced 1 August 2016 (s 2 (1))\nRoad Transport (Vehicle Registration) Amendment Regulation 2017\n(No 1) SL2017-12\nnotified LR 1 June 2017\ns 1, s 2 commenced 1 June 2017 (LA s 75 (1))\nremainder commenced 2 June 2017 (s 2 (1))\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation 2017 (No 1)\nSL2017-14 pt 4\nnotified LR 13 June 2017\ns 1, s 2 commenced 13 June 2017 (LA s 75 (1))\ns 19 commenced 15 August 2017 (s 2 (2) and see Road Transport\nReform (Light Rail) Legislation Amendment Act 2017 A2017-21, s 2)\npt 4 remainder commenced 1 July 2017 (s 2 (1))\nRoad Transport Reform (Light Rail) Legislation Amendment Act 2017\nA2017-21 pt 12\nnotified LR 8 August 2017\ns 1, s 2 commenced 8 August 2017 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 12 commenced 15 August 2017 (s 2)\n\nRoad Transport (Road Rules) (Consequential Amendments)\nRegulation 2017 (No 1) SL2017-44 sch 1 pt 1.6\nnotified LR 21 December 2017\ns 1, s 2 commenced 21 December 2017 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 1 pt 1.6 commenced 30 April 2018 (s 2 and see Road Transport\n(Road Rules) Regulation 2017 SL2017-43 s 2)\nRoad Transport Reform (Light Rail) Legislation Amendment Act 2018\nA2018-19 sch 1 pt 1.9\nnotified LR 17 May 2018\ns 1, s 2 commenced 17 May 2018 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 1 pt 1.9 commenced 24 May 2018 (s 2)\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation 2018 (No 1)\nSL2018-11 pt 5\nnotified LR 28 June 2018\ns 1, s 2 commenced 28 June 2018 (LA s 75 (1))\ns 11 commenced 1 July 2019 (s 2 (2))\npt 5 remainder commenced 1 July 2018 (s 2 (1))\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation 2018 (No 2)\nSL2018-16 pt 5\nnotified LR 6 September 2018\ns 1, s 2 commenced 6 September 2018 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 5 commenced 7 September 2018 (s 2 (1))\nStatute Law Amendment Act 2018 A2018-42 sch 3 pt 3.32\nnotified LR 8 November 2018\ns 1, s 2 taken to have commenced 1 July 2018 (LA s 75 (2))\nsch 3 pt 3.32 commenced 22 November 2018 (s 2 (1))\nRoad Transport (Vehicle Registration) Amendment Regulation 2018\n(No 1) SL2018-26\nnotified LR 13 December 2018\ns 1, s 2 commenced 13 December 2018 (LA s 75 (1))\nremainder commenced 14 December 2018 (s 2)\nMotor Accident Injuries Act 2019 A2019-12 sch 3 pt 3.16\nnotified LR 31 May 2019\ns 1, s 2 commenced 31 May 2019 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 3 pt 3.16 commenced 1 February 2020 (s 2 (1) and CN2019-13)\n\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Act 2019 A2019-21 pt 17\nnotified LR 8 August 2019\ns 1, s 2 commenced 8 August 2019 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 17 commenced 22 August 2019 (s 2 (4))\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Regulation 2019 (No 1)\nSL2019-31 pt 4\nnotified LR 19 December 2019\ns 1, s 2 commenced 19 December 2019 (LA s 75 (1))\npt 4 commenced 13 January 2020 (s 2 (2))\nRoad Transport (Vehicle Registration) Amendment\nRegulation 2021 (No 1) SL2021-18\nnotified LR 9 August 2021\ns 1, s 2 taken to have commenced 1 July 2021 (LA s 75 (2))\nremainder taken to have commenced 1 July 2021 (s 2 (1))\nEmergencies Amendment Act 2021 A2021-30 sch 1 pt 1.4\nnotified LR 10 December 2021\ns 1, s 2 commenced 10 December 2021 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 1 pt 1.4 commenced 11 December 2021 (s 2)\nRoad Transport Legislation Amendment Act 2022 (No 2) A2022-5 pt 9\nnotified LR 13 April 2022\ns 1, s 2 commenced 13 April 2022 (LA s 75 (1))\nss 42-44, s 47, s 48, s 50 commenced 11 May 2022 (s 2 (2))\npt 9 remainder commenced 27 April 2022 (s 2 (1))\nRoad Safety Legislation Amendment Regulation 2024 (No 1)\nSL2024-11 pt 6\nnotified LR 28 June 2024\ns 1, s 2 commenced 28 June 2024 (LA s 75 (2))\npt 6 commenced 1 July 2024 (s 2 (3))\nStatute Law Amendment Act 2025 A2025-29 sch 4 pt 4.161\nnotified LR 6 November 2025\ns 1, s 2 commenced 6 November 2025 (LA s 75 (1))\nsch 4 pt 4.161 commenced 5 January 2026 (s 2 (8))\n\nName of regulation\ns 1 am R10 LA\nCommencement\ns 2 om A2001-27 amdt 4.33\nDefinitions—the dictionary\ns 3 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 3 am A2001-44 amdt 1.3813\nDiagrams—the dictionary\ns 4 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nOffences against regulation—application of Criminal Code etc\ns 4A ins SL2013-14 s 18\nNotes\ns 5 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 5 am A2001-44 amdt 1.3814; A2002-30 amdt 3.782\n(2), (3) exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nDisapplication of Legislation Act, s 47 (5) and s 47 (6)\ns 5A ins SL2011-28 s 4\nam SL2014-2 s 8; SL2021-18 s 4\nMeaning of registration provisions\ns 6 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 6 am SL2018-11 s 10\nSuspension of exemptions\ns 7 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 7 am SL2010-7 amdt 1.50; A2022-5 s 40\nApplication of Act, s 18 to pt 2.2 vehicles\ns 8 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nVehicles on tow trucks\ns 9 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nVehicles used for agricultural work\ns 10 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nVehicles using roads or road related areas to a limited extent during primary\nproduction\ns 11 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nTrailers used for road construction and other public works\ns 12 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nGolf and green keeping vehicles used on roads or road related areas\ns 13 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\n\nVehicles temporarily in the ACT\ns 14 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 14 sub A2022-5 s 41\nVehicles registered in another jurisdiction by transferred defence force\nmember or eligible family member\ns 15 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 15 om SL2018-11 s 11\nins A2022-5 s 41\nTrailers exempt from registration in another jurisdiction\ns 16 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nVehicles used to fight rural fires\ns 17 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 17 sub A2004-28 amdt 3.63\nam A2010-18 amdt 3.109; A2015-50 amdt 3.146; A2016-33\namdt 1.42; A2021-30 amdt 1.5\nPolice vehicles\ns 18 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nVehicles being driven in the course of motor industry business\ns 18A ins SL2013-14 s 19\nLawn mowers\ns 19 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nBicycles with electric motors\ns 20 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nsub A2015-30 s 44\ns 20 am A2010-18 amdt 3.110, amdt 3.111; A2013-16 amdt 1.4;\nA2015-30 s 45; SL2017-44 amdt 1.40; SL2021-18 s 5\nSegways\ns 20A ins SL2017-14 s 18\nom SL2017-14 s 19\nVehicles used by certain people with disabilities\ns 21 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nVehicles being driven to obtain registration etc\ns 22 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 22 am SL2014-33 s 4; A2019-12 amdt 3.104\nVehicles being inspected\ns 23 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 23 am SL2014-33 s 5; A2019-12 amdt 3.104\nSelf-propelled elevating work platforms\ns 24 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\n\nRegistered operator of registrable vehicle\ns 25 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nEligible vehicles\ns 26 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 26 am SL2010-7 amdt 1.51; A2019-12 amdt 3.105\nWho may apply for registration?\ns 27 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nInformation that may be required for registration application\ns 28 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 28 am A2009-49 amdt 3.164, amdt 3.165; pars renum R22 LA;\nA2012-16 amdt 1.18; pars renum R32 LA\nSupporting evidence for registration application\ns 29 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nGiving authority registration application and supporting evidence\ns 30 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nDuration of registration\ns 31 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 31 am SL2001-7 s 3, s 4; A2001-44 amdt 1.3815; A2013-19\namdt 3.470; A2025-29 amdt 4.162\nDeciding applications for registration—general\ns 32 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 32 am SL2002-2 s 38; A2002-23 s 16\nsub SL2003-32 s 19\nam SL2005-4 amdt 2.51; A2013-19 amdt 3.446, amdt 3.447;\nSL2013-14 s 20; SL2019-31 s 38, s 39\nDeciding applications for registration—written-off vehicles\ns 32A ins A2002-23 s 17\nam SL2002-31 s 26, s 27, s 32; SL2012-21 s 4; pars renum\nR31 LA\nDeciding applications for registration—public passenger vehicles\ns 32AA ins SL2005-39 s 32\nam SL2011-28 s 5; SL2013-14 s 21\nsub SL2016-20 amdt 1.45\nam A2018-19 amdt 1.18\nDeciding applications for registration—taxis\ns 32B ins A2002-23 s 17\nom SL2002-31 s 28\nins SL2003-32 s 20\nam SL2004-47 s 48; par renum R12 LA\nsub SL2010-7 s 48\nam A2010-18 amdt 3.112; SL2021-18 s 6\n\nDeciding applications for registration—certain hire cars\ns 32C ins SL2005-4 amdt 2.52\n(2), (3) (defs original operator, private hire car, small bus),\n(4) exp 1 July 2010 (s 32C (4))\nss renum R27 LA\nom SL2013-14 s 22\nConditional registration\ns 33 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 33 am SL2011-28 s 6, s 7; SL2021-18 ss 7-9; pars renum R57 LA\nGeneral information to be recorded in register\ns 34 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 34 am A2009-49 amdt 3.166, amdt 3.167; pars renum R22 LA;\nSL2014-33 s 6; A2019-12 amdt 3.106\nOther information that may be recorded in register\ns 35 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nRecording of dealing restrictions\ns 36 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nChanges in description or configuration to be recorded\ns 37 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nRegister to record information over previous 2 years\ns 38 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nSearches of registrable vehicles register etc\ns 39 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 39 am A2013-19 amdt 3.448\nRegistration certificates\ns 40 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 40 am SL2001-7 s 5\nRecovery of lost or stolen registration certificates\ns 43 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nRegistration labels—heavy vehicles\ns 44 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nsub SL2013-14 s 23\ns 44 am SL2011-28 s 8, s 9; pars renum R30 LA; SL2013-14\nss 23-25\nom SL2018-11 s 12\nUsing a heavy vehicle without registration label etc\ns 45 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nsub SL2013-14 s 26\ns 45 am SL2007-2 s 4; SL2013-14 s 27, s 28; A2017-21 s 89\nom SL2018-11 s 12\n\nStreamlined registration procedures\ns 45A ins SL2001-7 s 6\nam SL2013-14 s 29, s 30; SL2018-11 ss 13-15; A2025-29\namdt 4.162\nDefinitions for pt 3.5\ns 46 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nDetermination of non-standard registration numbers\ns 47 sub A2001-44 amdt 1.3816\nApplication of pt 3.5 to trader’s plates\ns 48 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nVehicle numberplates\ns 49 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 49 am SL2001-7 s 7\nBicycle rack numberplates\ns 50 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nDimensions, layout etc of numberplates\ns 51 sub A2001-44 amdt 1.3817\nAuthority may change registration number\ns 52 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nNature of prescribed rights\ns 53 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nSelling rights to non-standard registration numbers\ns 54 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nAssignment of rights\ns 55 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nDisplay of numberplates\ns 59 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 59 am SL2002-2 s 39; SL2014-2 s 9\nUsing vehicle without numberplate etc\ns 60 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nSwapping of numberplates\ns 61 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nTransfer of numberplate to another vehicle\ns 62 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nExchange of numberplates\ns 63 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\n\nDamaged numberplates\ns 64 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nLost, stolen or destroyed numberplates\ns 65 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nRecovery of lost or stolen numberplates\ns 66 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nNotice of renewal for registration\ns 67 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 67 am SL2001-7 s 8; SL2008-30 s 6\nRenewal of registration\ns 68 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 68 am SL2001-7 s 10, s 11\n(2) sub SL2001-7 s 9\n(2A) ins SL2001-7 s 9\n(13) exp 31 March 2002 (s 68 (13))\nam A2001-44 amdt 1.3818; A2002-23 s 18, s 19; SL2002-31\ns 29; SL2003-32 s 21, s 22; SL2005-4 amdt 2.53; SL2013-14\ns 31\nSeasonal vehicles—maximum registration renewal period\ns 68A ins SL2001-7 s 12\nins A2002-23 s 19\nObligation to notify change of name or address etc\ns 69 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 69 am A2009-49 amdt 3.168, amdt 3.169\nObligation to notify if vehicle destroyed or written off\ns 70 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 70 om A2002-23 s 20\nObligations in relation to changed vehicles\ns 71 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nVerification of register and monitoring of compliance\ns 72 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 72 am A2009-49 amdt 3.170; pars renum R22 LA; A2013-19\namdt 3.449\nObligations of disposers\ns 73 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nObligations of acquirers\ns 74 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\n\nInterim entry about disposal of vehicle\ns 75 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nRepossession and restoration\ns 76 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nTransfer on death of registered operator\ns 77 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nTransfer of suspended registration\ns 77A ins SL2008-16 s 4\nWhen transfer of registration may or must be refused\ns 78 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 78 am SL2001-7 s 13; A2002-23 s 21, s 22; SL2002-31 s 32;\nSL2014-2 s 10, s 11\nAction on approval of application for transfer\ns 79 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nExemptions from pt 4.2\ns 80 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nExpiry of registration\ns 81 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nReturn of numberplates if registration expires\ns 82 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nSurrender of registration by registered operator\ns 83 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 83 am SL2011-2 s 11; SL2018-11 s 16; ss renum R49 LA\nSuspension or cancellation of registration\ns 84 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 84 am A2002-23 s 23; SL2002-31 s 32; SL2005-39 s 33;\nSL2010-7 amdt 1.52; SL2014-2 s 12; SL2016-20 amdt 1.46;\nA2018-19 amdt 1.19; SL2019-31 s 40, s 41; pars renum R55\nLA\nProcedures for suspension and cancellation of registration\ns 85 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 85 am A2002-23 s 24; SL2002-31 s 32; SL2009-6 s 35; SL2010-7\namdt 1.53; SL2013-14 s 32, s 33; SL2018-11 s 17, s 18; pars\nrenum R49 LA; SL2019-31 s 42\nRe-establishment of cancelled registration\ns 85A ins SL2008-16 s 5\nIssue of unregistered vehicle permits etc\ns 86 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 86 am SL2024-11 s 15\n\nObligations of holder of unregistered vehicle permit\ns 87 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nIssue of trader’s plates\ns 88 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 88 am A2001-44 amdt 1.3819; A2009-16 amdt 3.7; A2013-19\namdt 3.470; SL2018-16 s 53; A2019-12 amdt 3.107;\nA2025-29 amdt 4.162\nIdentification labels for trader’s plates\ns 90 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nReplacement identification labels\ns 92 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nRecovery of lost or stolen identification labels\ns 93 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nUse of vehicles with trader’s plates on road or road related area\ns 94 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nAttaching of identification labels\ns 95 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nAuthorised use of trader’s plates\ns 96 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 96 am SL2009-6 s 36; ss renum R20 LA\nUnauthorised uses of identification labels\ns 97 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nTrader to make, keep and produce records\ns 98 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 98 am SL2009-6 s 37\nQuestions about use of plate to be answered\ns 99 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nDisposal or cessation of business\ns 100 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nReturn of trader’s plate\ns 101 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nMeaning of applicable vehicle standards\ns 103 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 103 sub SL2014-2 s 13\nRoad transport authority may exempt light vehicle etc from certain\nprovisions\ns 104 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nsub SL2014-2 s 14\ns 104 am SL2014-2 s 15\n\nMeaning of operator of light vehicle—pt 6.1\ns 105 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 16\ns 105 am SL2014-2 s 17\nMeaning of operator of light combination—pt 6.1\ns 106 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 18\ns 106 am SL2014-2 s 19\nLight vehicles to be properly maintained\ns 107 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 20\ns 107 am SL2009-6 s 38; SL2014-2 ss 21-26\nEmission control systems to be fitted and properly maintained\ns 108 am SL2009-6 s 38; SL2014-2 ss 27-34\nLight motor vehicles not complying with sch 1\ns 109 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 35\ns 109 am SL2014-2 s 36, s 37\nLight trailers not complying with sch 1\ns 110 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 38\ns 110 am SL2014-2 s 39, s 40\nLight combinations not complying with sch 1\ns 111 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 41\ns 111 am SL2014-2 ss 42-45\nEvidence of compliance with applicable vehicle standards\ns 112 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 112 sub SL2021-18 s 10\nNoncomplying and non-standard vehicles\ns 113 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 113 sub SL2021-18 s 10\nInstallation of operations plates, modification of vehicles etc\ns 114 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 114 am A2001-44 amdt 1.3820, amdt 1.3821; SL2011-28 s 10,\ns 11; A2013-19 amdt 3.470; A2025-29 amdt 4.162\nDefinitions for pt 6.3\ns 115 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 115 def certificate of appointment om A2022-5 s 42\ndef certificate of authorisation ins A2022-5 s 43\nEligibility to apply for authorisation as examiners\ns 116 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 116 am A2001-44 amdt 1.3822, amdt 1.3823; SL2006-59 s 32;\nA2013-19 amdt 3.470; A2015-50 amdt 3.151; A2025-29 amdt\n4.162\n\nApplication procedure for authorisation\ns 117 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 117 am SL2003-32 s 23\nWhen applications for authorisation can be refused\ns 118 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 118 am A2001-27 amdt 4.34\nAuthorisation of examiners and certificates of authorisation\ns 119 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 119 am A2022-5 s 50\nApproval of application for additional class of vehicles\ns 120 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 120 am A2022-5 s 50\nExaminers register\ns 121 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nChange of name or address of authorised examiner\ns 122 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 122 am A2022-5 s 50\nSurrender of authorisation\ns 123 am A2022-5 s 50\nWhen authority may take action in relation to authorisation\ns 124 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 124 am SL2000-22 s 6\nsub SL2006-59 s 33\nam A2015-50 amdt 3.151\nProcedures for authority taking action in relation to authorisation\ns 125 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 125 am SL2000-22 s 7; A2008-37 amdt 1.442\nReturn of certificate of authorisation on cancellation or suspension\ns 126 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 126 am A2022-5 s 50\nEligibility for approval of premises\ns 127 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nsub SL2006-59 s 34\ns 127 am SL2006-59 s 35; A2015-50 amdt 3.151\nApplication procedure for approval of premises\ns 128 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 128 am SL2003-32 s 24\n\nInspection of premises before approval\ns 129 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nApproval of premises and certificates of approval\ns 131 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nApproval of application for additional class of vehicles\ns 132 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nAutomatic cancellation of approval of premises\ns 134 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nWhen authority may take action in relation to approval of premises\ns 135 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 135 sub SL2006-59 s 36\nam A2015-50 amdt 3.151\nProcedures for authority taking action in relation to approval of premises\ns 136 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 136 am SL2000-22 s 8; am A2008-37 amdt 1.443; ss renum R19\nLA\nReturn of certificate of approval on cancellation or suspension\ns 137 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nCertificate of approval to be displayed at approved premises\ns 138 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nManuals and design rules to be kept at approved premises\ns 139 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nNotice to be displayed at approved premises\ns 140 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nProprietor of approved premises to give notice on ceasing to be proprietor\ns 141 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nChange of name of proprietor of approved premises\ns 142 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nInspection of vehicles\ns 143 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nVehicles to be inspected on request\ns 144 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nDuties of authorised examiners inspecting and testing vehicles\ns 145 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 145 am SL2009-6 s 39; A2022-5 s 50\nIssue of certificates of inspection etc\ns 146 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 146 am SL2013-14 s 34, s 35; SL2019-31 s 43, s 44\n\nPeople by whom inspections may be carried out\ns 147 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 147 am A2022-5 s 50\nFees payable on inspection\ns 148 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 148 am A2022-5 s 50\nOffences relating to unauthorised people and unapproved premises\ns 149 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nReview of decision of authorised examiner\ns 150 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nInspections\ns 151 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 151 om A2006-26 s 41\nInspection of approved premises and equipment\ns 151A ins SL2000-22 s 9\ns 151A om A2006-26 s 42\nIssue of replacement certificates of authorisation and approval\ns 152 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 152 am A2022-5 s 50\nMinister may determine maximum fees for inspections\ns 153 sub A2001-44 amdt 1.3824\nAuthorisation and approval of premises guidelines—relevant offences\ns 153A ins SL2006-59 s 37\nam A2025-29 amdt 4.162\nDefinitions for pt 6.4\ns 154 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nAllocation of component identification numbers by authority\ns 155 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nStamping component identification numbers without authority etc\ns 156 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nChange or replacement of vehicle part\ns 157 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nAuthority may authorise interference with component identification number\ns 158 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nDefect notices for light vehicles\npt 6.5 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 46\n\nIssue of defect notices and formal warnings\ns 159 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 159 am SL2004-47 s 49; SL2014-2 s 47; SL2014-33 s 7, s 8\nRecording, clearance and withdrawal of defect notices\ns 160 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 160 am SL2014-2 s 48\nAuthorised use of vehicles with suspended registration\ns 161 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\n2 individuals may be recorded as registered operator of light vehicle\ns 162 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 162 am A2012-16 amdt 1.19\nApplication of Heavy Vehicle National Law (ACT)\ns 163 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nsub SL2014-2 s 49\ns 163 sub A2009-22 amdt 1.29\nam SL2010-4 amdt 3.4; SL2014-2 ss 50-52\nSpecial provisions about boat trailers\ns 164 hdg bracketed note exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\ns 164 am SL2018-11 s 19\nSaving and transitional\nch 8 hdg exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nTracked vehicle—Act, dict, def vehicle, par (b)\ns 165 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nins SL2012-44 s 9\nom A2013-19 amdt 3.450\nCertain minors eligible to be registered operators of heavy vehicles\ns 166 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nExisting registered vehicles with interstate garage addresses\ns 167 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nAuthorised examiners and certificates\ns 168 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nApproved premises\ns 169 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nExisting disqualifications\ns 170 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nExisting procedures for revocation of appointment or cancellation of\napproval\ns 171 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\n\nExisting offences in relation to authorised examiners and approved premises\ns 172 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nCertificates of inspection\ns 173 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nDisplay of registration labels on certain registrable vehicles\ns 174 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nExisting suspensions\ns 175 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nRights in relation to previous approved numbers\ns 176 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nRights in relation to previous special numbers\ns 177 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nExpiry of ch 8\ns 178 exp 1 July 2001 (s 178 (1))\nLight vehicle standards\nsch 1 hdg bracketed notes exp 17 September 2002 (s 5 (3))\nGeneral\nsch 1 pt 1.1 hdg note 2 sub SL2009-6 s 40\nObject of sch 1\nsch 1 s 1.1 am A2005-20 amdt 3.393\nDiagrams—sch 1\nsch 1 s 1.2 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nOptional items\nsch 1 s 1.3 om A2005-20 amdt 3.394\nins SL2014-2 s 53\nSpecial requirements for vehicles used by people with disabilities etc\nsch 1 s 1.4 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nApplication of sch 1\nsch 1 pt 1.2 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nApplication of sch 1 to plant\nsch 1 s 1.5 am SL2011-28 s 12\nVehicles to which sch 1 does not apply etc\nsch 1 s 1.6 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nam A2017-21 s 90\n\nNon-application of sch 1 to ADR-compliant matters\nsch 1 s 1.7 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nNon-application of sch 1—exemption under other laws\nsch 1 s 1.8 sub SL2011-28 s 13; SL2014-2 s 53\nNon-application of sch 1—vehicles subject to particular approvals\nsch 1 s 1.9 sub SL2014-2 s 53; SL2021-18 s 11\nAustralian Design Rules\nsch 1 pt 1.3 hdg am SL2011-28 ss 14-16\nInterpretation\nsch 1 div 1.3.1 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53; SL2021-18 s 12\nWhat is an ADR (or Australian Design Rule)?\nsch 1 s 1.10 sub SL2014-2 s 53; SL2021-18 s 12\nWhat is a 2nd edition ADR?\nsch 1 s 1.11 sub SL2014-2 s 53; SL2021-18 s 12\nWhat is a 3rd edition ADR?\nsch 1 s 1.12 sub SL2014-2 s 53; SL2021-18 s 12\nWhat is a 2nd edition ADR?\nsch 1 s 1.13 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nom SL2021-18 s 12\nWhat is a 3rd edition ADR?\nsch 1 s 1.14 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nom SL2021-18 s 12\nCompliance with ADRs\nsch 1 div 1.3.2 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nCompliance with 2nd edition ADRs\nsch 1 s 1.15 am SL2011-28 s 17\nCompliance with 3rd edition ADRs\nsch 1 s 1.16 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nException to compliance with ADRs—vehicles on RAV\nsch 1 s 1.16A ins SL2021-18 s 13\nException to compliance with ADRs—vehicles that are not road vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.17 sub SL2014-2 s 53; SL2021-18 s 13\nException to compliance with ADRs—vehicles with particular approvals\nsch 1 s 1.18 sub SL2014-2 s 53; SL2021-18 s 13\n\nPartial exception to compliance with ADRs—personally imported vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.19 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nam SL2021-18 s 14\nAlteration of specifications\nsch 1 s 1.20 am SL2011-28 s 18\nAdopted standards\nsch 1 pt 1.4 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nWhat is an adopted standard?\nsch 1 s 1.21 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nam SL2021-18 s 15\nException to compliance with adopted standards\nsch 1 s 1.22 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nReference to adopted standards\nsch 1 s 1.23 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nGeneral safety requirement\nsch 1 pt 1.5 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nAll light vehicles\nsch 1 div 1.5.1 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nSteering\nsch 1 s 1.24 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nTurning ability\nsch 1 s 1.25 am SL2011-28 s 19, s 20; SL2012-21 s 5\nAbility to travel backwards and forwards\nsch 1 s 1.26 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nProtrusions\nsch 1 s 1.27 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nOil and grease not to be dropped\nsch 1 s 1.28 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nDriver’s view and vehicle controls\nsch 1 s 1.29 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nSeating\nsch 1 s 1.30 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nChild restraint anchorages\nsch 1 s 1.31 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nDoor latches and hinges\nsch 1 s 1.32 sub SL2014-2 s 53\n\nMudguards\nsch 1 s 1.33 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nHorns, alarms etc\nsch 1 s 1.34 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nam A2015-50 amdt 3.147; A2018-42 amdt 3.109\nRear-vision mirrors\nsch 1 s 1.35 am SL2011-28 s 21, s 22; ss renum R30 LA\nRear-vision mirrors—surfaces\nsch 1 s 1.36 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nAdditional rear-vision mirrors\nsch 1 s 1.37 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nAutomatic transmission\nsch 1 s 1.38 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nDiesel engines\nsch 1 s 1.39 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nBonnet securing devices\nsch 1 s 1.40 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nElectrical wiring, components, connections and installations\nsch 1 s 1.41 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nSpeedometers\nsch 1 s 1.42 hdg sub SL2011-28 s 23\nsch 1 s 1.42 am SL2011-28 s 24, s 25; ss renum R30 LA\nTelevision receivers and visual display units\nsch 1 s 1.43 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nam SL2019-31 s 45\nWindows generally\nsch 1 s 1.44 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nRequirement for windscreen to be fitted\nsch 1 s 1.45 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nRequirement for windscreen to be fitted\nsch 1 s 1.45A ins SL2011-28 s 26\nWindscreens and windows\nsch 1 s 1.46 am SL2011-28 s 27, s 28\nam SL2021-18 s 16\n\nWindow tinting\nsch 1 s 1.47 am SL2011-28 s 29, s 30\nWindscreen-wipers\nsch 1 s 1.48 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nWheels and tyres—size and capacity\nsch 1 s 1.49 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nPneumatic tyres generally\nsch 1 s 1.50 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nPneumatic tyres—carcass construction\nsch 1 s 1.51 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nPneumatic tyres—size and capacity\nsch 1 s 1.52 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nTyres—defects\nsch 1 s 1.53 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nTyres—manufacturer’s rating\nsch 1 s 1.54 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nRetreads\nsch 1 s 1.55 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nTyre tread\nsch 1 s 1.56 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nAdditional requirements for motorbikes\nsch 1 div 1.5.2 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nSteering gear and handlebars\nsch 1 s 1.57 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nMaximum horizontal distance from midpoint between head stem bearings of\nmotorbike to centre of front wheel\nsch 1 s 1.58 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nChain guards\nsch 1 s 1.59 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nAdditional requirements for public passenger vehicles\nsch 1 div 1.5.3 hdg sub SL2010-7 amdt 1.54\nsch 1 div 1.5.3 ins SL2002-2 s 40\nPublic passenger vehicle must have fire-extinguisher\nsch 1 s 1.60 sub SL2014-2 s 53\n\nPublic passenger vehicle must have fire-extinguisher\nsch 1 s 1.60A ins SL2002-2 s 40\nsub SL2003-32 s 25; SL2005-4 amdt 2.54; SL2005-39 s 34;\nSL2011-28 s 31\nFire extinguisher must be in proper working order\nsch 1 s 1.60B ins SL2011-28 s 31\nFire extinguisher must be in proper working order\nsch 1 s 1.61 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nVehicle marking\nsch 1 pt 1.6 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nVehicle and engine identification numbers\nsch 1 s 1.62 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nIdentification plates on certain older light motor vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.63 sub SL2014-2 s 53; SL2021-18 s 17\nWhite or silver band on certain light vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.64 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nWarning signs not to be displayed on light vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.65 am A2009-22 amdt 1.30; SL2010-4 amdt 3.5\nLight vehicle configuration and dimensions\nsch 1 pt 1.7 hdg note am A2009-22 amdt 1.31\nam SL2017-44 amdt 1.41\nAxles\nsch 1 div 1.7.1 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nAxle configuration\nsch 1 s 1.66 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nDimensions\nsch 1 div 1.7.2 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nReferences to length etc—div 1.7.2\nsch 1 s 1.67 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nWidth\nsch 1 s 1.68 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nLength of single light motor vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.69 sub SL2014-2 s 53\n\nLength of single light trailers\nsch 1 s 1.70 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nLength of light combinations\nsch 1 s 1.71 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nRear overhang\nsch 1 s 1.72 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nTrailer drawbar length\nsch 1 s 1.73 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nHeight\nsch 1 s 1.74 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nGround clearance\nsch 1 s 1.75 am SL2011-28 s 32\nLights and reflector\nsch 1 pt 1.8 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nam SL2017-44 amdt 1.42\nGeneral requirements for lights\nsch 1 div 1.8.1 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nCertain requirements apply only at night\nsch 1 s 1.76 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nPrevention of glare\nsch 1 s 1.77 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nPairs of lights\nsch 1 s 1.78 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nHeadlights\nsch 1 div 1.8.2 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nHeadlights to be fitted to light vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.79 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nHow headlights are to be fitted\nsch 1 s 1.80 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nHow single headlights are to be fitted\nsch 1 s 1.81 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nHow additional headlights are to be fitted\nsch 1 s 1.82 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nPerformance of headlights\nsch 1 s 1.83 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nEffective range of headlights\nsch 1 s 1.84 sub SL2014-2 s 53\n\nChanging headlights from high-beam to low-beam position\nsch 1 s 1.85 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nParking lights\nsch 1 div 1.8.3 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nParking lights\nsch 1 s 1.86 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nDaytime running lights\nsch 1 div 1.8.4 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nDaytime running lights\nsch 1 s 1.87 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nTail-lights\nsch 1 div 1.8.5 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nTail-lights generally\nsch 1 s 1.88 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nPattern of fitting tail-lights\nsch 1 s 1.89 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nPerformance of tail-lights\nsch 1 s 1.90 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nWiring of tail-lights\nsch 1 s 1.91 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nNumberplate lights\nsch 1 div 1.8.6 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nNumberplate lights\nsch 1 s 1.92 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nClearance lights\nsch 1 div 1.8.7 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nFront clearance lights\nsch 1 s 1.93 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nExternal cabin lights\nsch 1 s 1.94 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nRear clearance lights\nsch 1 s 1.95 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nSide marker lights\nsch 1 div 1.8.8 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nLight vehicles needing side marker lights\nsch 1 s 1.96 sub SL2014-2 s 53\n\nLocation of side marker lights\nsch 1 s 1.97 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nPerformance of side marker lights\nsch 1 s 1.98 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nSide marker lights and rear clearance lights\nsch 1 s 1.99 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nBrakelights\nsch 1 div 1.8.9 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nFitting brakelights\nsch 1 s 1.100 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nPerformance and operation of brakelights\nsch 1 s 1.101 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nReversing lights\nsch 1 div 1.8.10 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nReversing lights\nsch 1 s 1.102 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nDirection indicator lights\nsch 1 div 1.8.11 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nDirection indicator lights on light motor vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.103 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nDirection indicator lights on light trailers\nsch 1 s 1.104 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nLocation of direction indicator lights\nsch 1 s 1.105 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nOperation and visibility of direction indicator lights\nsch 1 s 1.106 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nFog lights\nsch 1 div 1.8.12 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nFront fog lights\nsch 1 s 1.107 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nRear fog lights\nsch 1 s 1.108 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nInterior lights\nsch 1 div 1.8.13 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nInterior lights\nsch 1 s 1.109 sub SL2014-2 s 53\n\nReflectors generally\nsch 1 div 1.8.14 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nGeneral requirements for reflectors\nsch 1 s 1.110 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nRear reflectors\nsch 1 div 1.8.15 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nRear reflectors\nsch 1 s 1.111 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nSide reflectors\nsch 1 div 1.8.16 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nCompulsory side reflectors on pole-type trailers that are light trailers\nsch 1 s 1.112 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nOptional side reflector\nsch 1 s 1.113 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nFront reflectors\nsch 1 div 1.8.17 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nCompulsory front reflectors on light trailers\nsch 1 s 1.114 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nOptional front reflectors\nsch 1 s 1.115 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nWarning lights and signs on buses carrying children that are light vehicles\nsch 1 div 1.8.19 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nApplication—div 1.8.19\nsch 1 s 1.116 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nFitting of warning lights and signs\nsch 1 s 1.117 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nOperation and performance of warning lights\nsch 1 s 1.118 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nSpecifications for warning signs\nsch 1 s 1.119 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nOther lights, reflectors, rear marking plates or signals\nsch 1 div 1.8.20 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nOther lights and reflectors\nsch 1 s 1.120 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nam A2015-50 amdt 3.147; A2018-42 amdt 3.110\nUse of direction indicator lights as hazard warning lights\nsch 1 s 1.121 sub SL2014-2 s 53\n\nRear marking plates\nsch 1 s 1.122 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nSignalling devices\nsch 1 s 1.123 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nMechanical signalling devices\nsch 1 s 1.124 am SL2011-28 s 33, s 34\nTurn signals\nsch 1 s 1.125 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nMaintenance of lights\nsch 1 div 1.8.21 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nLights to be maintained on certain vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.126 am SL2011-28 ss 35-37; A2013-19 amdt 3.451\nLight vehicles not required to have lights or reflectors\nsch 1 div 1.8.22 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nCertain vehicles used in daylight\nsch 1 s 1.127 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nCertain vehicles used for collection or exhibition purposes\nsch 1 s 1.128 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nBraking systems\nsch 1 pt 1.9 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nBrake requirements for all vehicles\nsch 1 div 1.9.1 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nParts of a braking system\nsch 1 s 1.129 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nProvision for wear\nsch 1 s 1.130 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nSupply of air or vacuum to brakes\nsch 1 s 1.131 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nPerformance of braking systems\nsch 1 s 1.132 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nMotor vehicle braking systems\nsch 1 div 1.9.2 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nWhat braking system a light motor vehicle must have\nsch 1 s 1.133 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nOperation of brakes on light motor vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.134 sub SL2014-2 s 53\n\nAir or vacuum brakes on light motor vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.135 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nTrailer braking systems\nsch 1 div 1.9.3 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nWhat brakes a light trailer must have\nsch 1 s 1.136 am SL2011-28 s 38\nOperation of brakes on light trailers\nsch 1 s 1.137 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nAir or vacuum brakes on light trailers\nsch 1 s 1.138 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nAdditional brake requirements for B-doubles and long road trains\nsch 1 div 1.9.4 hdg om SL2014-2 s 53\nControl of emissions\nsch 1 pt 1.10 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nCrankcase gases and exhaust emissions\nsch 1 div 1.10.1 hdg sub SL2011-28 s 39; SL2014-2 s 53\nCrankcase gases––certain petrol-powered light vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.139 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nVisible exhaust emissions––light vehicles with internal combustion engines\nsch 1 s 1.140 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nExhaust emissions––diesel-powered vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.141 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nam SL2021-18 s 18\nExhaust systems\nsch 1 div 1.10.2 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nExhaust systems\nsch 1 s 1.142 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nNoise emissions\nsch 1 div 1.10.3 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nGeneral\nsdiv 1.10.3.1 hdg ins SL2011-28 s 44\nMeasurement of stationary noise levels\nsch 1 s 1.143 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nMeaning of certified to ADR 83/00—div 1.10.3\nsch 1 s 1.144 sub SL2014-2 s 53; SL2021-18 s 19\n\nSilencing device for exhaust systems\nsch 1 s 1.145 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nNoise levels applying to vehicles not certified to ADR 83/00 or later ADR\nsdiv 1.10.3.2 hdg ins SL2011-28 s 45\nApplication—subdivision 1.10.3.2\nsch 1 s 1.146 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nStationary noise levels—car-type vehicles and motorbikes and motortrikes\nsch 1 s 1.147 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nStationary noise levels—other light vehicles with spark-ignition engines\nsch 1 s 1.148 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nStationary noise levels—other light vehicles with diesel engines\nsch 1 s 1.149 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nNoise levels applying to light vehicles certified to ADR 83/00\nsdiv 1.10.3.3 hdg ins SL2011-28 s 46\nStationary noise levels\nsch 1 s 1.150 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nAlternative fuel systems and unleaded petrol light motor vehicles\nsch 1 pt 1.11 hdg sub SL2011-28 s 47; SL2014-2 s 53\nLPG-powered light vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.151 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nam SL2019-31 s 46\nLight vehicles powered by natural gas\nsch 1 s 1.152 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nHydrogen-powered vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.152A ins SL2018-26 s 4\nElectric-powered vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.152B ins SL2018-26 s 4\nUnleaded petrol motor light vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.153 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nMechanical connections between vehicles\nsch 1 pt 1.12 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nGeneral coupling requirements\nsch 1 s 1.154 hdg sub SL2011-28 s 40\nsch 1 s 1.154 sub SL2014-2 s 53\n\nDrawbar couplings\nsch 1 s 1.155 hdg sub SL2011-28 s 41\nsch 1 s 1.155 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nExhaust emissions––diesel-powered vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.155A ins SL2011-28 s 42\nOther matters\nsch 1 pt 1.13 hdg sub SL2014-2 s 53\nCouplings on all types of vehicles\nsch 1 div 1.13.1 hdg om SL2014-2 s 53\nAdditional coupling requirements for B-doubles and long road trains\nsch 1 div 1.13.2 hdg om SL2014-2 s 53\nLight vehicle equipment\nsch 1 s 1.156 am SL2011-28 s 43\nMeasurement of stationary noise levels\nsch 1 s 1.156A ins SL2011-28 s 44\nMeaning of certified to ADR 83/00—div 1.10.3\nsch 1 s 1.156B ins SL2011-28 s 44\nRestored light vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.157 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nApplication of rules in subdivision 1.10.3.2\nsch 1 s 1.157A ins SL2011-28 s 45\nRetractable axles\nsch 1 s 1.158 (3), (4) exp 1 January 2001 (s 1.158 (4))\nss renum R10 LA\nMeasurement of distance between parallel lines\nsch 1 s 1.159 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nInterpretation of certain 2nd edition ADRs\nsch 1 s 1.160 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nStationary noise levels\nsch 1 s 1.161 am A2011-22 amdt 1.396\nsub SL2011-28 s 46\n\nLPG-powered vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.162 sub SL2011-28 s 48\nVehicles powered by natural gas\nsch 1 s 1.162A ins SL2011-28 s 48\nUnleaded petrol motor vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.163 om SL2014-2 s 53\nSpeed limiting\nsch 1 s 1.164 am SL2009-6 s 41\nExemptions from speed limiting\nsch 1 s 1.165 om SL2014-2 s 53\nGeneral coupling requirements\nsch 1 s 1.166 om SL2014-2 s 53\nDrawbar couplings\nsch 1 s 1.167 om SL2014-2 s 53\nApplication of div 1.13.2 to road trains\nsch 1 s 1.168 om SL2014-2 s 53\nCouplings for B-doubles and road trains\nsch 1 s 1.169 om SL2014-2 s 53\nSelection of fifth wheel couplings for B-doubles and road trains\nsch 1 s 1.170 om SL2014-2 s 53\nD-value of a fifth wheel coupling\nsch 1 s 1.171 om SL2014-2 s 53\nMounting of fifth wheel couplings on B-doubles and road trains\nsch 1 s 1.172 om SL2014-2 s 53\nBranding of fifth wheel couplings and turntables on\nB-doubles and road trains\nsch 1 s 1.173 om SL2014-2 s 53\nSelection of kingpins for B-doubles and road trains\nsch 1 s 1.174 om SL2014-2 s 53\nAttachment of kingpins on B-doubles and road trains\nsch 1 s 1.175 om SL2014-2 s 53\nBranding of kingpins on B-doubles and road trains\nsch 1 s 1.176 om SL2014-2 s 53\nSelection of couplings and drawbar eyes for road trains\nsch 1 s 1.177 om SL2014-2 s 53\n\nAttachment of couplings and drawbar eyes on road trains\nsch 1 s 1.178 sub SL2011-28 s 49\nBranding of couplings and drawbar eyes on road trains\nsch 1 s 1.179 om SL2014-2 s 53\nTow coupling overhang on road trains\nsch 1 s 1.180 om SL2014-2 s 53\nsch 1 pt 1.14 sub SL2014-2 s 53\nVehicle equipment\nsch 1 s 1.181 om SL2014-2 s 53\nRestored vehicles\nsch 1 s 1.182 om SL2014-2 s 53\nRetractable axles\nsch 1 s 1.183 om SL2014-2 s 53\nMeasurement of distance between parallel lines\nsch 1 s 1.184 om SL2014-2 s 53\nInterpretation of certain 2nd edition ADRs\nsch 1 s 1.185 om SL2014-2 s 53\nsch 1 pt 1.15 ins SL2011-28 s 50\nsch 2 am SL2011-28 s 51; SL2012-21 ss 6-11\n\ndict am A2002-30 amdt 3.783; A2004-28 amdt 3.64; A2009-49\namdt 3.171; A2010-18 amdt 3.113, amdt 3.114; SL2011-28\ns 52; A2013-19 amdt 3.452, amdt 3.453; SL2014-2 s 54;\nA2015-50 amdt 3.148, amdt 3.149; A2016-33 amdt 1.43;\nSL2017-44 amdt 1.43; A2019-21 s 112; SL2021-18 s 20;\nA2022-5 s 45, s 46\ndef 2nd edition ADR am SL2014-2 s 55\ndef 3rd edition ADR am SL2014-2 s 56\ndef 50mm kingpin om SL2014-2 s 57\ndef 75mm kingpin om SL2014-2 s 57\ndef 90mm kingpin om SL2014-2 s 57\ndef administrator of vehicle standards om SL2021-18 s 21\ndef adopted standard am SL2014-2 s 58\ndef ADR (or Australian Design Rule) sub SL2014-2 s 59\ndef another jurisdiction om R10 LA\ndef approval ins A2013-19 amdt 3.454\ndef approved corresponding WOVR ins SL2002-31 s 30\ndef articulated bus om SL2014-2 s 60\ndef authorisation ins A2013-19 amdt 3.454\ndef Australian Transport Council om R10 LA\ndef authorised person om R10 LA\ndef B-double om SL2014-2 s 60\ndef bus sub SL2016-20 amdt 1.48\ndef business address ins A2009-49 amdt 3.172\ndef centre-line am SL2014-2 s 61\ndef certificate of appointment ins A2013-19 amdt 3.454\nom A2022-5 s 47\ndef certificate of authorisation ins A2022-5 s 48\ndef certified to ADR 83/00 ins SL2011-28 s 53\nam SL2014-2 s 62\ndef combination om A2010-18 amdt 3.115\ndef compliance plate sub SL2014-2 s 63\nom SL2021-18 s 21\ndef component identification number am A2013-19\namdt 3.455\ndef controlled access bus om SL2014-2 s 64\ndef corresponding WOVR ins A2002-23 s 25\nom SL2002-31 s 31\ndef CTP Policy ins SL2014-33 s 9\nom A2019-12 amdt 3.108\ndef daylight om A2013-19 amdt 3.456\ndef dealer om SL2018-16 s 54\ndef dog trailer am SL2014-2 s 65\ndef drive a vehicle om R10 LA\ndef driver om R10 LA\ndef D-value om SL2014-2 s 66\n\ndef emergency worker sub A2005-20 amdt 3.395; SL2017-44\namdt 1.44\ndef garage address om R10 LA\ndef glazing sub SL2011-28 s 54\ndef GVM (or gross vehicle mass) om R10 LA\ndef heavy vehicle om R10 LA\ndef historic vehicle om A2015-50 amdt 3.150\ndef home address om R10 LA\ndef identification plate sub SL2021-18 s 22\nom A2022-5 s 49\ndef infringement notice ins SL2003-32 s 27\nam A2013-13 s 37\ndef inspector om R10 LA\ndef jurisdiction om R10 LA\ndef light combination ins SL2014-2 s 67\ndef light motor vehicle ins SL2014-2 s 67\ndef light trailer ins SL2014-2 s 67\ndef motor vehicle om R10 LA\ndef motor vehicle certification board om SL2021-18 s 23\ndef national standard sub SL2014-2 s 68\nom SL2021-18 s 23\ndef night om SL2014-2 s 69\ndef operator ins SL2005-4 amdt 2.55\nsub A2013-19 amdt 3.458\nam SL2014-2 s 70\ndef owner sub A2013-19 amdt 3.459\ndef plate-holder sub A2013-19 amdt 3.460\ndef point of articulation am SL2014-2 s 71\ndef pole-type trailer sub A2013-19 amdt 3.461\nam SL2014-2 s 72\ndef prescribed right sub A2013-19 amdt 3.462\ndef proprietor sub A2013-19 amdt 3.463\ndef public passenger vehicle ins SL2005-39 s 35\ndef public vehicle om A2001-27 amdt 4.35\ndef quad axle group om SL2014-2 s 73\ndef rear overhang line am SL2014-2 s 74\ndef register om R10 LA\ndef registered operator om R10 LA\ndef registrable vehicle om R10 LA\ndef registrable vehicles register om R10 LA\ndef registration charge category sub A2013-19 amdt 3.464\ndef registration label om SL2018-11 s 20\ndef relevant vehicle registration authority om A2013-19\namdt 3.465\ndef responsible person om A2015-50 amdt 3.150\ndef right am A2013-19 amdt 3.466\ndef road om R10 LA\n\ndef road related area om R10 LA\ndef road tank vehicle sub A2005-20 amdt 3.396; A2009-34\namdt 1.8\nom SL2014-2 s 75\ndef road train om SL2014-2 s 75\nins SL2017-44 amdt 1.45\ndef road transport authority (or authority) om R10 LA\ndef road transport legislation om A2010-18 amdt 3.116\ndef seasonal vehicle ins SL2001-7 s 14\ndef taxi sub SL2002-2 s 40\nom SL2003-32 s 26\ndef the Act om A2001-44 amdt 1.3825\ndef third-party policy om SL2014-33 s 10\ndef total loss ins A2002-23 s 25\nom SL2014-2 s 75\ndef tow truck am SL2017-12 s 4\ndef trader’s plate om R10 LA\ndef traffic offence detection device om SL2014-2 s 75\ndef trailer om R10 LA\ndef twinsteer axle group om SL2014-2 s 75\ndef unregistered vehicle permit om R10 LA\ndef use om R10 LA\ndef vehicle om R10 LA\ndef vehicle identifier ins A2002-23 s 25\ndef vehicle numberplate sub A2013-19 amdt 3.467\ndef vehicle part sub A2013-19 amdt 3.467\ndef vehicle registration authority om A2013-19 amdt 3.468\ndef veteran vehicle om A2015-50 amdt 3.150\ndef vintage vehicle om A2015-50 amdt 3.150\ndef VSB ins SL2011-28 s 55\nom A2013-19 amdt 3.469\ndef written-off ins A2002-23 s 25\ndef written-off vehicles register ins A2002-23 s 25\n\nEarlier republications 5\n5 Earlier republications\nSome earlier republications were not numbered. The number in column 1 refers to\nthe publication order.\nSince 12 September 2001 every authorised republication has been published in\nelectronic pdf format on the ACT legislation register. A selection of authorised\nrepublications have also been published in printed format. These republications are\nmarked with an asterisk (*) in column 1. Electronic and printed versions of an\nauthorised republication are identical.\n1 not amended 1 March 2000\n2 A2001-44 12 September 2001\n3 SL2002-2 1 March 2002\n4 SL2002-2 1 April 2002\n5* A2002-30 24 September 2002\n6 SL2002-31 28 January 2003\n7 SL2003-32 23 September 2003\n8 A2004-28 1 July 2004\n9 SL2004-47 10 September 2004\n10 SL2004-47 1 November 2004\n11 SL2005-4 9 March 2005\n12 A2005-20 2 June 2005\n13* SL2005-39 15 December 2005\n14 A2006-26 2 July 2006\n15 SL2006-59 1 January 2007\n16 SL2007-2 25 January 2007\n17 SL2008-16 18 April 2008\n18 SL2008-30 8 July 2008\n19 A2008-37 2 February 2009\n20 SL2009-6 16 March 2009\n21 A2009-16 5 July 2009\n22 A2009-49 17 December 2009\n\n5 Earlier republications\n23 SL2010-4 3 March 2010\n24 SL2010-7 17 March 2010\n25 (RI) SL2010-7 6 April 2010\n26 A2010-18 3 June 2010\n27* A2010-18 2 July 2010\n28 SL2011-2 28 January 2011\n29 A2011-22 1 July 2011\n30 SL2011-28 1 November 2011\n31 SL2012-21 1 June 2012\n32 SL2012-21 15 November 2012\n33 SL2012-44 20 December 2012\n34 A2013-16 23 May 2013\n35 A2013-16 24 May 2013\n36 A2013-19 14 June 2013\n37 SL2013-14 1 July 2013\n38 SL2014-2 10 February 2014\n39 SL2014-33 5 December 2014\n40 A2015-30 22 August 2015\n41 A2015-50 9 December 2015\n42 A2016-33 21 June 2016\n43 SL2016-20 1 August 2016\n44 SL2017-12 2 June 2017\n45 SL2017-14 1 July 2017\n46 A2017-21 15 August 2017\n47 SL2017-44 30 April 2018\n48 A2018-19 24 May 2018\n49 SL2018-11 1 July 2018\n\nEarlier republications 5\n50 SL2018-16 7 September 2018\n51 A2018-42 22 November 2018\n52 SL2018-26 14 December 2018\n53 SL2018-26 1 July 2019\n54 A2019-21 22 August 2019\n55 SL2019-31 13 January 2020\n56 A2019-12 1 February 2020\n57 † SL2021-18 9 August 2021\n58 A2021-30 11 December 2021\n59 A2022-5 27 April 2022\n60 A2022-5 11 May 2022\n61 SL2024-11 1 July 2024\n† includes retrospective amendments by SL2021-18","sortOrder":178}],"analysis":{"flash_summary_failed":{"failed":true,"reason":"A positive credit balance is required for all requests, including BYOK, so fallback providers remain available. Add credits at https://vercel.com/d?to=%2F%5Bteam%5D%2F%7E%2Fai%3Fmodal%3Dtop-up to continue.","source":"analysis-cron"},"flash_summary":{"complexity_score":9,"scope_assessment":{"changed":true,"description":"The regulation has grown substantially beyond a narrow vehicle‑registration administrative rulebook into a comprehensive vehicle‑safety, inspection and technical‑standards code. Originally focused on registration mechanics, it now: (a) prescribes detailed vehicle construction and emission rules (Schedule 1) including diesel DT80 testing (sch 1 pt 1.14); (b) establishes an administrative market in non‑standard registration numbers (ss 53–58); (c) implements an authorisation and approval regime for examiners and premises with technical enrollment criteria and ongoing calibration requirements (ss 116–136; sch 2); (d) integrates multiple Commonwealth and national regimes (ADRs, RAV entries, Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 references) and the Heavy Vehicle National Law (s 163); and (e) adds new labelling requirements for alternative fuel vehicles (hydrogen/electric) (sch 1 ss 1.152A–1.152B). Those additions convert the instrument into a mixed administrative‑technical regulatory framework rather than just a registration schedule, increasing regulatory scope, compliance burdens and interaction with national standards and markets."},"complexity_factors":["Very long instrument: ~170+ substantive sections plus 2 extensive schedules (Schedule 1 runs to many pages of technical rules).","Large dictionary with many defined terms and cross‑references to other Acts (Road Transport (General) Act 1999, Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth), Heavy Vehicle National Law (ACT)).","Extensive technical detail in Schedule 1 (vehicle construction, lights, brakes, emissions, dimensions) — many conditional rules based on vehicle age, class and ADR status.","Multiple interlocking regimes: registration, inspections/authorisations, approved premises, defect notices, trader’s plates, unregistered permits and numberplate commercialisation.","Significant conditional logic and exceptions (exemptions, conditional registration, ADR cross‑walks, import and personal import exceptions, written‑off vehicle rules).","Numerous administrative discretions (sale/assignment/cancellation of non‑standard numbers, approval of premises/examiners, exemptions) with few bright‑line criteria.","Prescribed technical equipment and testing procedures (Schedule 2; DT80 test procedure) requiring specialized measurement standards and calibration regimes.","Nested offences and penalty provisions (multiple 20‑penalty‑unit maxima across different contraventions) and references to Criminal Code principles for some procedures.","Multiple amendment layers historically and reliance on external instruments (ADRs, Vehicle Standards Bulletins, Australian Standards) that are applied but not reproduced in the text, increasing cross‑document complexity."],"plain_english_summary":"**What this regulation does (mechanics first)\n\n- Sets the detailed rules for registering vehicles in the ACT, issuing and using numberplates, and allowing certain unregistered uses (e.g. trader’s plates, temporary permits). (Ch 2–5, pt 3.5)\n- Creates and runs the registrable vehicles register: what is recorded, what searches and certificates are available, and what happens on transfer, surrender, suspension or cancellation of registration. (ss 34–39; ss 73–85)\n- Specifies who may be a registered operator and the basic eligibility and application process for registration and renewal, and lists grounds the road transport authority may use to refuse or condition registration. (ss 25–33; s 68)\n- Prescribes when particular vehicles are exempt from registration requirements (examples: agricultural implements, tow‑truck movements, temporary visitors, certain trailers, police and some emergency uses). (pt 2.2)\n- Controls numberplates and personalised/non‑standard numbers (how the authority may sell, assign, store, cancel or hire non‑standard registration numbers). (ss 46–58)\n- Creates an inspection and certification regime: authorises examiners, approves inspection premises, sets inspection and certification duties, and lets the authority monitor compliance. (pt 6.3, ss 116–153)\n- Imposes vehicle technical standards, largely by applying Australian Design Rules (ADRs) and a detailed local schedule of light‑vehicle standards (Schedule 1) covering lights, brakes, dimensions, emissions, alternative fuels, couplings and many other construction and safety items. It also allows conditional registration for non‑complying vehicles subject to conditions. (s 103; sch 1; s 33)\n- Establishes defect notices for light vehicles (how they are issued, recorded, cleared and withdrawn). (ss 159–160)\n- Sets operational regimes for trader’s plates, unregistered vehicle permits and temporary identification labels, including record‑keeping and permitted uses for business actors. (pt 5.1–5.2)\n\nWho decides and who pays\n\n- The road transport authority is the central decision‑maker: it registers vehicles, issues numberplates and temporary permits, approves examiners and premises, records defects, and can impose exemptions, conditions, suspensions and cancellations. (Many provisions; see especially pt 3.3 and pt 6.3.)\n- Vehicle owners / registered operators pay the direct costs: registration fees, inspection fees, insurer costs (MAI/CTP), modification and certification costs, and any penalties for non‑compliance. Businesses that provide inspection services must meet approval standards and pay to equip and run approved premises. (ss 28–31; pt 6.3; s 148; preface notes penalty unit value.)\n\nWho is most affected\n\n- Private vehicle owners: must meet vehicle standards, keep registration current, attach numberplates/labels correctly and respond to defect notices. (ss 40–43; s 107; s 159)\n- Motor vehicle businesses and dealers: trader’s plates regime and records obligations affect how they move unregistered stock; authorised examiners and approved premises rules affect who can provide inspection services. (pt 5.2; pt 6.3)\n- Independent inspection providers: must qualify as authorised examiners, maintain approved premises to prescribed standards and follow fees and record keeping rules. (ss 116–136; sch 2)\n- Importers and modifiers: ADR cross‑references and Schedule 1 rules determine whether imported, personally imported or modified vehicles can be registered and under what conditions (operations plates, conditional registration). (sch 1, divs 1.3–1.4; s 114)\n- Individuals/businesses buying personalised numbers: the regulation creates tradable/prescribable rights over non‑standard registration numbers and gives the authority discretion over sales, assignments and cancellations. (ss 53–57)\n\nWhy it matters (claimed purpose and practical trade‑offs)\n\n- The regulation claims to make registration, vehicle safety and road use consistent with national vehicle standards (ADRs) while providing detailed local administration (s 103; sch 1). That provides a single rulebook for safety, emissions and roadworthiness checks (s 112; sch 1, pt 1.10).\n- Costs and incentives: implementing ADRs, inspection regimes and certification requirements shifts costs to vehicle owners, importers, modifiers and inspection service providers (s 112; s 114; pt 6.3). That creates financial incentives to use approved examiners and premises, and to keep vehicles maintained to avoid defect notices, suspensions or refusal of registration (ss 32, 84, 159).\n- Concentrated benefits and revenue options: the authority may monetise non‑standard registration numbers and hire out special plates (ss 53–58). That function can produce concentrated revenue to the Territory while imposing transaction costs on buyers and secondary markets.\n\nPractical implementation and compliance risks\n\n- Administrative discretion and regulatory gaps: the authority has wide delegations (approval of premises/examiners, sale and assignment of non‑standard numbers, exemptions, and conditional registrations). Broad discretion speeds decisions but increases uncertainty for businesses unless guidance is published (see ss 47, 54, 104, 114, 153A). The regulation includes a Minister‑approved guideline power (s 153A) but many decisions remain discretionary.\n- Entry barriers for inspection business: technical and record‑keeping standards (Schedule 2; ss 127–136) create fixed costs for becoming an approved premises and authorised examiner. That protects inspection quality but raises market‑entry costs and concentrates testing capacity. (ss 116–136; sch 2)\n- Cross‑jurisdiction and import complexity: the regulation repeatedly references ADRs, the Road Vehicle Standards Act (Cwlth), the Heavy Vehicle National Law (ACT) and corresponding registers (e.g. WOVR, RAV). That linkage helps harmonise standards but increases legal complexity for importers and second‑hand purchasers who must meet multiple regimes. (sch 1, ss 1.15–1.20; s 163)\n- Technical enforcement burdens: detailed technical requirements (Schedule 1) and sophisticated tests (DT80 diesel test procedure, sch 1 pt 1.14; prescribed equipment in sch 2) require specialised equipment and trained examiners to implement reliably.\n\nEffects on private enterprise, competition and individual choice (light market‑liberal lens)\n\n- Private enterprise: dealers can move unregistered stock under controlled trader’s‑plate rules (pt 5.2), but they must choose approved insurers and keep records (s 88 and note). Inspection providers face regulation that limits who can supply inspection services (ss 116–136) — that reduces price competition in exchange for standardized quality.\n- Competition and prices: higher compliance and approval costs (approved premises, certified examiners, calibration requirements) may raise inspection prices and add to vehicle registration costs, especially for small operators.\n- Productivity and contract freedom: the regulation allows conditional registrations and operations plates for modified vehicles (s 33; s 114), which preserves some freedom to modify vehicles for specialist use while keeping public safety controls. However, approval and certification requirements can slow turnaround and add administrative friction.\n- Ownership and secondary markets: the authority’s power to sell and assign non‑standard registration numbers (ss 53–56) creates a property‑like right that can be monetised; the authority also retains cancellation power (s 57) and compensation obligations if it cancels a right.\n- Speech/expressive limits: registration can be refused if a vehicle displays words or images a “reasonable adult” would find indecent, insulting or offensive on a larger area (s 32(1)(c) and s 84(1)(e)). That is a content‑based limit (size threshold 297mm x 105mm) and creates a specific regulatory restriction on vehicle decorations.\n\nImplementation risk and opportunity costs\n\n- The regulation imposes recurring compliance costs (annual renewals, inspections, equipment calibration). Those costs are dispersed across many vehicle owners but concentrated for businesses performing inspections and vehicle modification/repair.\n- Opportunity costs include staff time and capital investment required to meet inspection and approval criteria (premises approval, examiners’ qualifications, expensive test equipment in sch 2).\n- Enforcement burden on the authority: the authority must maintain registers, issue and monitor defect notices, process approvals and appeals and manage a partial market in non‑standard numbers (pt 3.3; pt 6.3; ss 53–58).\n\nKey cross‑references (pick for further reading): s 103 (applicable vehicle standards), s 114 (operations plates/modifications), ss 116–136 (authorised examiners/approved premises), ss 53–58 (non‑standard registration numbers), ss 159–160 (defect notices), Schedule 1 (light vehicle technical standard), Schedule 2 (prescribed test equipment).\n\n(If you want, I can: 1) extract the specific compliance checklist for a dealer, authorised examiner or an importer; 2) produce a short compliance timeline for registering a personally‑imported or modified vehicle in the ACT; or 3) map the approval/discretion points and likely decision‑timelines for each.)"},"issue_detection":{"absurdities":[],"contradictions":[]},"kimi_summary":{"_metrics":{"completionTokens":788},"content_quality":"ok","complexity_score":8,"scope_assessment":{"changed":false,"description":"This republication maintains the established scope of vehicle registration regulation in the ACT. While it has been amended 62 times since 2000, the core purpose remains consistent: governing vehicle registration processes and standards. The 2026 effective date reflects routine republication with amendments made by A2025-29, not a fundamental expansion beyond the original regulatory intent."},"complexity_factors":["Extensive cross-referencing between the regulation, the parent Act, Australian Design Rules (ADRs), and other Commonwealth and territory legislation","Multiple schedules with detailed technical standards (Schedule 1 alone contains 14 parts with hundreds of specific requirements)","Nested exceptions and conditional provisions throughout (e.g., vehicles exempt from registration, conditional registration, exemptions from ADR compliance)","Defined terms scattered across the regulation and external instruments (dictionary with signpost definitions to other laws)","Age-based and date-based thresholds creating complex temporal applicability (e.g., vehicles built before/after specific dates face different rules)","Dual registration operator provisions creating layered obligations and liabilities","Integration with national schemes including the Heavy Vehicle National Law and Road Vehicle Standards Act 2018 (Cwlth)","Prescribed requirements in Schedule 2 for inspection equipment with technical specifications"],"plain_english_summary":"The Regulation sets the rules for registering, inspecting and identifying vehicles in the ACT: who may register them, how registration and numberplates are issued and changed, when unregistered use is permitted, and safety, emissions and modification standards for mainly light vehicles. It also creates the vehicle register and inspection/enforcement processes.\n\nIt affects vehicle owners, operators, dealers, repairers and inspectors — ensuring road safety, theft prevention and regulatory compliance."}},"importantCases":[],"_links":{"self":"/api/acts/road-transport-vehicle-registration-regulation-2000","history":"/api/acts/road-transport-vehicle-registration-regulation-2000/history","analysis":"/api/acts/road-transport-vehicle-registration-regulation-2000/analysis","conflicts":"/api/acts/road-transport-vehicle-registration-regulation-2000/conflicts","importantCases":"/api/acts/road-transport-vehicle-registration-regulation-2000/important-cases","documents":"/api/acts/road-transport-vehicle-registration-regulation-2000/documents"}}